SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Gardens for Learning 
Creating and Sustaining 
Your School Garden
Gardens for Learning 
Creating and Sustaining 
Your School Garden
Western Growers Foundation, California School Garden Network 
The California School Garden Network – a program of Western Growers Foundation and a 501c(3) — is an organiza-tion 
whose members represent a variety of state agencies, private companies, educational institutions, and nonprofit 
organizations, all dedicated to the mission of creating and sustaining gardens in every willing school in California. The 
Network serves as a central organization to distribute school garden resources and support throughout the state. For 
more information about the Network and its resources for educators, visit www.csgn.org. 
Western Growers Foundation 
California School Garden Network Advisory Committee 
John Fisher, Garden Classroom Program Director, Life Lab Science Program/UCSC Center for 
Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems 
Paula Olson, Western Growers 
Hope Wilson, MPH, RD, Network for A Healthy California 
California School Garden Network Book Committee 
Tim Alderson, Valerie Brown, Judy Culbertson, John Fisher, Sharlene Garcia, Dena Gibbons, 
Jonnalee Henderson, Mary Landau, Sara Miller, Paula Olson, Deborah Tamannaie, Hope 
Wilson. 
Funding 
This material was developed with partial funding support from the U.S. Department of 
Agriculture’s Food Stamp Program. USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer, 
helping limited-income Californians buy more nutritious foods for a healthier diet. For 
more information about Food Stamps, please call 1-877-847-3663. 
Partial funding for this publication has come from the California Department of Food and 
Agriculture Division of Fairs and Expositions to promote agricultural education in California. 
This book incorporates text and ideas from the following National Gardening Association publications: 
10 Terrific Vegetables and Everything You Need to Grow Them. Barbara Richardson, Amy Gifford, Charlie Nardozzi, and Eve Pranis. 
2002; Grow Lab®: A Complete Guide to Gardening in the Classroom. Eve Pranis and Jack Hale. 1988; Growing Ventures: Starting a School 
Garden Business. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 2003; Schoolyard Mosaics: Designing Gardens and Habitats. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 
2002; Sowing the Seeds of Success: How to Start and Sustain a Kids’ Gardening Project in Your Community. Marcia Eames-Sheavly. 1999; 
Steps to a Bountiful Kids’ Garden. Amy Gifford. 2001. National Gardening Association, 1100 Dorset Street, South Burlington, VT 
05403; (802) 863-5251; www.garden.org. 
Editor: Sarah Pounders, National Gardening Association 
Copyeditor/Proofreader: Victoria Beliveau 
Design: Alison Watt, National Gardening Association 
Artwork 
The photographs and illustrations in this book were made available through the generosity of individuals and organizations 
throughout California as noted. In addition: 
Cover: Debbie Delatour 
Title Page: Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
Page 4, clockwise from top right: Western Growers Foundation, Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation, Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab, Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
Page 5, 
clockwise from top left: Duncan McIntosh/Office of Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger, Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab, Western Growers Charitable Foundation, Debbie Delatour, 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
Copyright ©2006 by the California School Garden Network, 17620 Fitch Street, Irvine, CA 92614. www.csgn.org. All rights reserved. 
Second edition © 2010 
Library of Congress Control Number: 2006932814 
ISBN-13: 978-0-9788693-0-4 
ISBN-10: 0-9788693-0-3 
2 Gardens for Learning
Contents 
About the California School Garden Network..........................................4 
Foreword by California First Lady Maria Shriver...................................5 
Introduction to School Gardens.......................................................................6 
Planning Your School Garden........................................................................ 13 
Linking Gardens to School Curriculum .................................................... 20 
Promoting Healthy Living................................................................................. 29 
Designing Your School Garden...................................................................... 39 
Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden........................................... 48 
Planting Your School Garden.......................................................................... 55 
Maintaining Your School Garden................................................................. 69 
Sustaining Your Garden..................................................................................... 78 
Working with Volunteers.................................................................................. 86 
Resources................................................................................................................... 93 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
Gardens for Learning 3
4 
About the California 
School Garden Network 
The California School Garden Network is a 501c(3) 
organization whose members represent a 
variety of state agencies, private companies, 
educational institutions, and nonprofit 
organizations all dedicated to the mission 
of creating and sustaining gardens in every willing 
school in California. The Network serves as a central 
organization to distribute school garden resources and 
support throughout the state. The Network’s mission 
is to create and sustain California school gardens to 
enhance academic achievement, a 
healthy lifestyle, environmental 
stewardship, and community and 
social development. 
Academic Achievement 
The Network members believe that by encouraging 
and supporting a garden in every school, educators 
create opportunities for children to discover fresh 
food, make healthier food choices, and become better 
nourished. Gardens offer dynamic, beautiful settings in 
which to integrate every 
discipline, including science, 
math, reading, environmental studies, nutrition, 
and health. Such interdisciplinary approaches 
cultivate the talents and skills of all students 
while enriching the students’ capacities 
of observation and thinking. 
They believe young 
people can experience 
deeper understanding 
of natural systems 
and become better stewards of the Earth by designing, 
cultivating, and harvesting school gardens with their 
own hands. Additionally, school garden projects nurture 
community spirit, common purpose, and cultural 
appreciation by building bridges among students, school 
staff, families, and local businesses and organizations. 
For more information about the California School 
Garden Network and its resources for educators, visit 
www.csgn.org. 
The California School Garden 
Network’s mission is to create, 
sustain, and increase awareness 
for school gardens in the state 
of California to enhance: 
• Academic achievement 
• A healthy lifestyle 
• Environmental stewardship 
• Community and social development 
in children 
Network Members: California Association 
of Pest Control Advisers • California 
Department of Educa-tion • California 
Department of Food and Agriculture 
• California Farm Bureau Federation 
• California Fertilizer Foundation • 
California Foundation for Agricul-ture 
in the Classroom • California Garden 
Clubs, Inc. • California Integrated Waste 
Management Board • California Nutrition 
Network for Healthy, Active Families • 
California Seed Association • California 
Service Corps • CSU Fresno Ag Literacy 
Program • CSU Pomona • California 
Women for Agricul-ture • Center for Food 
and Justice • COPIA • CREEC Network • 
Davis Educational Foundation • Davis Farm 
to School Connection • Fresh Produce 
and Floral Council • Huntington Botanical 
Gardens • Junior Master Gardener Program 
• Life Lab Science Program • LAUSD 
Nutrition Network • National Gardening 
Association • North Coast Gardens • 
Occidental Arts and Ecological Center 
• Produce Marketing Association • The 
Edible Schoolyard • The Watershed Project 
• UC Botanical Gardens • UC Cooperative 
Extension • UC Davis Children’s Garden 
Program • UC Hansen Trust • UCCE 
Common Ground • UCSC Center for 
Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems • 
Vista Square Elementary • Western Growers 
Charitable Foundation • Wine Institute 
Gardens for Learning 
A Healthy Lifestyle 
Community and Social Development 
Environmental Stewardship
Foreword 
California First Lady 
Maria Shriver 
It is so important to get connected 
and stay connected — with our 
fellow Californians and our 
communities, and to utilize the 
ser-vices and resources of our 
state. In California, we are 37 million 
strong, ethnically and culturally 
diverse in many ways. We have so 
much to offer and so much to learn 
from one another. We are the greatest resource this state has to offer — imagine 
what we can achieve by serving one another. There are so many ways to get 
connected — and school gardens provide a wonderful way to serve. 
Every child and every school across California should have a school garden. I 
have seen the look of joy on a child’s face after they have worked in their garden, 
and I have seen how gardens have positively transformed students, schools, and 
communities. Gardens are a wonderful resource for our schools and our children. 
I believe in the life lessons they teach and the lives they touch – and that every 
school and community should have one. 
And every Californian should get connected to service — it’s fuel for the soul. 
School gardens provide our children with the opportunity to serve — to see 
something flourish because they cared for it; to get their hands dirty from their 
own hard work; and to have a sense of pride and personal achievement that 
comes from nurturing a plant through every stage of development. Each of us 
has the power to serve in our own way – every teacher, student, and volunteer 
of any age, race, and gender can participate in building, planting, maintaining, 
and harvesting a garden. 
We need to get healthy in California. It is important for children to 
understand where food comes from so that they are empowered to make 
nutritious decisions. School gardens also shine a light on California as a vast 
agricultural state; the state I love, the state I call home. California is known all 
over the world for our incredible agricultural products — we are the nation’s 
largest supplier of food. And working in gardens enables us to learn about our 
state, appreciate its history, and contribute to its continued success. 
In this guide, you will find practical advice on finding the best location for 
your garden, planting seeds, harvesting, and sustaining a vibrant garden for years 
to come. I hope you will use this guide as a tool in building a successful garden — 
and that you too will experience the positive impact and wonderful transformation 
gardens have on a community. 
So get out there, get connected, and serve your community by building a 
garden — plant it, nurture it, and watch it grow! Good luck and good eating! 
“ Every individual matters. 
Every individual has a role to play. 
Every individual makes a difference. 
Jane Goodall 
” Gardens for Learning 5
Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens 
” 
“ 
6 
Introduction to 
School Gardens 
What is a school garden? A school garden is an innovative 
teaching tool and strategy that lets educators incorporate hands-on 
activities in a diversity of interdisciplinary, standards-based lessons. 
The garden engages students by providing a dynamic environment 
in which to observe, discover, experiment, nurture, and learn. It is a 
living laboratory where lessons are drawn from real-life experiences rather than 
textbook examples, allowing students to become active participants in the learning 
process. Through the garden, students gain an understanding of ecosystems, an 
appreciation for food origins and nutrition, and knowledge of plant and animal life 
cycles. At the same time, they learn practical horticultural skills that last a lifetime. 
Where did school gardens come from? The school garden movement 
originated in Europe and arrived in the United States in the 1890s. Gardens 
sprang up at schools all over the country during the early 20th century, with 
particular booms as Victory Gardens intended to increase the food supply during 
World War I and World War II. During the 1950s, the number of gardens decreased 
as schools placed more emphasis on technology. However, the environmental 
movement of the 1970s renewed educators’ interest. More recently, the popularity 
of school gardens as an educational tool has steadily grown as a way to teach 
healthy eating behaviors and a way to incorporate and increase hands-on learning 
experiences in interdisciplinary lessons. 
What does a school garden look like? School gardens come in all 
shapes and sizes, with a common focus on growing plants. A school garden may 
be as small as a few pots of herbs growing on a windowsill or as large as a half-acre 
plot of vegetables in a schoolyard. Gardening programs are flexible enough 
to fit the needs and resources of every school. 
Why garden with kids? Educational philosophers going back to the 17th 
century have promoted the use of gardening to achieve learning objectives and 
support the mental, emotional, and social development of youth. Students enjoy 
gardening activities, and teachers and parents say that gardening programs: 
• Address multiple learning styles 
• Provide opportunities for interdisciplinary lessons 
• Improve environmental attitudes 
• Promote good nutrition and exercise 
• Teach patience and responsibility 
• Instill a positive work ethic 
• Increase students’ self-esteem 
• Build classroom relationships, improve teamwork, and strengthen school spirit 
• Beautify the environment 
California Department of Education 
Learning comes alive in a school 
garden! All subjects can be taught in 
this dynamic hands-on environment. 
From reading to science, math to 
nutrition, it’s all possible. With bales of 
straw as chairs, clipboards as desks, 
and the garden as their classroom, 
students’ textbook lessons come to life 
as butterflies metamorphose, worms 
decompose, plant growth is recorded, 
fresh corn is eaten, and sensory 
poetry is created. 
California Academic Content 
Standards are growing, too! 
Everything we know about good 
teaching is magnified in a school 
garden: student engagement, 
meaningful and relevant lessons, 
use of manipulatives, cooperative 
learning, and exploration and 
discovery. There is no better 
environment than the garden in 
which to plant the seeds of 
knowledge, experience the joy of 
learning, and harvest a bountiful 
crop of lifelong learners. 
Martha Deichler, Principal 
Vista Square Elementary School, 
Chula Vista, CA
In addition to anecdotal evidence, a growing body of research-based literature 
supports the use of youth gardens as a beneficial teaching tool. Research has found 
that participation in youth gardening programs can have the following impacts on 
students: 
• Improve self-esteem and attitudes toward school1 
• Improve social skills and behavior2 
• Improve environmental attitudes, especially in younger students3 
• Increase group cohesion4 
• Improve interpersonal relationships5, 6 
• Increase interest in eating fruits and vegetables and improve attitude toward 
fruits and vegetables7; improve attitude toward vegetables and toward fruit 
and vegetable snacks8 
• Significantly increase science achievement scores9, 10 
• Increase self-esteem, help develop a sense of ownership and responsibility, 
help foster family relationships and increase parental involvement11 
• Improve life skills, including working with groups and self-understanding12 
When investigating the benefits of school gardens, it is helpful to divide them 
into four categories: academic achievement, a healthy lifestyle, environmental 
stewardship, and community and social development. 
Academic Achievement 
Academic achievement is the primary focus of educators throughout the 
country. Their aim is to ensure that students perform at satisfactory levels defined 
University of California Agriculture & 
Natural Resources Communication Services 
Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens 7
by local, state, and national academic standards. All lessons and 
activities must complement mandatory standards to merit the use of 
valuable classroom time. 
A school garden is a perfect tool to provide hands-on learning 
experiences for any academic subject. Science is the most common 
subject linked to gardens. Many teachers use the garden as a laboratory 
to introduce students to scientific methods through plant-related 
experiments. Additionally, a garden provides a place to study weather, 
insects, soil, and other environmental matters. It’s the ideal habitat 
model for studying ecosystems. Real-life garden experiences contribute 
greatly to students’ comprehension and retention of new science 
knowledge; in fact, participation in a gardening program increases 
science achievement scores, as noted above. 
In addition to science, the garden provides opportunities to teach 
mathematics, history-social science, English-language arts, and visual 
and performing arts. Concepts that seem abstract in the classroom 
come alive in a garden setting. For instance, students find taking daily 
measurements of garden bean plants and then charting the growth 
rate to determine the fastest-growing plant in the garden much more 
exciting than charting numbers provided by a textbook. Chapter 3, 
Linking Gardens to School Curriculum, provides additional details and 
specific examples of how to integrate gardening activities into the classroom. 
A Healthy Lifestyle 
Beyond academics, the garden provides broader life lessons, including 
contributing to students’ knowledge of how to maintain a healthy lifestyle. 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ ” You are what you eat. 
Anonymous 
8 Gardens for Learning: Int roduct ion to School Gardens
Program Spotlight 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
food industry. Through 
repeated experiences, 
students gain confidence 
in their abilities; through 
job assignments, they gain 
leadership skills. Beyond 
that, since the other 
students and teachers 
rely on them for their 
meal, they are given 
a unique opportunity 
of responsibility and 
ownership. 
Food Lab Nutrition 
Coordinator Stephanie 
Raugust says that two 
of the most important 
aspects of the programs 
are ties to the curriculum 
and the opportunity for 
students to practice important life skills. 
Through the garden, students gain an 
understanding of and appreciation for 
the cultivation of food crops, along with 
a respect for local farmers. They also 
learn valuable science concepts through 
observation and experimentation. By 
learning to prepare nutritious meals, the 
students are armed with the knowledge 
and skills to maintain a healthy lifestyle. 
The school is solidly invested in both 
programs. Hands-on, curriculum-based, 
comprehensive education programs like 
this one are important for changing the 
eating behaviors of our society both now 
and in the future. Strong support from 
parents, teachers, administrators, and the 
community ensure such programs will 
continue to grow and thrive. 
9 
Established in 1982, 
the Life Lab at Pacific 
Elementary is an 
integral component of 
the school year for all 
students. “It is wonderful 
to witness the excitement 
of the students to go to 
the garden,” shares Life 
Lab Coordinator Jerry 
Adame. “If I am a minute 
late to pick them up for 
class, when I arrive they 
anxiously ask, ‘Where 
have you been?’” 
The project blossomed 
from a few raised beds 
near the playground into a 
50- by 100-foot discovery 
garden including herbs, 
vegetables, fruit trees, ornamental beds, a 
composting area, and a number of storage 
structures for tools and supplies. During their 
weekly garden visits, students participate in 
science lessons and tend a 5- by 10-foot 
raised bed in which they grow salad greens, 
herbs, and other edible plants. Additionally, 
Jerry makes sure students have at least 10 
minutes to explore the garden on their 
own, so they have time to independently 
“feel, taste, and smell the beauty of the 
garden.” When their gardens are ready to 
harvest, the students carefully pick, clean, 
and package their produce and then walk 
it up to the school’s kitchen, also known as 
the Food Lab. 
An extension of the garden, the Food 
Lab program was added in 1984 as a 
coordinated effort to provide students 
with an opportunity to be a part of the full 
food cycle, from seed to table. On their 
day in the Food Lab, students spend an 
hour and a half in the kitchen helping to 
prepare the school’s lunch. The lab begins 
with a job assignment where students 
can serve as the manager, baker, prep 
person, or cook. Each role allows them to 
practice different academic and life skills, 
including mathematics and safe food 
handling procedures. It also prepares them 
for potential career opportunities in the 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
Growing Students in the Garden 
Pacific Elementary School, Davenport, CA 
Hands-on, curriculum-based, 
comprehensive education programs like 
this one are important for changing the 
eating behaviors of our society 
both now and in the future.
California is experiencing a major health crisis as the number of overweight and 
unfit youth grows at an epidemic rate. Approximately one in three children 
is overweight or at risk of becoming overweight, and almost 40 percent of 
school-age children are considered unfit. The increase in number of weight-related 
chronic diseases such as diabetes is of great concern, and the need 
for prevention education is critical. 
Garden programs work to combat the epidemic by teaching youth 
about healthy lifestyles that include proper nutrition and physical 
activity. Through a gardening program, students gain first-hand 
experience with fresh fruits and vegetables. They discover that produce 
does not magically appear on the grocery store shelves, and they learn the 
important role of agriculture in our society. The pride and curiosity sparked 
by growing fruits and vegetables along with the knowledge of where they come 
from motivates students to try eating them, oftentimes leading to more positive 
attitudes and eating behaviors. Fruits and vegetables are an important part of the 
diet not only because they provide essential vitamins, but also because they are 
linked to prevention of such health problems as cancer and heart disease. Studies 
show that a majority of children do not eat the recommended amount of fresh 
fruits and vegetables each day, so they are missing out on these benefits. A garden 
program increases produce availability and creates opportunities to teach students 
what they should eat for good health through fun, hands-on experiences. This 
information can also be shared with students’ families. 
A healthy lifestyle is more than just eating right, though. Students also need 
to adopt good exercise habits. The garden provides a wide range of physical 
activity through digging, planting, and weeding. The garden activities are often 
so captivating that students do not even realize they are exercising. And unlike 
some other activities they participate in during their school years, gardening is an 
activity they can participate in for the rest of their lives. 
Environmental Stewardship 
A school garden is a powerful environmental 
education tool. Through gardening, students 
become responsible caretakers. They have an 
opportunity to engage in agricultural practices on 
a small scale, learning about the responsibilities 
and impacts of land cultivation. They explore the 
web of interactions among living and nonliving 
components of life. By doing so, they develop a 
greater understanding of the natural world. 
Students also learn the importance of caring 
for natural resources. A garden of native plants or 
drought-tolerant plants, for example, provides an 
excellent opportunity to teach students about water 
conservation. They will observe that choosing the right 
plants and irrigation for the garden results in a beautiful 
landscape that is also environmentally friendly. Additionally, 
“Incorporating agriculture into the 
classroom helps students understand 
how humans interact with 
the environment and how food 
is grown. Further, agriculture 
and school gardening promotes 
awareness of healthy eating, helps 
students master science concepts, 
and exposes students to agricultural 
job opportunities. By designing, 
cultivating, and harvesting school 
” 
gardens, students experience 
deeper understanding of natural 
systems and become better 
stewards of the earth. 
Lance Omeje, Teacher 
Yokomi Elementary School 
Fresno, CA 
10 Gardens for Learning: Int roduct ion to School Gardens 
Photos: 5 A Day
gardens teach 
about waste 
reduction through 
composting. 
Students who learn 
sustainable garden 
practices can more 
readily consider 
conservation issues 
from a local and 
global perspective. 
For many 
children, a garden 
offers the only 
chance to get close 
to nature. Some 
lack access to 
gardening spaces 
because of their 
living situations; 
others have 
limited exploratory 
free time outdoors. 
School garden 
educators in urban environments frequently find their programs provide students 
their first opportunity to dig into the soil and watch a plant grow. 
Establishing a connection with nature at an early age is extremely important. 
Researchers have discovered that childhood experiences with nature are strongly 
linked to adult attitudes toward plants. Participation in gardening during 
childhood is the most important influence on adult environmental attitudes 
and actions, and even in urban areas where green spaces are limited, gardening 
programs for children can provide a strong enough connection to instill 
appreciation and respect for nature in adulthood.13 
Community and Social Development 
Community and social development lessons do not receive the attention that 
academic achievement does, but they are as crucial to the survival of our country 
as reading and writing. Children must learn how to take responsibility for their 
environment and develop a strong sense of community to ensure the continuation 
of our society. 
Gardens create opportunities for students to work cooperatively and to 
develop responsibility. They will quickly learn the negative consequences 
associated with forgetting to water their plants on a hot day and will work 
hard to make sure it does not happen again. Plants will also provide positive 
reinforcement in response to proper care by growing or producing fruits. On a 
personal level, gardening builds confidence, self-esteem, and pride as students 
Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
“ ” We are part of the earth 
11 
and it is part of us.... 
What befalls the earth 
befalls all the sons of the earth. 
Chief Seattle, 1852
watch their efforts turn into beautiful and productive gardens. It also teaches 
them patience as they wait for a seedling to sprout or a tomato to ripen. 
Gardens provide unique opportunities for cross-generational connections. While 
gardening, children interact with teachers, parents, and community volunteers, 
providing opportunities for social interaction that are often lacking in our society. 
The garden allows children to ask questions, share thoughts, and work cooperatively 
toward a common goal. In addition, school gardens give children the opportunity to 
showcase their products at local fairs. For information on how to submit entries, see 
Resources (page 93) for Web links to California’s fairs and expositions. 
Through gardening, students help to beautify the school grounds. Some will find 
it their only chance to contribute positively to their environment. The praise they 
receive from other students, parents, teachers, and community members will create a 
sense of community spirit and introduce them to the benefits of volunteering. 
Above all, gardening is fun, and once the skills are acquired it can become a 
lifelong hobby. Exploring the outdoors, planting in the soil, watching seeds grow, 
and harvesting the bounty are enjoyable and memorable ways for students to 
spend their time. 
1 Sheffield, B.K. 1992. The affective cognitive effects of an interdisciplinary garden-based 
curriculum on underachieving elementary students. Unpublished doctoral 
dissertation, University of South Carolina, Columbia. 
2 DeMarco, L., P. D. Relf, and A. McDaniel. 1999. Integrating gardening into the 
elementary school curriculum. HortTechnology 9(2):276-281. 
3 Skelly, S. M., and J. M. Zajicek. 1998. The effect of an interdisciplinary 
garden program on the environmental attitudes of elementary school students. 
HortTechnology 8(4):579-583. 
4 Bunn, D. E. 1986. Group cohesiveness is enhanced as children engage in plant-stimulated 
discovery activities. Journal of Therapeutic Horticulture 1:37-43. 
5 Campbell, A. N., T. M. Waliczek, J. C. Bradley, J. M. Zajicek, and C. D. 
Townsend. 1997. The influence of activity-based environmental instruction on high 
school students’ environmental attitudes. HortTechnology 7(3):309. 
6 Waliczek, T. M., and J. M. Zajicek. 1999. School gardening: Improving 
environmental attitudes of children through hands-on learning. Journal of 
Environmental Horticulture 17:180-184. 
7 Pothukuchi, K. 2004. Hortaliza: A Youth “Nutrition Garden” in Southwest Detroit. 
Children, Youth and Environments 14(2):124-155. 
8 Lineberger, S. E., and J. M. Zajicek. 1999. School gardens: Can a hands-on 
teaching tool affect students’ attitudes and behaviors regarding fruits and vegetables? 
HortTechnology 10(3):593-597. 
9 Klemmer, C. D., T. M. Waliczek, and J. M. Zajicek. 2005. Growing minds: The effect of a school gardening 
program on the science achievement of elementary students. HortTechnology 15(3):448-452. 
10 Smith, L. L., and C. E. Motsenbocker. 2005. Impact of hands-on science through school gardening in Louisiana 
public elementary schools. HortTechnology 15(3):439-443. 
11 Alexander, J., and D. Hendren. 1998. Bexar County Master Gardener Classroom Garden Research 
Project: Final Report. San Antonio, Texas. 
12 Robinson, C. W., and J. M. Zajicek. 2005. Growing minds: the effects of a one-year school garden program on six 
constructs of life skills of elementary school children. HortTechnology 15(3):453-457. 
13 Lohr, V. I., and C. H. Pearson-Mims. 2005. Children’s active and passive interactions with plants influence their 
attitudes and actions toward trees and gardening as adults. HortTechnology 15(3):472-476. 
Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens 
“I have never seen children work 
as collaboratively as they do when 
they are in the garden. As they 
face the multitude of problems 
associated with growing flowers and 
vegetables, they all work, share 
ideas, and solve problems together 
as they strive to reach a common 
Debbie Delatour 
” 
goal. It never ceases to 
fill me with joy as I watch true 
learning at its best just happen. 
Cathey Anderson, Teacher 
Valley Center Elementary School 
Valley Center, CA 
12
Planning Your 
School Garden 
After identifying the need for a garden at your school and 
recognizing the benefits a gardening program will provide, it 
is time to begin to make your vision a reality. This book will 
guide you through the basic steps of creating and maintaining 
a school garden, including: 
• Seeking administrative approval 
• Creating a support network 
• Identifying goals and linking the garden to your curriculum 
• Designing the garden 
• Identifying supply needs and funding needs 
• Obtaining supplies and funds 
• Planting the garden 
• Maintaining the garden 
• Sustaining the garden 
Step 1: Seeking Administrative Approval 
Your first step is to gain the support of your school’s administrators. Before 
setting up a meeting, take time to develop an outline of your vision. Begin your 
outline with ideas for how you can incorporate the garden into the standards-based 
curriculum as a hands-on interdisciplinary teaching tool, which is a make-or- 
break element in receiving approval. Also include the ways you think the garden 
will benefit your students and the community, a list of potential supporters, and 
a tentative plan of action, including the steps you will take to create a school 
garden (you can use this chapter as your plan). Developing a thoughtful and 
professional outline will indicate your level of commitment to the project and 
will inspire confidence in your proposal. 
For most educators, the principal’s office will be the first stop. An enthusiastic 
and supportive principal is key to the development of your school garden, whether 
approving and arranging teacher time for workshops, or finding and tapping 
funding sources. Your principal can also be an important promoter of the garden 
project to your school district and community. It is essential that the principal be 
an active participant in the process. 
Other school administrators can also play an important role. Seek your 
principal’s guidance on additional contacts, who may include your superintendent, 
school board members or other local government officials, and even state and 
federal legislators. It’s worth your while to gain their support and approval from 
the start. They love to be involved and associated with innovative programs, 
and their support can translate into tangible and intangible contributions. 
Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden 
Western Growers Foundation 
” 
“We are planting the seeds for 
healthy kids by providing them 
with programs they can embrace. 
The success of our district’s school 
gardens is due to the involvement 
of our entire school community. You 
can walk onto any school 
campus and see a diverse integration 
of nutrition education, school 
gardens, and physical activity. 
Judy Huffaker 
Nutrition Education Specialist 
Alhambra Unified School District 
Alhambra, CA 
13
Step 2: Creating a Support Network 
Once you have a green light from your administrators, it is time to develop 
your support network. You will quickly find that garden programs are more work 
than one person can sustain, so to ensure success, enlist other teachers, school staff, 
students, parents, and community volunteers to serve on a garden planning and 
advisory team (which we will refer to as the “garden team”). Members of this team 
can help you set goals and can provide ideas for ways to integrate the garden into 
the curriculum. They may promote the program to other parents and community 
members, secure necessary supplies, provide horticultural expertise, assist with 
classroom lessons (it is often helpful to have an extra set of hands during classroom 
gardening projects), or aid in maintenance of the 
garden. By gathering input and help from a diverse 
group, you will strengthen the creativity and ingenuity 
of your program. Their involvement will multiply your 
resources and create active supporters for your efforts. 
Before asking people to be a part of the garden 
team, envision how you would like them to participate 
and what their responsibilities will be. How often and 
when would you like to meet? Do you want them 
to help in planning, implementing, or maintaining 
the garden, or help in all stages? Even though roles 
may shift during the life of the garden, always try to 
communicate needs and expectations clearly. 
Not all members of this team need to contribute 
in the same way. Although it is easier on you to 
find individuals willing to help with all aspects, you 
will probably find more people willing to take on 
responsibilities that build on their individual strengths 
and fit their available time. An important volunteer 
to look for is someone willing to serve as a garden 
coordinator to help organize communication, scheduling, 
and other details. Because of the demands of this position, you may want to recruit 
two or three people to share this job. Your garden coordinators will help support you 
as the garden program grows in size and scope. Look for individuals who are good 
at delegating responsibilities and following up to make sure jobs are completed. It is 
best not to have coordinators who want to control all the work because they will 
deter other volunteers and are likely to burn out. Many successful school gardens are 
fortunate enough to find funding to pay a garden coordinator. 
Begin building your network by conducting a brainstorming session with 
potential supporters. Spread the word by presenting the project idea at a faculty, 
school board, or PTO meeting and inviting people to join the brainstorming 
session. Send an e-mail invitation to the entire school community. Notify other 
community members of the upcoming session by hanging posters, sending out 
a newsletter, or placing announcements through local newspapers, radio, or 
television. Promote the meeting on the school Web site. 
At this first meeting, present your initial vision for the school garden and 
Debbie Delatour 
14 Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden
the role the garden support team will play, and then develop a list of people 
interested in serving on the garden team. Many times people are hesitant to 
sign up through large meetings, so you will want to follow up with personal 
invitations to individuals you feel would make valuable members of the team. 
Get as many people involved in the project as you can. The larger the project, 
the larger the support network you need. The more people involved, the more 
likely it is that your program will be successful, because the weight of the project 
will not rest on one individual. Make sure to involve anyone who may have a 
direct stake in your program, such as neighbors whose property will abut the 
garden, local garden club members, and green industry employees. It is important 
to contact these key players early in the planning stages to establish a feeling of 
“ownership.” When people are involved in the decision making and active in the 
upkeep, they are usually more supportive and less likely to get bored and quit. 
Create a group of people who will work well together and invest the time, 
energy, and patience to accomplish their goals. The committee should be composed 
of focused individuals who are willing to meet regularly and share in the 
responsibility of actually getting the garden started. Potential team members include: 
Teachers. Involving other teachers in garden efforts is very important. 
Teachers are valuable contributors because they have a firm understanding of 
curricular goals, know your students well, and have access to school facilities and 
supplies. Additionally, it’s more fun to approach the garden as a teaching team, 
and it takes the burden off one educator to keep the program alive. 
Maintenance Staff. Many teachers have noted that a good relationship with 
the custodian is critical to a successful garden program. The custodian can help 
you find valuable resources like storage closets and water sources. Also, because 
the maintenance staff frequently works year-round, they can help keep an eye on 
gardens during breaks and vacations. Include your maintenance staff in early planning 
discussions, especially those related to garden location. If these staff members are 
involved in the planning process, they will feel ownership of the program and will be 
less likely to view it as an inconvenience or an unnecessary addition to their workload. 
Food Service Staff. Food service staff may be able to provide resources to 
aid in food preparation for nutrition lessons. Also, lunchroom scraps can provide 
excellent materials for your compost pile. 
Students. Teachers across the country have discovered that when students are 
involved in all stages of the process, they are more 
invested in the project’s success and inspired 
to care for and respect their schoolyard 
oases. By valuing students’ opinions 
and encouraging them to make 
decisions, educators cultivate 
motivated, confident, and 
collaborative learners. Teachers 
say that although relinquishing 
some control and inviting 
students into the decision-making 
process isn’t necessarily easier or 
more efficient, it is always rewarding. 
Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden 
Photos: Western Growers Foundation 
“ It is not so much the garden, 
but rather the garden that matters. 
Rachel Pringle, Educator 
Alice Fong Yu Alternative ” program 
School 
San Francisco, CA 
15
Parents. Parents will be enthusiastic about any program designed to provide 
additional learning experiences for their children and will have a strong stake 
in the success of your program. You may find a parent with a horticultural 
background who can provide expertise, or a parent with excellent organizational 
skills willing to serve as a volunteer coordinator. Parents often have connections 
to funding and supplies, as well. 
Community Volunteers. Additional community members add depth to 
your program and open up new opportunities for resources. Look for volunteers 
with garden experience and ties to the horticulture industry. In addition to providing 
connections to necessary supplies, they may be willing to provide technical advice, 
for example, diagnosing problems and leading special garden activities or workshops. 
Contact local farmers along with public and private organizations related to the 
agriculture industry. Gardens are like small farms, and agriculture professionals have 
a lot of knowledge and materials to share. Community volunteers might include 
garden club members, college students enrolled in plant sciences or education 
programs, botanic garden staff or volunteers, plant nursery staff, landscape designers 
or architects, and Cooperative Extension Service Master Gardeners. 
Don’t forget your school’s neighbors! Your garden is more than an addition 
to your school; it also affects the neighborhood. The neighbors can help keep an 
eye on it when school is not in session. They might also be willing to help with 
summer maintenance and weekend watering. 
It takes time and energy to develop your support network, but it is worth 
the effort. Involving the school and the local community in a schoolyard project: 
• Promotes project sustainability because responsibilities don’t fall entirely on 
the shoulders of one champion 
• Decreases the likelihood of vandalism because more people have a stake in 
the success of the program 
• Provides connections to potential volunteers and donors of labor, plants, 
money, and supplies 
• Encourages cross-generational mentoring and friendships among students, 
teachers, and a diversity of community members 
• Brings needed expertise and fresh ideas to the project 
Chapter 10, Working with Volunteers, has more information on involving 
Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden 
volunteers in your garden. 
Becky Button 
Monrovia 
16 Gardens for Learning: Planning Your
groups (a student, a parent, a teacher, 
a staff member, a community member). 
Additionally, each table had a facilitator 
and a participant bilingual in Spanish 
and English. 
Each group was given a copy of the 
existing schoolyard plan and colored 
pencils or markers and then asked to 
use their imagination to create a dream 
garden. Chris Boynton, project coordinator 
of the Hayward Nutritional Learning 
Community Project, describes the dream 
Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden 
garden activity as “more an additive than 
an editive process in which people were 
encouraged to include all the elements 
they would like in a garden.” After 
completing the drawings, the breakout 
groups shared their creations with 
the larger group. 
The dream plans were 
compiled into a schoolyard 
design presented to the garden 
committee, principal, and school 
staff. Although involving the whole 
community in the design process 
required extensive planning and 
coordination, Chris believes it 
was worth the effort. At the end 
of the community meeting, a 
participant approached her and 
said, “This was an amazing event. 
As I walked in, I thought, ‘we’ll 
never be able to understand each 
other,’ because I only speak English 
and I assumed that most of the 
people in the room spoke Spanish. 
I thought language would keep 
us apart. But it didn’t. In fact, 
we learned more language from 
each other through the process. 
At one point, one of the students asked 
the table to spell vegetable and he was 
told by two of his classmates: vegetable 
and vegetales, so he wrote both down. 
Even if we never build this community 
garden, a community was built tonight.” 
The Cherryland Elementary School 
garden design was more than a map for 
installation; it inspired relationships and 
built a foundation for a new and more 
supportive community. 
“ This was an amazing event.... Even if 
we never build this community garden, 
a community was built tonight. 
” Becky Button 
Program Spotlight 
Building a Community by Planning a Garden 
Cherryland Elementary School, Hayward, CA 
The garden committee members at 
Cherryland Elementary School in 
Hayward collaborated with Lauri 
Twitchell, University of California Botanical 
Gardens school garden specialist, to involve 
their entire community in the planning of 
their school garden using a community 
workshop process known as a “charrette.” 
The process began with school 
administrators and teachers defining the 
goals for the garden. The overarching 
goals are for students to develop a 
respect and appreciation for their health 
and the health of other living things and 
the environment while gaining joy from 
collaborative work and accomplishments 
in a larger community project. In the next 
part of the “charrette,” each student drew 
an individual dream garden, and parents 
were surveyed about what they would like 
their students to learn through gardening 
activities. Additionally, a site evaluation 
was completed so participants could 
evaluate the physical characteristics of the 
school grounds. 
A highlight of the planning process 
was a collaborative meeting with 
the parents/ caregivers, students, 
administrators, teachers, school staff 
(including the custodian and cafeteria 
manager), Hayward Nutritional Learning 
Community staff, and other interested 
community members. Approximately 100 
individuals participated. The meeting 
began with dinner, following which 
the group was divided into tables of 
about 10. Participants were asked to 
group themselves so that each table 
had a representative from the various 
17
Step 3: Identifying Goals and Linking the 
Garden to Your Curriculum 
The first job of your garden team is to identify goals for the school garden. 
Your goals must tie in with your current curriculum – the garden is a tool to help 
you accomplish your learning objectives, not an added task for your workload. 
Begin your team’s goal-setting meeting by sharing information about required 
academic standards, then brainstorm ways to accomplish these learning objectives 
through garden lessons. Use these questions as a guide: 
• What topics do you want to teach through the garden? 
• What plants do you want to grow? 
• Do you want to use the garden once a year for an in-depth special study or 
incorporate it into a yearlong interdisciplinary curriculum? 
• Do you want to develop the garden around a central theme or create small 
garden areas with multiple themes? 
• Which classes will be involved in the garden? Do 
they want their own gardening space? 
When setting goals, remember to start small and leave 
room to dream. You can accomplish this by setting both 
short-term and long-term goals. For instance, you may 
want to create a butterfly garden in a half-acre courtyard 
at the school. Make it a multiyear project and break it 
into stages to keep the work at a manageable level, so that 
you don’t exhaust the enthusiasm of your students and 
volunteers early on by preparing soil and removing weeds 
on a large area. In addition, this method allows for project 
growth each year, adding momentum to your efforts and 
creating feelings of ownership from new participants. 
After your brainstorming sessions, make sure to get 
your goals into writing. Create a summary document and 
distribute it to all the participants. Also share your plans 
with other teachers, administrators, and community 
members. This document will help to raise awareness of 
your new project, spreading excitement and anticipation. 
Step 4: Designing the Garden 
With goals in hand, you are ready to design your garden. The garden design 
should be practical, functional, and fun! Involve your students and garden team in 
the process. A school garden can be as small as a few containers in a courtyard or 
as large as a 10-bed vegetable garden in the playground. Chapter 5, Designing Your 
School Garden, will walk you through the steps of designing your garden. 
Step 5: Identifying Supply Needs and Funding Needs 
Before you begin searching for financial support and donations, make a list of 
materials and supplies needed. Estimate the costs for the entire project and prepare 
a realistic budget. Remember to include expenses for the site development and 
18 Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden
improvement, operation, curriculum, and miscellaneous items. If you skip 
this step and do not take time to organize your efforts, you might end 
up with an abundance of supplies, but still be missing key items. Chapter 
6, Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden, gives detailed information 
on this important aspect of school garden projects. 
Step 6: Obtaining Supplies and Funds 
Once you’ve accurately identified what your garden project needs, 
you’re ready to take the next step to meet those needs. Finding the 
resources to implement your vision may be a challenge, but it is also 
an opportunity to get more of your community actively involved and 
invested in your program. Most schools find funding and supplies 
through donations, grants, and fundraising projects. Chapter 6, Finding 
Supplies and Funding Your Garden, will guide you through this process. 
Step 7: Planting the Garden 
The most exciting part of the process is always Planting Day. 
Watching a landscape design turn into a garden energizes students and 
adults. Chapter 7, Planting Your School Garden, will walk you through 
the basics of garden installation, including preparing the soil, laying out 
the design, and digging in. 
Step 8: Maintaining the Garden 
Students learn about nurturing and responsibility when they participate in 
garden maintenance. Chapter 8, Maintaining Your School Garden, provides an 
overview of basic maintenance tasks. However, care will vary greatly depending 
on the size of the garden, the plants in it, and its environment. 
Step 9: Sustaining the Garden 
There is more to continuing your garden than keeping the plants alive. 
Considering the time and resources invested, your garden program should serve 
as an education tool for this year’s students and for students using it 10 years 
from now. You also should create a positive garden experience for all participants. 
Chapter 9 provides tips from experienced school garden educators on how to 
sustain your garden efforts, including ideas for outdoor classroom management 
and communicating success. 
This guidebook concludes with a resource section to aid you in beginning 
your school garden. Even though having a garden teaching tool is the ultimate 
goal, remember that each step of this process provides valuable learning 
experiences for you and your students. Don’t get bogged down in the details – 
enjoy the adventures along the way! 
Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden 
“ Judy Huffaker 
What a wonderful goal it is to 
have a garden in every as we know, there is a ” school ... for 
school in 
19 
every garden! 
Secretary A.G. Kawamura 
California Department 
of Food and Agriculture
“ Linking 
Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum 
Teachers use the garden as a 
meaningful tool for integrating 
science with core curriculum. The 
garden helps to make learning 
accessible to all students regardless 
of their background, talents, or 
language proficiency. When 
” 
Gardens to 
School Curriculum 
The following pages provide ideas on how to integrate gardening with 
classroom curriculum. Although science is the most natural fit, with the school 
garden playing the role of science laboratory, the classroom garden can also 
act as a springboard for a wide range of lessons in mathematics, history-social 
science, English-language arts, visual and performing arts, and health. Begin 
by looking at the education standards and your own curriculum goals and making a 
list or map of areas you intend to cover. Make a second list of garden tasks, projects, 
and goals, and match them with the student outcomes detailed in the standards. Next, 
select or develop specific activities that can help students achieve the standards. The 
lists that follow represent just a sampling of garden-focused 
subject area activities to get you started. 
Free garden curriculum resources for teachers are 
plentiful. Check out the “Curriculum” link on the California 
School Garden Network Web site at www.csgn.org for lesson 
and activity ideas. Additionally, the California Department 
of Education published the book A Child’s Garden of Standards: 
Linking School Gardens to California Education Standards, Grades Two 
Through Six, which identifies specific activities found in a variety 
of commonly used curriculum books that meet California 
standards in science, history-social science, mathematics, and 
English-language arts. 
Science 
The garden provides ample opportunity for making 
science inviting and relevant to students’ lives by inspiring active 
exploration and problem solving. The garden encourages inquiry 
as students use their senses, reasoning, and communication 
skills to find answers to questions. These experiences can help 
improve students’ attitude toward science. Key science concepts 
that can be explored in the garden include organisms, cycles, basic requirements for 
life, plant anatomy, adaptations, food webs, decomposition, interdepen-dence, ecological 
principles, pollination, and diversity of life. Students practice and hone scientific 
process skills by observing, classifying, inferring, measuring, predicting, organizing and 
interpreting data, forming hypotheses, and identifying variables. 
students plan, plant, care for, and 
analyze their gardens, science and 
learning take on meaning like 
20 
never before. 
Lance Omeje, Teacher 
Yokomi Elementary School 
Fresno, CA 
Judy Huffaker
Below are a few ideas for life, physical, and earth science activities in the 
classroom garden. 
Life Science 
• What are the differences between living and nonliving things? How are 
humans like plants? How are they different? Distinguish and describe 
differences and similarities. 
• How does a plant grow? Observe the life cycles of plants using fast-growing 
plants in your classroom. 
• What do plants need to grow? Do all plants need the same things? Study the 
various conditions that different plants need to grow. Compare the things people 
need to the things plants need. Create experiments investigating what happens when 
plants are exposed to different amounts of light, water, air, space, and nutrients. 
• Investigate the functions of different plant structures (cotyledons, roots, stems, 
leaves, flowers, fruits, and seeds). 
• How do plants reproduce? How do seeds work? Dissect flowers and seeds. 
What factors influence germination of seeds? Create experiments to investigate 
how light, heat, and moisture affect germination. 
• Explain to students that some characteristics are inherited and others are 
caused by the environment. Locate examples of both in your garden. 
• How do plants use energy from the sun to make food? Discuss photosynthesis. 
Do plants need light to photosynthesize? 
• Discuss how plants adapt for survival. Research adaptations of seeds for 
dispersal and adaptations of flowers for attracting pollinators. Observe 
pollinators in the garden. 
Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum 
“Instead of learning the parts of a 
plant by lecture or reading, 
my students have learned them 
by growing their own plants, 
examining root systems, adding 
water, and graphing and charting 
the growth. My students will 
definitely remember these lessons. 
” 
Sarah Smith 
Merced County Educator 
California Foundation for Agriculture 
in the Classroom Ambassador 
21 
California Department of Education
• Investigate the impact of environmental changes on plants. 
• Study wildlife and insects along with their habitats. 
• Investigate food chains and webs. Demonstrate how plants are the 
primary source of energy for all food chains. 
Earth Science 
• Create a garden weather station. Record daily measurements and 
compare conditions with plant growth. 
• How are some soils different from others? Compare and contrast the 
properties of different types of soils (density, air spaces, presence of 
living organisms, composition, texture, smell, appearance). 
• Simulate soil erosion in your classroom garden. Observe the 
difference in soil loss when water is splashed on a tilted, planted pot, 
and on a tilted, unplanted (but soil-filled) pot. 
Physical Science 
• What is pH? How does it affect plants? Use litmus paper or a test kit 
to test the pH of different soils. Investigate how plants respond to 
soils with different pH levels. 
• Simulate the water cycle in the indoor garden by covering it with 
a “dome” of clear plastic. Study and observe the transpiration, 
evaporation, and condensation of water. 
• What are the properties of different types of light? Cover pots with 
cellophane of different colors to screen out all but one wavelength 
of light from plants. Observe plant growth. 
• How does energy change to matter during photosynthesis? 
Mathematics 
The garden provides a plethora of opportunities to practice basic 
mathematical activities such as calculations, comparisons, measurements, and 
varied representations of data (charts, graphs, etc.). Math becomes practical and 
relevant when students implement concepts they have learned in the classroom 
in a real-life garden setting. Designing and planting a garden takes mathematical 
problem solving and practice. The hands-on applications presented by gardening 
activities can help to motivate students often confused by abstract textbook 
questions and examples. Here are a few math activity ideas: 
• Measure the growth rates of plants and display results on different types 
of graphs. Make predictions regarding future growth. Use standard and 
nonstandard units of measurement. 
• Host a bean race. Plant a number of beans at the base of a trellis and track 
their growth on a chart. Determine the rate of growth and award the fastest 
plant a blue ribbon. 
• Using information from seed catalogs, predict dates of germination and maturity. 
• Plan backward from a desired harvest date to determine when each crop 
should be planted. 
• Measure your garden parameters and calculate the area. Use graph paper 
to make a map to scale of your garden. 
• Calculate amounts of fertilizer to use per quart and per liter of water. 
Debbie Delatour 
“ 
My students will never remember 
the chapter in the math textbook 
on double-digit division, but they 
will always remember the year they 
grew carrots and used their division 
skills to figure out how many each student in fourth grade got to take home. 
Jesse David Johnson 
Tulare County Educator 
” 
carrots 
and fifth 
California Foundation for Agriculture in 
the Classroom conference attendee 
22 Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Cur r iculum
Program Spotlight 
the program is to teach academic literacy, 
but it is put into a science context and 
applied in the garden. Approximately 25 
teachers and 600 students participate each 
year. Students are in class each weekday 
morning for four weeks; in the afternoon, 
teachers participate in professional 
development programs to increase their 
content knowledge and expand their 
use of inquiry-based teaching methods. 
Program staff coordinate maintenance of 
and activities at the garden throughout 
the summer. Through this program, both 
the students and the teachers receive 
invaluable training. One summer school 
teacher commented, “I 
believe integrating science, 
language, and literacy is 
natural. Science is an easy 
and interesting way to 
teach language and literacy 
because students are 
engaged by the lessons, and 
the lessons lend themselves 
to linking language into 
science. The garden is a 
wonderful context in which 
this can happen.” 
According to the Monterey 
Bay Science Project’s 
manager, Alicia Dickerson, a 
main benefit of this program 
is that it puts language into 
a “real context” for the 
students. “The students 
go from lacking academic 
self-confidence, to gaining 
a tremendous amount of 
confidence about themselves 
Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum 
and their potential. In the garden, they 
learn how to ask questions about the 
world and make meaning for themselves, 
coming away with new ways of thinking, 
new concepts and new words,” she says. 
The garden activities are engaging, and 
they inspire and motivate students to 
learn. A study conducted by researchers at 
University of California, Santa Cruz, found: 
• When language growth was 
measured with a standardized assessment 
of academic language, students progressed 
faster in the Summer School Academy than 
would be expected for that time period, 
achieving as much as three months of 
growth in four weeks. 
• Students showed dramatic increases in 
the scientific accuracy of their performance 
on a concept mapping activity. At the 
beginning of the summer academy, 
an average of 13.9 percent of their 
propositions showed accurate scientific 
knowledge. By the end, the number was 
52.5 percent. 
• Students increased their use of 
science vocabulary. 
• Students demonstrated improved 
math skills. 
The benefits of the program are both 
immediate and long term, as the students 
use their new knowledge to help them 
succeed during the school year. The 
Summer School Academy demonstrates the 
power of school gardens as interdisciplinary 
teaching tools for standards-based 
curriculum. On top of the learning 
experience, both teachers and students 
have fun while teaching and learning. 
That’s a combination that’s hard to beat. 
23 
Summer School Academy 
Monterey Bay Science Project, Life Lab 
Each summer the Monterey Bay Science 
Project of Life Lab Science Program 
coordinates a special Summer School 
Academy program in the tri-county area 
of Santa Cruz, Monterey, and San Benito. 
Through this program, teachers use a 
combination of state-adopted curriculum 
and the Life Lab garden curriculum to 
teach English language development to 
students using hands-on, garden-based 
lessons. 
The project began in 1995 with funding 
from the National Science Foundation and 
continues today with support from the 
California Science Project. The main focus of 
The benefits of this program 
are both immediate and long term, 
as students use knowledge gained 
to help them succeed during 
the school year. 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
“ • Chart temperatures of the air and soil in your garden in Fahrenheit and 
Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum 
” 
centigrade. 
• Determine the weight and volume of soil mix when wet and dry. Determine 
the volume of soil in a rectangular window box. 
• Investigate vegetable prices in a supermarket. Track the amount of produce 
harvested in your garden and use the market prices to determine the value 
of your harvest. 
• Count the number of seeds planted and the number of seeds that sprout and 
calculate the germination rate. 
• Measure the height of a group of plants and determine the mean, median, 
and mode. 
• Calculate serving sizes of different fruits and vegetables using common 
cooking supplies. 
• Make a recipe that uses fruits and vegetables from the garden and requires 
various measuring techniques. 
History—Social Science 
Plants are an important part of world history. They have influenced human 
civilizations and economies since the beginning, and as the base of all food chains 
and supplier of oxygen for our air, they will always be essential to our survival. 
Gardening activities can be used to teach students about specific historical events 
and cultures, and also to introduce current events like the impact of 
biotechnology. Some gardening activity ideas: 
• Research and report on cultural or ethnic differences in food 
consumption and gardening practices. 
• Research agricultural history and create a timeline of important 
events. 
• Visit some local farms and interview farmers about choice 
of crops, growing practices, marketing, and farm history. 
• Study the contribution of Native American foods and other 
cultures’ foods to our history and diet. Grow samples in the 
school garden. 
• Research the histories of classroom garden plants. Discover where 
they originated, the impact they’ve had on our diets, and how 
today’s varieties differ from the original plants. Locate their origin 
on a map and then trace their movement around the world. 
• Use the Thanksgiving holiday to explore meals throughout 
history and the different crops grown and harvested at that time 
of the year. 
• Complete a site analysis of the school garden and create a 
garden map noting important features, including a north arrow. 
• Trace the path of a fruit or vegetable from the field to the table. 
• Use the classroom garden to complement a study of the 
influence of climate on food production. 
• As a class, develop garden rules and then vote on them. 
The garden is a tool to provide real-life 
experiences in reading 
and math, and an opportunity 
for teachers to extend learning 
beyond the classroom. In addition, 
Kennedy’s garden is a vehicle to 
help ‘harder-to-reach’ students 
form a positive connection with our 
school. Participating in our garden 
program has boosted their self-esteem 
and academic performance. 
Lawrence Quismondo 
Samuel Kennedy Elementary School 
Sacramento, CA 
24 
Western Growers Foundation
English-Language Arts 
Reading and writing are two very important 
classroom basics, and mastery of these skills provides 
students with the power to succeed. Relating language arts 
exercises to the garden can add an element of fun, too. 
Example activities: 
• Keep daily garden journals documenting observations, 
weather conditions, and classroom activities. 
• Research the growing habits of the school garden 
plants using the Internet and reference material. 
Create a planting schedule based on the information. 
• Write letters to local merchants explaining the 
school gardening project and asking for donations. 
• Write thank you notes to volunteers and garden 
sponsors. 
• Write, illustrate, and publish a collection of garden 
stories and poems. 
• Brainstorm different adjectives to describe each plant in your garden. 
• Study new vocabulary that relates to plants and gardens. 
• Publish a class newsletter with student articles about the garden and 
distribute it to other classrooms and parents. 
• Write step-by-step instructions for common garden activities. 
• Follow written instructions to perform a garden task like planting seeds. 
• Read books and stories about plants and gardens. 
• Write a research paper on a favorite plant, including source citation. 
• Prepare and deliver a presentation about the garden for other students, 
teachers, and parents. 
• Learn about the origins of scientific plant names. 
• Read a garden magazine article highlighting a plant and distinguish between 
the facts and opinions presented by the writer. 
• Research the nutritional value of your favorite garden vegetable and then 
write a script for a 60-second advertisement designed to get more people 
to grow and eat it. 
Visual and Performing Arts 
Nature is the inspiration for many works of art, dance, music, and drama. 
Your school garden is a small piece of nature that can inspire budding artists. 
Activity ideas: 
• Create paintings and drawings of garden plants. 
• Paint a class garden mural to hang in the hallway for parents’ night. 
• Make a seed mosaic. 
• Create a color wheel collage using pictures from old seed catalogs. 
• Make musical instruments from gourds and learn how to play them. 
• Make prints using paint and stamps made from various plant parts. 
• Create and perform a garden-inspired dance expressing the growth of 
a seed or the opening of a flower bud. 
Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum 
“A school garden presents an ideal 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
context for teaching interpersonal 
and cross-cultural content, skills, and 
values. Aspects of social education 
and lessons in cultural diversity can 
be intended outcomes of classroom 
gardening, along with knowledge 
of plants and soil. When children 
” 
25 
examine gardening in a cross-cultural 
and global context, they 
develop an increased appreciation 
for human and plant diversity. They 
begin to grasp how geography, 
economics, and history play a role 
in gardening today and, in the 
process, learn how their decisions as 
cultivators, consumers, and citizens 
may have a local and global impact. 
Doni Kwolek Kobus, Ed.D. 
Professor Emerita of Teacher Education 
California State University 
Stanislaus, CA
• Pantomime various gardening tasks (transplanting, fertilizing, sowing seeds, 
pollinating). 
• Learn a collection of songs that relate to food, gardens, and the environment. 
• Draw your dream garden. 
• Listen to the music of composers inspired by nature. 
• Build clay or tissue paper models of flowers. 
• Use leaves to make crayon rubbings or fossils in clay. 
• Using a movie camera with single-frame capability, make a time-lapse film 
of a plant growing. 
• Create a skit about food safety. 
• Paint a classroom mural using samples of different soils as the medium. 
Health and Nutrition 
Research continues to document the significant health benefits of eating 
fruits and vegetables, and yet most children do not eat the recommended daily 
amount. Growing fruits and vegetables in the school garden improves students’ 
attitudes toward these healthy foods and motivates reluctant eaters to try them. 
You can use the garden as a hands-on tool to teach nutrition lessons, including 
the importance of fruits and vegetables and proper food preparation techniques. 
Specific activity ideas: 
“Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
Using agriculture as an integrating 
• Compare the importance of nutrients in the health of humans and of plants. 
• Study the nutritional value of the various crops in your garden. 
• Identify the parts of the plant represented by common fruits and vegetables. 
• Discuss the difference in nutritional value of various plant parts. 
• Study adaptations of plant parts that make them good food sources. 
• Sprout various seeds for eating. 
• Conduct a blindfolded taste test using classroom-grown vegetables and 
supermarket vegetables. 
• Experiment with food preservation techniques, such as drying, freezing, and 
canning. 
• Grow a salad garden and give students a chance to 
sample the harvest with a salad party. 
• Invite a grocery store employee to talk to the class 
about where their products come from. 
• Visit a local farm. 
• Create brochures with information on daily 
food intake recommendations. 
• Plan a day’s menu that includes all 
components of a balanced diet. 
• Keep food journals that highlight how 
many fruits and vegetables are eaten and 
describe any new produce tried. ” 
context for learning can be 
relatively simple, thanks to resources 
such as the California Foundation 
for Agriculture in the Classroom; 
Food, Land, and People; the State 
Department of Education; the 
Center for Ecoliteracy; the Hansen 
Agricultural Learning Center; the 
Life Lab Science Program; and the 
Center for Land-Based Learning. 
If you look at how teachers 
incorporate food and agriculture as 
an instructional strategy, the range 
of involvement stretches across the 
curriculum and into the community. 
Dan Desmond, Retired Advisor 
University of California 
Cooperative Extension 
Placerville, CA 
5 A Day 
26 Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Cur r iculum
Learning about Ancient Civilizations through Gardening 
Vista de Las Cruces School, Gaviota, CA 
write about it, 
make recipes, 
and create a 
realistic antique-looking 
label 
“ Next time you eat a bowlful 
” to summarize 
their food. The 
recipes have 
been included 
in a school 
cookbook 
now being 
sold in four 
bookstores in 
Santa Barbara County.” Students then plant 
some of the researched crops and use the 
harvest “to help supply school celebrations 
such as our Thanksgiving feast, community 
philanthropic luncheons, the Winter Program 
dinner and fundraiser meals,” Tina explains. 
Vista de Las Cruces School formed 
a garden club that meets on a regular 
of rice, think how easy it is for you 
to go and buy it at a store, because 
back in ancient times they had 
to cultivate, harvest, and maybe 
import the rice. It was a very, 
very hard job. 
Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum 
basis to ensure 
the success of the 
program. Tina shares 
quotes from some of 
her students: 
“The reason I 
liked the Farmers’ 
Market is because I 
got to eat food that 
I have never eaten 
such as date balls. 
And I got to use my 
own ideas.” 
“I learned a 
lot about beans. I 
thought that they 
just came from 
Mexico, but 
I was wrong. 
They came 
from Egypt 
and other 
places.” 
“Next 
time you eat 
a bowlful of 
rice, think 
how easy it 
is for you to 
go and buy 
it at a store, 
because back in ancient times they had to 
cultivate, harvest, and maybe import the 
rice. It was a very, very hard job.” 
The Ancient Civilizations Farmers’ 
Market curriculum goes beyond history 
class. It integrates language arts, social 
studies, math, and visual arts lessons and 
activities. It also provides students with 
an appreciation for agriculture and an 
understanding of the role of farmers in 
the past and present. 
27 
Program Spotlight 
After attending the 2001 California 
Foundation for Agriculture in the 
Classroom conference, elementary 
teacher Tina McEnroe of Vista de Las 
Cruces School developed the Ancient 
Civilizations Farmers’ Market curriculum 
to reinforce the garden experience and 
involve the community. 
Tina notes that the curriculum allows 
students “the 
opportunity to 
stroll back in time 
to understand the 
effect of ancient 
civilizations on 
the world, as they 
research the history 
of indigenous foods 
in the civilizations of 
early Mesopotamia, 
Egypt, Persia, China, 
Rome, Greece, and 
Mayan Yucatan. 
Students choose a 
food to research 
and then they 
Paul McEnroe 
“ I learned a lot about beans. I thought 
that they just came from Mexico, 
but I was wrong. They came from 
Egypt and other places. 
”
• Invite chefs from the community to do cooking demonstrations for students 
and parents. Coordinate a cooking lesson in your school’s kitchen using the 
produce your class has grown. 
• Ask cafeteria managers to share safe food handling information and provide 
tours of school kitchens. 
• Invite a registered dietitian to visit classrooms and discuss healthy food 
choices and healthy preparation methods in connection with MyPyramid.gov. 
• Present a skit or puppet show about food safety. 
• Use MyPyramid.gov to help you choose a healthy diet. Come up with tasty 
recipes that use lots of fruits and vegetables and little fat or sugar. 
• Create a classroom or school recipe book that features produce grown 
in school gardens. 
• Compare the nutritional content of different colors of a specific variety of 
vegetables, e.g., salad greens. Graph the Vitamin A content in the lighter-colored 
greens and in darker greens. Contrast this with other vegetables. 
• Research and compare fruits and vegetables with various origins. Identify 
cultural dishes and their preparation methods. Host an “international day” 
and provide healthful samplings of fruits and vegetables from those cultures. 
• Incorporate literature using the book Stone Soup and involve students in 
making their own stone soup. Have students discuss the benefits of the 
ingredients and how they fit into MyPyramid. 
• Research cultural holidays and the symbolism of 
particular fruits and vegetables that are included 
during those holidays. For example, identify the 
symbolism of tangerines in the Chinese New Year 
celebration. 
• Create a public service announcement or school 
announcement promoting fruits and vegetables. The 
promotion could highlight something growing in the 
garden, a fruit or vegetable offered in the cafeteria, 
or both. This will encourage students to develop 
skills for marketing food choices. 
• Grow and use fresh herbs to flavor your dishes 
with natural ingredients and decrease the use of 
salt in recipes. 
• Visit a local farmers’ market or start a school 
farmers’ market. 
These ideas are just a sampling of the classroom 
gardening activities available to you. Search books, 
magazines, and Web sites for additional ideas. Also, 
as you grow with your garden, you will create many 
activities of your own. Be sure to pass them along to 
other teachers and parents. 
“ I used to fear math, but working 
in the garden has changed that. I 
have a higher grade now. ” When we 
made salsa, we sold 150 pints at 
$3 a pint and made $450. The best 
part was when we got to 
collect and count the money. 
Student 
Turner Elementary 
Fresno, CA 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
28 Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Cur r iculum
Promoting 
Healthy Living 
“Nutrition is an essential building block for student success. Healthy, active, and 
well-nourished children are more likely to attend school and are more prepared 
and motivated to learn. While the primary responsibility of schools is to foster 
academic achievement, schools have an exceptional opportunity to guide children 
toward healthier lifestyles by creating a healthy nutrition environment.” 
Deborah Tamannaie, Nutrition Services Division 
California Department of Education A child’s mental and physical development is closely tied to good nutrition 
and healthy eating habits. Health habits also affect children’s behavior and 
social growth. As an educator, you may use numerous teaching strategies 
to engage students, but you will quickly learn your efforts are ineffective if 
a child’s diet has not met his or her basic nutritional needs. It is important 
for a child to consume a well-balanced diet and participate in regular physical 
activity if he or she is to experience success in school. In addition, developing 
positive eating habits during childhood contributes to optimal health, boosts self-esteem, 
and decreases the risk of immediate and long-term health problems. 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
“ By attracting students to eating 
vegetables and salads at an early 
age, we can help nutritious eating 
be part of their diets continue into their and adult years. 
Colleen Underwood, Principal 
Brightwood Elementary ” 
as they 
teen 
School 
Alhambra Unified School District, CA 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 29
Because children spend much of their time at school, educators like you play 
a powerful role in influencing students’ physical activity and the food choices 
they make both at school and at home. You can incorporate nutrition education 
and physical activity throughout the curriculum and reinforce these subjects 
through hands-on activities that allow students to practice smart decision-making 
skills. A growing number of children are overweight, unfit, or both, and shortfalls 
in recommended nutrients and regular physical activity are contributing factors. 
Thus, it is important for schools to establish an environment that fosters the 
development of healthy lifestyles. 
A healthy school environment provides students with opportunities to gain 
knowledge of and practice positive eating and exercise behaviors. Schools can use 
multiple strategies to create this environment, but the school garden has proven 
to be a very useful tool. It is a fun and effective way to introduce nutrition basics 
and provide opportunities for physical activity. Research on the health benefits 
resulting from school garden programs has found: 
• Students who plant and harvest their own fruits and vegetables are more 
likely to eat them.1 
• Students with garden experience who participated in a nutrition education 
program not only ate more fruits and vegetables to begin with, but also 
demonstrated greater increases in consumption by the conclusion of the 
program.2 
• Students who participated in classroom nutrition education programs in 
conjunction with growing vegetables in outdoor gardens demonstrated an 
increase in nutrition knowledge and improved preference for vegetables.3, 4 
• Students participating in a full food system program (“seed-to-table”) who 
made the greatest gains in overall understanding of ecological principles 
also made significantly greater gains in the number of fruit and vegetable 
servings they reported eating.5 
30 Gardens for Learning: Promot ing Heal thy Living 
Western Growers Foundation 
“ 
My students clearly have an 
increased knowledge of where 
their food comes from and how 
it is grown. They now have the 
ability to grow some of the food 
at their own homes. The garden-based 
nutrition program increased their knowledge desire to eat healthy food be physically active every Mary Pat Horn, Teacher 
Bayside Elementary 
” 
has greatly 
and 
and to 
day. 
Sausalito, CA
Program Spotlight 
Nutrition in the Community Garden 
Baldwin Park, CA 
Baldwin Park Unified 
School District is involving 
its whole community in 
educating students about good 
nutrition. Through a partnership 
with the City of Baldwin Park, 
Kaiser Permanente Baldwin Park 
Medical Center, and Moveable 
Feast Program, an innovative 
curriculum titled “Nutrition 
in the Community Garden” 
was developed that combined 
horticulture and nutrition 
lessons in an outdoor classroom 
at Baldwin Park Community 
Garden. Through the program, 
students visit the garden monthly and learn 
the ins and outs of growing fruits and 
vegetables through hands-on activities. 
Their garden time is followed by a cooking 
demonstration with an educator using a 
portable kitchen cart to prepare special 
fruit- or vegetable-based recipes and teach 
students about basic kitchen skills. The 
program encourages physical activity through 
gardening and promotes healthy eating 
through the preparation of easy, low-calorie, 
lowfat recipes that children can make on their 
own. The ultimate goals of the program are 
to work toward combating the rising trend 
of childhood obesity, to provide students 
with the necessary skills to increase their 
consumption of fruits and vegetables, and to 
create healthy snacks and meals. In addition 
to the programming in the garden, teachers 
are provided with additional curricula to 
continue the gardening-nutrition link in the 
classroom, further reinforcing better eating 
habits among their students. 
The program began in the fall of 2003 
with two classes, and since then, it has grown 
to accommodate six classes of fourth graders. 
To increase community involvement, in 2005 
the program also incorporated an exciting 
“Guest Chef” component. Community 
representatives came to the garden to serve 
as positive role models by demonstrating for 
the children how to make delicious, healthy 
recipes. Guests included nutrition and health-care 
professionals, newspaper and television 
reporters, school administrators, agricultural 
crop council representatives, city council 
members, California state assembly members, 
and even a U.S. Congress representative. 
A unique aspect of the “Guest Chef” 
component is that guests also briefly describe 
their jobs, thus introducing students to 
possible future career paths. 
On a post-test given at the end of 
the school year, 91 percent of students 
reported an increase in fruit and vegetable 
consumption by at least one serving when 
compared with their responses at the 
“ Nutrition and gardening 
are a perfect marriage 
to promote good ” health. 
beginning of the program, 
indicating an important influence 
on eating behaviors. Additionally, 
students received a cookbook of 
healthy recipes, and 58 percent 
of students reported duplicating 
at least one of these recipes at 
home. Through the cookbook, 
the education extends beyond 
the students to affect their 
families too. 
Program Director Linda Hahn 
credits the program’s success 
to the strong community-wide 
investment in the program. 
She notes that “this is truly a 
Bonnie Estrada 
collaborative effort, requiring a huge invest-ment 
of support from many entities within 
Baldwin Park.” She’s found that “nutrition 
and gardening are a perfect marriage to 
promote good health. Children are physically 
active when they garden, and they learn the 
relationship between agriculture and food 
on the table when they harvest the produce 
and make it on the spot in my nutrition 
program. The garden setting, coupled with 
the nutrition program, provides a learning 
lab that takes children from the beginning of 
a process to the end – from planting seeds 
to sampling healthy food grown from those 
seeds. Lifelong skills that will sustain these 
children – how to grow their own food; how 
to prepare their own food; how to have fun 
doing both – are a hallmark of this program. 
The fact that children expend energy while 
gardening is another plus in the fight against 
childhood obesity. The program encourages 
them to be physically active in a lifelong activ-ity 
they can enjoy.” 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 31
Because of scientific research results like these as well as copious anecdotal 
evidence, the use of gardens in teaching nutrition has become a more frequent 
practice. Some of the nutritional concepts introduced and reinforced by the 
garden are below. 
The Importance of Fruits and Vegetables 
Fruits and vegetables are a vital part of a healthy diet, providing many of 
the nutrients children need for growth, development, and prevention of chronic 
diseases later in life. These include essential vitamins and minerals, dietary fiber, 
water, and phytonutrients. Unfortunately, most children are not eating enough 
fruits and vegetables to meet the recommendations of the most recent Dietary 
Guidelines for Americans because they lack access to a variety of fresh produce 
and because their existing food preferences do not include fruits and vegetables. 
School gardens help promote fruit and vegetable consumption as a means of 
shaping food preferences early in children’s lives and can serve as a source of 
fresh fruits and vegetables in children’s diets. Students will try foods they would 
normally turn away because of the additional motivation and excitement of 
eating something they grew. They also learn the skills to grow their own food, 
offering a lifetime of potential fresh foods. 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 
The Origins of Foods 
Through the garden, children gain an appreciation for the origin of their 
food. By participating in food production, they discover that food does not 
magically appear on the table or at the grocery store, but rather is produced on a 
farm. Because of this experience, they are better able to grasp concepts related to 
agriculture and its importance to the social and economic makeup of California. 
This experience also leads to students’ appreciation of the work that goes into the 
food they eat and respect for the environment that allows it to grow. 
The garden provides opportunities to teach students about the importance 
of the soil in the production of food, increasing their esteem for this vital natural 
resource. They learn how the soil provides important nutrients to ensure that the 
plants are healthy and productive. Fertilizing your garden replenishes the nutrient 
content of the soil. Increasing nutrient availability to the plants to help them grow 
is an essential step in raising healthy, nutritious foods. 
Healthy Food Choices 
An important part of gardening is learning to meet plants’ basic needs for 
good growth and production. Nourishing your garden replenishes the nutrient 
content of the soil to grow strong plants just as eating healthy foods helps 
children grow up healthy and strong. If your students neglect their plants 
by forgetting to water them or by not providing proper fertilizer, they will 
immediately see the signs of stress. Compare the basic needs of plants to the basic 
needs of people. Teach students how important it is for them to nurture their 
own bodies just as they care for the plants in their garden. 
“ 
Western Growers Foundation In the garden, nutrition learning 
just happens. Unlike the food in the 
supermarket that is largely uniform, 
odorless, and often unhealthy, 
nature’s foods are variable, full of 
life, and almost always nutritious. So 
developing a taste for really fresh 
fruits and vegetables is the best 
insurance against a bad matters most, as a wise once said, is what you So take them to the garden ” 
diet; what 
nutritionist 
don’t eat. 
and let 
32 
them graze. 
Joan Dye Gussow 
Mary Swartz Rose Professor Emerita 
of Nutrition and Education 
Teachers College, Columbia University 
New York, NY
Program Spotlight 
The Nutrition Network 
Los Angeles Unified School District 
The Nutrition Network in the 
Los Angeles Unified School 
District actively promotes the 
use of school gardens as a tool for 
nutrition education. More than 140 
schools included school gardening 
as a nutrition education strategy 
in their action plans in the 2004- 
2005 school year. Nutrition Network 
Teacher Advisor Tonya Mandl writes 
this about her experience with 
garden-based nutrition programs: 
“I’ll never forget the excitement 
of my fourth graders when they 
discovered that they could actually 
‘just pick the broccoli flowers and 
eat them!’ And when another class 
exclaimed that the salad they had 
just prepared from their harvest was 
‘the best’ they’d ever eaten. One 
group of students learned that onions 
were sweet, and another that raw bell 
peppers taste delicious. Even preparing the 
garden for planting can be an outlet for 
children; one fifth grader, who often ran 
into trouble with classmates and found 
it challenging to focus in the classroom, 
looked up at me after shoveling soil, a big 
smile on his sweaty face, exclaiming, ‘This 
is fun!’ 
“In my after-school nutrition gardening 
club, a group of approximately 30 students, 
ages 6 to 11, tended a patch of collard 
greens. Each day they would ask, ‘Are 
they ready to pick yet?’ Finally, our garden 
club turned into a cooking club when 
we harvested and prepared the greens 
together, with the help of a grandmother 
from the South who shared her own family 
“ I’ll never forget the excitement of my 
fourth graders when they discovered 
that they could actually ‘just broccoli flowers and eat recipe. The children enjoyed their ” pick the 
them!’ 
greens so 
much that several of them asked if there 
were enough to take home to their moms! 
The garden is a place for students to be 
caretakers for other growing things, and 
then experience the ‘fruits’ of their labor 
first-hand. 
“The essential components of garden-based 
nutrition education are cultivation, 
caretaking, harvesting, preparation, 
and eating,” shares Tonya. “By actively 
participating in planting and caring for 
vegetables, students gain an understanding 
of agriculture and an appreciation for 
fresh food. By harvesting, preparing, 
and eating the vegetables that they 
have grown themselves, students 
experience a tasty thrill they would not 
have otherwise. This formula instills 
a love of fresh produce that children 
want to share with their families.” 
Tonya has found that “when 
students not only learn the process of 
getting food to the table, but actively 
participate in it, they are much more 
eager to try a wider range of foods. 
As our founder, Nonnie Korten, once 
said, ‘We have seen children who 
balk at eating vegetables eat them 
with great relish when they grow 
them and nurture them themselves. 
When they grow it, they eat it.’ A key 
component to nutrition gardening 
Tonya Mandl 
is the harvest. It is recommended that 
traditional calendar schools plant fruits 
and vegetables that ripen early, such as 
radishes, green beans, and strawberries, so 
that students can experience harvesting, 
preparing, and eating their plants. 
Without this, students will not make the 
connection between what they grow and 
what they eat.” 
In addition to nutrition education, the 
Nutrition Network has identified other 
benefits to school gardening, including 
the outdoor physical activity involved in 
cultivating, planting, and weeding. The 
network has led workshops on “Getting 
Physical in the Garden” where students do 
exercises like “Climbing the beanstalk,” 
“Stomping the mulch,” and “Growing like a 
plant.” 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 33
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 
Food Preparation 
Students can grow fruits and vegetables in their garden, and after harvest, 
they can learn and practice proper food handling techniques, food preparation, 
and cooking skills. Although the garden will focus on fruits and vegetables, you 
can use recipes that teach students how to incorporate other healthy foods like 
whole-grain carbohydrates and low-fat dairy and protein products to achieve 
a balanced diet. Cooking demonstrations and hands-on cooking activities help 
students gain experience and confidence in their food preparation skills. 
Physical Activity 
In addition to encouraging good eating behaviors, 
gardening is enjoyable, relaxing, and a great form 
of physical activity. A benefit of adding gardening 
to a regular exercise program is that it is an activity 
that can be enjoyed for a lifetime. Go for Green 
(www.goforgreen.ca) provides the following examples of 
physical benefits of garden activities: 
• Digging involves weight lifting, abdominal 
stressing, and partial squatting. 
• Pruning makes you hold your arms up while 
stretching. 
• Weeding involves squats and forearm stretches. 
• Planting requires many muscles to be used, as 
you dig, mix soil, lift, carry, and backfill, often in 
a squatting position. 
Other sources of physical activity in the garden 
include turning compost heaps, clearing out beds for 
a new planting, mixing potting soils, lifting planters, 
raking leaves, hoeing, digging fence post holes, 
moving soil between beds, and spreading mulch. 
Resources for Educators 
A number of educational programs exist to support you in teaching and 
encouraging healthy eating and exercise behaviors using garden programs. 
Although it would be impossible to list them all in this book, below are a few 
examples to help begin your search. 
California Department of Education: “A Garden in Every School” 
Initiative. Recognizing the educational and health benefits of school gardens, 
the California Department of Education (CDE) launched the “Garden in Every 
School” initiative in 1995, which continues today with support for the expansion 
of school garden programs throughout the state. The Nutrition Services Division 
leads the “Garden in Every School” program and collaborates with individuals 
and organizations that support school gardens, including public and private 
agricultural agencies, waste management agencies, health agencies, and others. 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
34
The CDE provides technical assistance and educational 
resources to public schools interested in using school gardens 
as outdoor classrooms for nutrition and core subject area 
education. It published the Health Framework for California 
Public Schools and developed a set of nutrition competencies 
to guide curriculum implementation for students in 
prekindergarten through grade 12 to promote effective, 
sequential, and comprehensive nutrition education. For more 
information about the “Garden in Every School” program, 
contact the Nutrition Services Division, California Department 
of Education, at 800-952-5609 or 916-445-0850. 
California Healthy Kids Resource Center. 
Sponsored by the California Department of Education and 
Department of Public Health, the California Healthy Kids 
Resource Center maintains a comprehensive collection of 
high-quality health education materials for use by teachers, 
administrators, university faculty, LEA (local education agency) 
staff, and other professionals who work with preschool 
through 12th grade students in school settings and after-school 
programs. The materials include curricula, videotapes, teacher 
reference materials, and research materials, along with models 
and other displays. The materials are free to use; schools are responsible only for 
return shipping charges. For more information and a listing of materials available, 
visit the center’s Web site at www.hkresources.org/. 
Farm to School Program. The concept of linking schools with local 
farmers to provide fresher, tastier, healthier school meals is known as “Farm to 
School” and is considered part of a healthy school environment. The objectives 
of the program are to serve fresh and healthy meals in school cafeterias, improve 
student nutrition, provide health and nutrition education opportunities, teach 
agricultural literacy, and support local small farmers. Schools buy and feature 
farm-fresh foods such as fruits and vegetables, eggs, honey, meat, and beans 
on their menus; incorporate nutrition-based curriculum in the classroom; and 
provide students experiential learning opportunities through farm visits, gardening 
activities, and recycling programs. Farmers gain access to a new market through 
schools and are able to connect to their community through programs designed 
to educate kids about local food and sustainable agriculture. When fresh, farm-direct, 
seasonal food is included in school lunch programs, both children and 
farmers benefit. Combining healthy school lunch choices with nutrition education, 
farm visits, school gardens, and cooking projects in the classroom gives children a 
better opportunity to develop healthy eating habits that last a lifetime. For more 
information about California’s Farm to School program, visit www.cafarmtoschool.org/. 
Fruits and Vegetables for Health. Fruits and Vegetables for Health is a free 
curriculum guide available from the California Foundation for Agriculture in 
the Classroom. The comprehensive unit teaches students about the production, 
distribution, and nutritional value of California fresh produce. Geography, 
English-language arts, mathematics, science, health, and nutrition concepts are 
incorporated. It is aligned to the content standards for California public schools. 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 
“ 
School health programs can help 
children and adolescents attain full 
educational potential and good 
health by providing them with 
the skills, social support, environmental reinforcement need to adopt long-term, ” 
and 
they 
healthy 
35 
eating behaviors. 
The Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention 
Debbie Delatour
To download, visit www.cfaitc.org/LessonPlans/LessonPlans.php. 
Rethinking School Lunch. The Rethinking School Lunch (RSL) program 
uses a systems approach to address the crisis in childhood obesity, provide 
nutrition education, and teach ecology. It builds on the premise that hands-on 
experience in growing and preparing food is a powerful way for children to 
discover that healthy food tastes good, and to learn about life cycles, seasons, 
other processes of nature, and the relationship between the health of natural and 
social systems. The program includes an online 175-page guide, ongoing essay 
series, “Thinking Outside the Lunchbox,” a downloadable Model Wellness Policy 
Guide, and outreach efforts, including presentations to professional organizations 
and NGOs, technical assistance, and workshops for educators. For more 
information, visit www.ecoliteracy.org/programs/index.html. 
The Network for a Healthy California (Network). This statewide 
initiative is led by the California Department of Public Health represents a 
movement of local, state and national partners collectively working toward 
improving the health status of low-income Californians through increased fruit 
and vegetable consumption and daily physical activity. Multiple venues are used 
to facilitate behavior change in the homes, schools, worksites, and communities of 
low-income Californians to create environments that support fruit and vegetable 
consumption and physical activity.. For more information, visit the Network’s 
Web site at www.ca5aday.com. 
Two specific Network programs: 
Children’s Power Play! Campaign (Power Play!) 
Power Play! is a statewide campaign led by the 
California Department of Public Health and 
administered by the Public Health Institute. 
Its purpose is to motivate and empower 
California’s 9- to 11-year-old children to eat 
3 to 5 cups of fruits and vegetables and get 
at least 60 minutes of physical activity every 
day. . Power Play! provides free nutrition and 
physical activity educational materials, available 
in English and Spanish, to fourth and fifth 
grade teachers with students from low-income 
families. Activities can be incorporated into 
subjects across the curriculum and are linked to 
the California content standards in mathematics 
and English-language arts. To request materials 
or for more information, contact your region’s 
Power Play! lead agency. Contact information is 
available at http://www.cdph.ca.gov/programs/cpns/ 
Pages/ChildrensPowerPlayCampaign.aspx 
– Harvest of the Month. Harvest of the Month 
features ready-to-go tools and resources that 
can be used in diverse applications within the 
school environment. It provides educators, 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 
“ ” 
36 
More children need to 
understand what they’re eating. 
Children’s education is vital, and 
knowing where a product comes 
from is fundamental to life. 
Margaret D’Arrigo-Martin 
Executive Vice President 
D’Arrigo Brothers, Salinas, CA 
Judy Huffaker
Program Spotlight 
Edible Schoolyard 
Martin Luther King, Jr. Middle School, Berkeley, CA 
The Edible Schoolyard 
sprouted out of the shared 
vision of community 
members and school personnel. 
They envisioned a garden 
and kitchen classroom that 
would transform the learning 
environment and enrich the lives 
of the students at Martin Luther 
King, Jr. Middle School. The 
first seed was planted in 1994 
through a conversation between 
chef Alice Waters and then King 
Middle School Principal Neil 
Smith, with additional seeds 
sown and nurtured through 
the planning and hard work of 
hundreds of students, teachers, 
staff, and volunteers. Over 
time, an abandoned, asphalt-covered 
lot became a thriving 
classroom. Today, it not only 
enriches the local community, 
but also serves as a model for school 
gardening programs around the world. 
More than 900 students participate 
“ ” 
in the Edible Schoolyard program each 
year. The program uses food as a unifying 
concept to introduce students to the larger 
principles of ecology. Students learn how 
to grow, harvest, and prepare nutritious 
seasonal produce through direct experiences 
in the garden and kitchen classroom. The 
lessons and activities tie into required 
curricula for each grade level. They are 
designed to foster a better understanding 
of how the natural world sustains us, and 
promote the environmental and social well-being 
of the school community. 
When the hearts and minds 
of our children are captured by a school 
lunch curriculum and enriched with expe-rience 
in the garden, 
sustainability will become the lens 
through which they see the world. 
Program Coordinator Chelsea Chapman 
notes that the program serves as a “big 
school community builder” linking students 
from diverse social, economic, and cultural 
backgrounds together “through a shared 
experience.” Garden Manager Kelsey 
Siegel has also witnessed the magic of the 
growing environment. “One of 
my continuing observations is 
that the garden provides a place 
that helps level the educational 
playing field. It helps to subvert 
some of the disparities that 
occur within the classroom or 
even on the playground. By 
working collectively with each 
other, teachers, staff, and 
volunteers, the students at MLK 
feel safe in a natural space that 
they have helped create and 
care for.” 
The impact of the Edible 
Schoolyard extends beyond the 
school’s boundaries. Chelsea 
explains that one of the most 
rewarding aspects of the 
program is to “[watch the] 
lessons from garden and kitchen 
going home with the kids.” In 
addition to recipes, a farm stand 
Thomas Heinser 
is set up after school, allowing students to 
take extra produce home with them. The 
students return to school with stories of 
their cooking adventures and their family’s 
reactions. 
As former students return as volunteers, 
the Edible Schoolyard is progressing toward 
its larger goal of revolutionizing the way 
individuals view food, agriculture, and their 
environment. As founder Alice Waters 
suggests, “When the hearts and minds of 
our children are captured by a school lunch 
curriculum and enriched with experience in 
the garden, sustainability will become the 
lens through which they see the world.” 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 37
prekindergarten through grade 12, with materials to give students hands-on 
opportunities to explore, taste and learn about the importance of eating fruits 
and vegetables and being active every day. Harvest of the Month also provides 
the opportunity for collaboration among educators, child nutrition staff, school 
administrators, students, parents, the local media and retail outlets — all of whom 
are striving toward the goal of increasing knowledge of, access to and preference 
for fruits and vegetables and physical activity. A training module guides and 
supports users on how to effectively use all program materials and resources. 
This module includes a short DVD providing a visual experience of Harvest of 
the Month in action. Additional tools are included to expand on implementation 
strategies, explore the kinds of content contained within the monthly educator 
newsletters, and demonstrate how activities can be linked to several core 
curricular areas. All materials can be downloaded free on the Harvest of the 
Month website. Within this site, the Educators’ Corner provides teachers with 
additional activities, lesson ideas, recipes, student assessments and a wealth of 
resources to help implement a successful program. www.harvestofthemonth.com 
United States Department of Agriculture MyPyramid. The United 
States Department of Agriculture (USDA) has created many resources to help 
educators introduce basic nutrition education into the classroom, including the 
MyPyramid.gov tool. Visit www.mypyramid.gov/kids/index.html to download nutrition 
education classroom activities to supplement activities in the garden. 
Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 
Summary 
Through garden programs, students learn skills they can use throughout their 
lifetime to engage in physical activity and increase their consumption of fruits and 
vegetables. Teaching students how to incorporate hobbies like gardening into their 
lives will help fight food-related health problems through adoption of activities 
supporting better nutritional choices. Use of the garden as a health education 
tool will have an impact on students’ choices today and well into the future. 
Check out the California School Garden Network Web site at www.csgn.org and the 
Resources section of this book (page 93) for additional ideas for using the garden 
to grow healthy kids. 
1 Morris, J., K. Koumjian, M. Briggs, and S. Zidenberg-Cherr. Nutrition to Grow On: A garden-enhanced nutri-tion 
education curriculum for upper-elementary school children. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior 
34(3):175-176. 
2 Foerster, S., J. Gregson, D.L. Beall, M. Hudes, H. Magnuson, S. Livingston, M.A. Davis, A.B. Joy, and T. 
Garbolino. 1998. The California Children’s 5 a Day Power Play! Campaign: Evaluation of a large-scale social market-ing 
initiative. Family and Community Health 21(1):46-64. 
3 Morris, J., A. Neustadter, and S. Zidenberg-Cherr. 2001. First-grade gardeners more likely to taste vegetables. 
California Agriculture 55(1):43-46. 
4 Morris, J., and S. Zidenberg-Cherr. 2002. Garden-enhanced nutrition curriculum improves fourth-grade school 
children’s knowledge of nutrition and preferences for some vegetables. Journal of the American Dietetic Association 
102(1):91-93. 
5 Murphy, J.M. 2003. Findings from the Evaluation Study of the Edible Schoolyard. Center for Ecoliteracy, 
Berkeley, CA, www.ecoliteracy.org/publications/pdf/ESYFindings-DrMurphy.pdf 
California Department of Education 
“ 
I saw all the people hustling early in 
the morning to go into the 
factories and the stores and the 
office buildings, to do their job, to 
get their check. But ultimately it’s 
not office buildings or jobs us our checks. It’s the soil. is what gives us the real ” 
that give 
The soil 
income that 
38 
supports us all. 
Ed Begley, Jr., Actor
Designing Your 
School Garden 
To prepare for the design phase of your school garden, put on your creativity 
hat, adopt an adventurous attitude, and open your mind to all possibilities. 
Gather ideas from other schools, botanic gardens, magazines, garden shows, 
Web sites, and the imagination of your students and garden team. As you 
plan, remember to look at the future garden through the eyes of a child. 
Your students and garden team need to be active participants during this 
phase. Throughout the process, they should feel like valuable contributors. A 
strong connection during the design process will ensure they become diligent care-takers 
once the garden is installed. 
As you plan, there are two very important things to keep in mind: 
Your school garden should be both fun and functional. Make 
sure your design will result in a garden that will fulfill your needs and help you 
accomplish your curricular goals. 
Keep it simple. Dream big, but start with a plan that is manageable 
for your school. Consider developing a three- or five-year plan, adding a few 
components each year. Remember that it is the smiling children learning in the 
garden that makes it beautiful, not the fancy and complicated planting design. 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
39 
Photos: Western Growers Foundation
How to Get Started 
Begin designing by gathering ideas from 
existing school gardens either by visiting local 
schools or by browsing the Web (you can start 
your search at the California School Garden 
Network Web site at www.csgn.org). You may 
also want to visit a local botanic garden or 
arboretum. Although your group has different 
spaces and resources available to it, you will 
get a feel for characteristics that are appealing 
by visiting these sites. Do you like gardens with 
sitting areas? Do you like vegetable gardens? 
What type of paths do you prefer? 
Next, give your students and garden team 
a chance to brainstorm. Asking them to draw 
their idea of the perfect garden is a good place 
to start. Give everyone a chance to share their drawings and make a list of all the 
elements included. See if you find common trends. For instance, do a lot of the 
gardens include birds or butterflies? If so, you might want to establish a garden 
supporting wildlife. Are there many fruits and vegetables? Maybe you want to 
focus on edible plantings. The class can choose the best – and most practical – 
elements of each to incorporate into a final design. As you review these ideas, 
remind everyone of your curricular goals. Are there any strong connections 
between the dream ideas and the goals you have adopted? 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
Types of Gardens 
Although no two gardens look exactly alike, there are some basic planting 
techniques used for constructing indoor school gardens and some different 
techniques used for those outdoors. Indoor garden options include windowsill 
gardens and stands with grow lights. Outdoor options include in-ground beds, 
raised beds, and container gardens. 
Indoor Gardens 
The simplest form of indoor gardening is to grow plants in front of windows 
that receive a decent amount of sunlight. Windows that face south and west are 
best, and they usually receive enough light to grow leaf and root vegetables (beets, 
carrots, lettuce, onions, and radishes) and herbs. East-facing and north-facing 
windows do not receive as much light, so they will limit planting options mostly 
to houseplants. Spend a few days monitoring the light available through the 
window to determine whether there is a sufficient level for an indoor garden. 
Grow lights (fluorescent tube lights designed to hang low over growing 
areas) are a more effective way to produce indoor crops. You can purchase 
prefabricated models or make your own. With grow lights, you control the 
amount of light your plants receive and can expand your crop options to include 
fruit crops such as tomatoes and strawberries. 
Debbie Delatour 
“ 
Just by walking by and giving 
a curious glance, children can 
passively absorb the lessons of the 
garden: a pea vine sending tendrils 
up a pole, a new blossom about 
to burst open, a seedling pushing 
through the soil. Teachers walking 
by can point to pollinators, give an 
impromptu lesson in ecology, math, 
weather, botany. A garden in full 
view can become the heart of the 
school campus, a place learning, transformation, a place to observe the ” 
of wonder, 
and 
seasons 
40 
and cycles of life. 
Marty Fujita 
Food For Thought 
Ojai Unified School District 
Ojai, CA
Program Spotlight 
A joint project of the 
City of Riverside 
and the Riverside 
Unified School District, 
the Eastside Community 
Garden was developed as 
a resource for Emerson 
Elementary students 
and local residents. 
While many schools may 
struggle to find space 
for a garden, Emerson’s 
garden was an already 
defined 1-acre plot in 
the back corner of the 
school. Possibly even 
more difficult than not 
having enough space is 
having too much. 
In the initial stages of the garden 
planning, students were invited to submit 
artistic drawings for a garden theme 
poster. They were asked to visualize what 
the garden would look like and what 
students could do there. Two students’ 
designs were chosen and their art was 
included on a T-shirt produced for the 
garden ground-breaking event. 
Building on the students’ ideas and 
working with a Master Gardener from 
the Cooperative Extension program, the 
Eastside Community Garden Committee 
made several design drafts and presented 
them to the community during the ground-breaking 
ceremony. A high school drafting 
student prepared a more formal design. 
Although several modifications were made, 
the time invested in the initial planning of 
the site was extremely valuable. Soliciting 
numerous ideas about the design of the 
garden helped people to visualize possibili-ties. 
The practical issues of the site grade, 
irrigation, fencing, shade, accessibility, and 
financial resources also played important 
roles in selecting the initial design. 
An important initial design element 
was to determine which materials to use 
in building the garden beds. Although sev-eral 
materials were suggested, ultimately 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
the use of 8- by 8- by 
16-inch cinder blocks 
was chosen. Benefits 
of using these blocks 
included: 
• Cinder blocks can 
be used to construct 
garden beds of a variety 
of shapes and sizes. 
• The garden design 
can be changed and the 
blocks can be reused. 
• Minimal skill is 
required to build a 
garden bed out of 
cinder block. 
• The open cells in 
the blocks can be used 
to plant invasive plants 
or flowers. 
Whereas brainstorming many ideas 
for the garden design created interest, 
practicality triumphed when it came to 
the actual construction. The committee 
determined that building as many equal-sized 
beds as possible would help get 
more gardeners involved in the project. 
The design made the addition of water 
faucets and an automated watering system 
easier to install after the raised beds were 
constructed. During the course of one 
year, approximately 17 garden beds were 
built out of cinder blocks at the Eastside 
Community Garden. The raised beds have 
been extremely durable and did not shift 
even during an extremely rainy winter. The 
simple design allowed gardeners time to 
focus on growing vegetables rather than 
on building and maintaining garden beds. 
Designing a Large School Garden 
Emerson Elementary School, Riverside, CA 
John McCombs 
The raised beds have been extremely 
durable and did not shift even during 
an extremely rainy winter. The simple 
design allowed gardeners time to focus 
on growing vegetables rather than on 
building and maintaining garden beds. 
41
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
Outdoor Gardens 
The traditional outdoor garden is planted in the ground of a schoolyard. During 
the site analysis described below, you will evaluate your soil and determine whether 
this is a good option for your class. Unless the area has been cultivated before, you 
will often need to amend and till compacted soil before you begin planting. 
Raised garden beds are another option commonly used by schools. Create a 
raised bed by shoveling soil from surrounding pathways or bringing in new soil 
or compost to create mounds that are 1 to 2 feet taller than the adjacent paths. 
The top of the mound should be flattened to decrease soil erosion. Raised beds 
look nice, support healthy plant growth, and keep people on paths. The loose soil 
encourages roots to grow strong and deep, and the garden soaks in moisture easily. 
In areas with cool, wet spring weather, soil in raised beds drains and warms more 
quickly so you can get started earlier. 
To create more permanent, defined raised beds, make 1- to 2-foot-tall frames 
using materials like recycled plastic lumber, rot-resistant wood such as cedar or 
redwood, stones, or concrete blocks and then fill the frames with soil. Although 
rot-resistant pressure-treated wood is available for purchase, it should not be used 
in the garden because of the toxic chemicals on the treated wood. Framed raised 
beds can be built over soil or on top of concrete or asphalt surfaces. Although 
making framed raised beds is more expensive than planting directly in the ground, 
it does offer a number of benefits. Framed raised beds are more permanent and 
define the garden bed area. You can choose your own soil, making them easier 
to cultivate and eliminating worries about toxins such as lead. They usually have 
fewer problems with weeds and drainage. They may help with pest control by 
making it easier to scout for insects and install gopher wire barriers. Additionally, 
raised beds can be built high enough for wheelchair accessibility. 
A third outdoor option is to plant in containers. Examples of common 
containers are clay and plastic pots, large wooden barrels, and buckets. 
However, you can use anything that holds soil and has drainage holes. 
You can even use an old bathtub. If you experience warm days but 
cold nights, or if you have concerns about vandalism, you can create an 
indoor/outdoor garden by growing plants in buckets with handles, or 
pots with wheels, and moving them indoors at night. 
Site Analysis 
Once you decide what type of garden will best fit your needs and 
resources, you need to find a place to put it. It is best to locate your 
garden in a prominent area of the schoolyard to increase involvement 
and decrease the likelihood of vandalism. To determine the usefulness 
of a site, your garden team needs to complete a site analysis. A 
site analysis involves investigating and evaluating the growing and 
environmental conditions of potential garden areas. You may conduct 
several analyses before you find a site that is just right. 
At some schools, only one site will be available. However, if that is 
the case, you should still perform the site analysis because it will help 
42 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
“ 
Because the gardens are directly 
outside the classrooms and on the 
side of the recess area, it is clear 
that the students visit the gardens 
frequently on their own time. 
Often when we go out to the 
garden during class, we notice 
lettuce that has been thinned 
slightly, empty peapods on the 
ground, or carrot tops in the 
compost pile. One of the most 
important aspects of the garden, 
in our opinion, is this close 
proximity to where the hang out and spend time day, a visual reminder of being done during gardening Leah Smith 
Marin Food Systems Project ” 
students 
during the 
the work 
time. 
Coordinator 
Bayside Elementary 
Sausalito, CA
you determine what you can plant. During the site 
analysis, you need to investigate: 
Size and Existing Features. The available 
land at a site is important. Although you may start 
small, it is a good idea to have room to expand as 
your program grows. Ask your students to measure 
the parameters of the proposed site and make note 
of existing features like plant materials, pathways, 
fencing, water sources, shaded areas, etc. Using grid 
or graph paper and an appropriate scale, sketch a 
garden layout. 
Soil. A nutrient-rich soil with good texture 
and plenty of organic matter will help your garden 
thrive. On the flip side, poor soil will frustrate even 
the most experienced gardener. Determine the texture 
of your soil (amount of sand, silt, and clay) and test 
for pH and nutrient content. Do-it-yourself soil kits 
are available from most garden centers, or contact 
your local Cooperative Extension Service office for information on soil testing labs. 
You may also want to test for lead contamination. Find out as much as you 
can about the history of the potential garden site. If the site is located in an urban 
area, previously contained houses or other structures that were painted with lead 
paint, was once used for dumping, was exposed to lead-based pesticide treatments, 
or is close to a heavily traveled road, you should test for lead. Call your local 
public health department office to find out where soil lead testing is available. The 
presence of lead does not need to deter gardening efforts. If the schoolyard soil is 
not suitable for gardening, you can garden in raised beds or containers. 
Sunlight. Most flower, vegetable, and herb gardens need to be exposed to 
full sunlight for at least six hours a day. Students can check the potential garden 
site at different times during the day and year to see how much sun it receives. 
Use a compass to identify which direction is north. Determine the path of the sun 
throughout the day to anticipate shadows. In wintertime, remember to factor in 
shade that will be cast by tree leaves in the warmer months. Use shade areas for 
gathering places or to plant shade-tolerant crops such as lettuce. 
Water Sources. Access to water is essential for gardening, and the closer the 
water is to the garden, the better. If a water source is not conveniently located, the 
job of watering can become time-consuming and limit garden growth. There are 
various systems to consider: watering cans, garden hoses, drip irrigation, overhead 
watering. Drip irrigation and water-conserving sprinkler systems are often the 
most water- and time-efficient. Determine which water systems will be available to 
you at the potential location. 
Water Drainage. How water moves through the site is also important. 
You don’t want to plant a garden in a consistently wet low spot unless you are 
planting wetland or water plants. Visit the site after a rain. Does the water puddle 
or does it drain away? Both slope and soil type affect drainage. In addition to low 
spots, avoid steep slopes; if that’s not possible, consider terracing or raised beds. 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
43
Accessibility. It is important for your site to be easily accessible both 
during class time and outside class. If your garden is a short walk from the 
classroom, there will be more teacher involvement than if the site is a long trek 
across the school grounds. A garden close to the classroom is more convenient, 
more visible, and easier to incorporate into the curriculum on a regular basis. 
The path to the garden should be level and handicapped accessible, a 
minimum of 4 feet, and preferably 6 feet, wide (check with your school district 
for specific accessibility regulations). Also, the garden should be accessible to 
students when they are not in class so they explore and enjoy it on their own. 
Finally, place the garden in a visible location so all students, teachers, parents, 
and community members can enjoy its beauty, thus adding to their support and 
enthusiasm for the garden. 
Security and Safety. Do not choose a site near heavy road traffic or 
close to other potential hazards. If possible, locate your garden within sight of 
classrooms and neighbors so a close eye can be kept on it. You may want to use 
fences to help with protection on weekends and during 
extended breaks. 
Future Uses. Check with your school principal 
and administrators about long-term plans for your site. 
Don’t invest large amounts of energy and money in a 
site slated to become a new cafeteria or classroom wing. 
After collecting all this information, decide whether 
or not the site will work for your school garden. If you 
have concerns, conduct additional site analyses to see 
if there are better options. If there are no other options, 
research plants that will grow in the existing conditions. 
For instance, if the available area is poorly drained, 
perhaps a habitat of water plants is the best selection. 
Although this may lead to a garden that differs from the 
original vision, it will still be a viable outdoor classroom 
and will provide an important lesson for the students 
about choosing sustainable and environmentally friendly 
landscape plans. 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
Needs Inventory 
Once you nail down a site, it is time to complete a needs inventory. Start 
by comparing your brainstorming ideas with the curricular goals. What garden 
components from the brainstorming list complement those goals? 
To help you get started, here is a list of common school garden components: 
Garden Beds. You can create garden beds in various shapes and sizes. 
If you keep the growing areas no more than 4 feet wide, everyone involved 
in the program should be able to reach all plants. Although it is common to 
align rectangular beds evenly in rows, some school gardeners avoid doing so, 
believing that it leaves little room for creative inspiration. Some try circular 
gardens, sliced, pie-fashion, by pathways. Others are inspired by the natural 
world. You might arrange your planting beds in other geometric designs around 
“ The gardener does not create 
the garden; the garden creates 
the gardener. 
Alan Chadwick 
Organic Gardening Proponent 
” and Founder of the 
UCSC Alan Chadwick Garden 
Santa Cruz, CA 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
44
Program Spotlight 
It’s easy to tell when you 
walk through a garden 
that children helped make. 
There are colorful, hand-painted 
signs and flowers 
planted in random designs. 
Vegetables may be planted in 
old wheelbarrows, watering 
cans, or even shoes. Gardens 
that children help design feel 
child centered, alive, and 
whimsical. When the Life Lab 
Science Program began 
planning the Life Lab 
Garden Classroom, a 
model school garden 
in Santa Cruz, staff 
worked hard to include 
children’s visions in the 
design process. 
“We wanted a 
place where children 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
could feel comfortable, 
and interact with 
the garden in many 
ways,” said Life Lab’s 
education director, 
Erika Perloff. “So we 
invited local elementary 
school students to 
participate in the design 
process. We asked 
them to imagine all 
the components that 
they might include 
in a learning garden, 
and to draw maps of their 
ideal gardens. The result was 
a fantastic collection of ideas 
for us to draw from. Children 
wanted the gardens to be 
full of edible fruits, so we 
made sure it would produce 
fruits nearly year-round. They 
wanted places to hide out, so we put in a 
vine-covered crawl tunnel, a hidden bird 
blind, and a weeping tree. They suggested 
outdoor kitchens, spirals, music-making 
areas, ponds, animals, and of course lots 
of places to grow food. We put all these 
ideas into the garden. Other suggestions 
included an airstrip, hang gliders, and an 
underground gopher-viewing chamber. 
We’re still working on those.…” 
Visit www.lifelab.org/classroom for 
more information and a map of the Life 
Lab Garden Classroom. 
A Garden Designed for Children, by Children 
Life Lab Garden Classroom, Santa Cruz, CA 
John Fisher/Life Lab 
“ 
We wanted a place where children 
could feel comfortable, and interact with 
the garden in many ways... We asked 
them to imagine all the components 
that they might include in a learning 
garden, and to draw maps of their ideal 
gardens. The result was a fantastic 
collection of ideas... 
” 
45
a central meeting area, or scatter beds of different sizes 
and shapes throughout the garden site. 
Paths. Paths reduce the risk that plants will get 
trampled, and they organize traffic flow. Make main 
pathways 4 to 6 feet wide to accommodate wheelchairs 
and wheelbarrows. Keep paths distinct and weed-free. 
If steady foot traffic doesn’t do the trick, you can cover 
paths with mulch, such as shredded bark or wood chips. 
To help keep down weeds, lay down sheets of black-and-white 
newspaper, cardboard, or landscape fabric before 
mulching (cardboard is often the least expensive and most 
effective choice). Alternatively, you can plant pathways 
with grass and mow it, or, in permanent garden sites, you 
can use asphalt, bricks, pebbles, or crushed stone. 
Irrigation. Although watering by hand using watering 
cans and/or hoses is an option, in most areas of California, 
this job becomes cumbersome and can detract from the 
garden experience. Drip irrigation and water-conserving 
sprinkler systems installed before planting will save time and 
often result in a healthier garden. 
Gathering Places. In a shady part of the garden, 
a picnic table, bench, or group of hay bales or logs 
provides an ideal place for cleaning and sorting vegetables, 
conducting outdoor lessons, doing arts and crafts, writing in journals, or just 
getting relief from the sun. 
Toolshed or Storage Area. A toolshed or storage area is a good central 
location for cleaning, organizing, and protecting tools and equipment. 
Compost Areas. If you designate a place for a compost pile, students can 
convert garden and lunchroom waste into a rich, soil-building ingredient and 
witness the wonders of decomposition. You can create simple freestanding piles 
or make an enclosure from chicken wire, wooden pallets, concrete blocks, or 
lumber. Even an old garbage can with holes punched in it will suffice. Make sure 
the structure has openings for air circulation. 
Weather Station. Consider cultivating keen weather watchers by 
incorporating a weather station into your garden. Students can monitor a variety 
of conditions and determine how different factors affect garden life. 
These are just a few component ideas. As you continue the design process, 
you may add to your needs inventory. 
Putting Design on Paper 
With the completed site analysis 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
and needs inventory in hand, 
take a copy of the garden 
layout developed in the site 
analysis and work with the 
garden team and students 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
46 
Monrovia
to create a landscape design. Landscape designers begin 
this process by drawing bubble diagrams. In a bubble 
diagram, you define uses for spaces rather than laying 
out detailed plans. Lay a piece of tracing paper over the 
map or copy it onto an overhead and use additional 
overheads for sketching. Draw a bubble representing each 
component of the garden (beds, sitting area, pathways, 
etc.). Bubbles can be drawn quickly and in different 
colors. The idea is to experiment by putting the bubbles 
in different configurations (e.g., placing the sitting area in 
the middle of the garden versus placing it on the side), 
shapes (e.g., circular beds versus rectangular beds), and 
sizes (e.g., a few large garden beds versus multiple small 
beds) until you develop a general idea of where to place 
the different components. 
Once there is an idea of where to place things, create 
a more detailed design. Begin by defining beds and 
walkways. Be sure to draw the plan to scale so that you 
are accurate in the use of space. Also create a plan for 
irrigation. Although you will need to leave room to be 
flexible, careful planning is important to help determine 
supply and material needs. 
The last step will be to select plants. You and your 
class should choose plants that can grow successfully 
in your region and that can be properly cared for and 
harvested when the students are around. When possible, 
incorporate drought-tolerant and native plantings; they 
will ease maintenance and serve as a tool for teaching 
sustainable landscape practices. Deciding where to place 
the plants in your garden takes some consideration. Plants 
have different space, light, and temperature requirements. 
Use books and Web sites to research potential plants. 
You may also want to seek advice from local garden 
center employees, other school garden coordinators, plant 
nursery workers, or your local Master Gardeners and 
Cooperative Extension office. 
Although the designs do not need to be complex, 
if you have a large project, you may want to consider 
finding a local landscape designer who is willing to 
donate time. He or she can make sure you’ve considered 
all available options and potential problem areas and 
help you move the design forward. Try to find someone 
who will engage students and the garden team in the 
planning and design process. 
Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 
Focusing the Design 
There are such a wide variety of plants and activities 
you can incorporate in your school garden that the 
design process can sometimes feel overwhelming. 
Your team may provide tons of great ideas and suggestions, 
and, in trying to incorporate them all, you may end up with 
a garden requiring extensive funding and maintenance. 
One method to help focus the garden design process is to 
decide on a central theme. Designing a garden around a 
theme allows the team to create a meaningful space using 
a slightly narrowed vision. Inspirations for themes can come 
from topics within the curriculum, the interests of the 
students, specific plant materials, or even a favorite book or 
movie. Some examples of popular theme gardens: 
• Alphabet garden 
• Butterfly garden 
• Children’s literature— 
based gardens (e.g., 
Peter Rabbit garden) 
• Cut flower garden 
• Edible garden (note: any 
garden on this list can 
include edible plants) 
— Herb garden 
— Pizza garden 
— Salad garden 
— Salsa garden 
— Soup garden 
— Stir fry garden 
• Historical garden (e.g., 
California Mission 
garden, Victory garden) 
• Native American garden 
• Native plant garden 
• Multicultural garden 
• Peace garden 
• Rainbow garden 
• Sunflower garden 
In addition to helping with the design process, a theme 
may also provide you with creative press release ideas and 
fundraising connections. Involve your students and garden 
team to help choose your garden theme. Make sure the 
theme creates excitement and enthusiastic support to 
continue your school garden’s momentum. 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
47
Finding Supplies 
and Funding Your 
Garden 
For those planning youth gardens, there is never a shortage of ideas for 
programs and activities. But do you find the room quiets when the 
topic switches to funding the project? The good news is that a gardening 
program does not need to be huge to be successful – students can learn as 
much from a 4- by 8-foot raised bed as from a half-acre plot. But even on 
a small scale, your gardening program will need basic supplies like soil, tools, and 
plants, of course. So where can you go to find these materials? 
Finding the resources necessary to begin and maintain a youth garden is 
always a challenge, but it does not need to be a roadblock. Think 
of your funding search as an opportunity to provide additional 
community members a chance to participate in an extraordinary and 
powerful youth program. Search out people and organizations who 
share your love for children and who can benefit from being a part of 
your success. 
Identify Supply and Material Needs 
First and foremost, do not search for funds until you complete 
the preliminary planning and design steps. Donors and funding 
organizations want to invest in long-term ventures and will look 
carefully at your support network and plans for implementation to 
determine whether your program will last. Create a firm foundation 
before you gather the supplies to build. 
Once you have in place a garden team, a set of clear goals, and a 
design, develop a list of resources needed to implement the program. 
Although miscellaneous needs will arise, you should be able to develop 
a detailed list of the supplies and materials you will need to make your 
garden a reality. Make sure to estimate your needs as accurately as 
possible. Remember to include expenses for the site development and 
improvement, operation, curriculum, and miscellaneous items. Why is 
this list so important? You don’t want to be missing important supplies 
that delay garden implementation, nor do you want to end up with 
supplies you cannot use. A vague request for supplies for a new school 
garden could result in 10 garden hoses and one shovel, when what 
you really need is 10 shovels and one hose. Having this list in hand as 
Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 
48 
Left: Western Growers Foundation; top: Monrovia
you search for support will also demonstrate the 
organized and professional nature of your garden 
and give potential sponsors confidence in both 
you and the program. 
The needs of each garden will vary on the 
basis of location (indoor versus outdoor), size, 
number of students participating, and plantings. 
Common items needed by school gardens follow. 
Plants. It is not a garden without plants. 
Plants may be started from seed, grown from 
cuttings, or purchased as mature plants. Most 
classrooms begin their gardens by planting seeds 
because they are relatively inexpensive, and their 
growth helps students to visualize the full life cycle 
of a plant. It is also easy to find donations of seeds 
from local garden centers or seed companies near 
the end of the summer because many companies 
want to get rid of excess stock then. Seed packages 
are dated, and even though most garden centers 
and seed companies will not sell seed with older dates, packets kept in a cool and 
dry location will have high germination rates for many years. 
Curriculum Books and Resources. There are a lot of solid resources 
available to aid you in this process. A list of resources is included on pages 93 
to 96. A detailed, prewritten curriculum is especially valuable if you are using 
volunteers to aid in the teaching process. Also visit the California School Garden 
Network Web site at www.csgn.org for online links. 
Soil and/or Compost. Whether you are gardening in the ground or in 
containers, you will need rich, high-quality soil and compost for your plants. 
Many municipalities where green waste is collected give compost and mulch 
to residents. 
Irrigation Supplies. Plants need water. Irrigation supplies include watering 
cans, hoses, and sprinklers. Experienced gardeners know that automatic irrigation 
– for instance, drip irrigation systems or sprinklers – is an important asset for 
school gardens. If you plan to water with watering cans, make sure they are small 
enough for students to carry when full. 
Child-Sized Garden Tools. It is important to use the right tools for the 
job. Although you may want a few adult-sized tools for parents and volunteers, 
smaller and more lightweight tools are safer for children to use. When selecting 
tools, look for durable, well-made, properly sized products. Watch out for 
donations of poorly maintained or unsafe garden tools. Examples of tools you 
may need: hoes, rakes, digging forks, digging spades, shovels, hand trowels, hand 
cultivators, buckets, and a wheelbarrow or garden cart. 
Child-Sized Gloves. Soil is teeming with life, which is important for the 
health of your plants. However, it may also include organisms or trash items that 
are not beneficial for your students. Gloves help protect students from sharp rocks 
or trash buried in the soil and prevent undesirable organisms from getting under 
fingernails or into cuts. 
Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 
49 
Western Growers Foundation 
Debbie Delatour
Fertilizer. Even with the most fertile soil, your plants will probably 
need additional fertilizer for healthy growth. Let the soil test results from your 
site analysis and the plants’ needs be your guide. Nutrients may be added 
by applications of compost, organic fertilizers like fish emulsion, or synthetic 
fertilizers like slow-release pellets. Always read and follow the warning labels on 
fertilizer products and store in a secure location. All fertilizers should be handled 
by adults or under close adult supervision. 
Garden Stakes and Row Markers. Label your plants to keep track of 
what, where, and when you plant. Although at the time of planting, you may 
think you will remember this without writing it down, once you expand your 
garden and begin different classroom experiments, it is easy to forget. 
Mulch. Outdoor gardens benefit from the addition of 2 to 3 inches of mulch 
added to the soil. The mulch helps to slow water loss from evaporation, moderate 
soil temperatures, decrease soil erosion, and decrease the spread of soilborne 
diseases. There are a number of different materials you can use as mulch, including 
shredded wood, straw, plastic, and newspaper. Many tree service companies will 
donate wood chip mulch to worthy projects such as school gardens. 
Money. Sometimes there are items or services you will need funds for, such 
as renting a tiller or paying a water bill. Also, you may run into miscellaneous 
expenses that you did not originally anticipate. It helps to have a small amount of 
cash available to your garden project to accommodate fees and surprise expenses. 
Once you have a list of needs, where do you begin your search? First, 
determine whether or not your school or school district has internal supply 
funds to help with your program. Internal funding may be limited, but it never 
hurts to try; after all, you are competing for funds with a smaller number 
of people. Next, look for additional local resources within your community. 
Businesses like to support local initiatives because it helps them strengthen their 
ties to the community, closely track the progress of 
their investment, and reap public relations benefits 
from their generosity. For instance, a garden business 
that donates plants hopes the students’ parents will 
acknowledge the investment made in their children and 
respond by shopping at that store. After looking locally, 
expand your search to regional, state, and national 
opportunities. 
Most school gardens use three main approaches to 
seek funds: donations, grants, and fundraising projects. 
You will probably want to use a combination of these 
strategies to secure the funds needed to begin and 
maintain your garden program. 
Donations 
Seeking donations is a task that many people dread 
because they often hear “no” numerous times before 
getting a “yes.” Before you begin your quest, create 
project folders for your school garden that you can take 
Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 
“ 
At my son’s school, we identify the 
number of bolts, 2-by-4s, etc. with 
the price per unit that we need for 
a project. We ask parents to donate 
what they can. They love 
it – they get a range of prices 
to choose from and thus can 
participate without breaking the 
bank, and we get participation 
” 
50 
and our project funded. 
Deborah Tamannaie 
Nutrition Services Division 
California Department of Education 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
Program Spotlight 
One can drive through town and 
Avenue of Scarecrows 
“ Davis Joint Unified School District, Davis, CA ” Found in gardens and fields 
for centuries, scarecrows 
are installed to protect 
the harvest by scaring away 
creatures like birds that might 
snack on ripening produce. 
Creating a garden scarecrow 
is a fun project for students. It 
invites them to exercise their 
artistic talents by creating 
whimsical garden decorations. In 
the process, students can learn 
about historic garden practices, 
the use of straw as a mulch, 
and alternative pest-control 
methods. Schools in the Davis 
Joint Unified School District 
(DJUSD) have added another 
function to scarecrow creation – they use it as 
a way to raise funds for gardening programs. 
Through the DJUSD Avenue of Scare-crows 
program, preschool to high school 
classrooms construct scarecrows to sell during 
a silent auction at the local Farmers Market 
Fall Festival. The festival, held on the Saturday 
before Halloween, attracts more than 2,000 
community members. The event began in 
October 2000, and it has grown in size and 
scope each year. In 2005, the auctioning of 
70 scarecrows resulted in $1300 being raised 
for local school garden programs. 
A local farmer provides straw for the 
scarecrows, but each class makes its own 
frame and collects clothes and other 
decorative items for the scarecrow. Most 
schools use a standard wooden T-frame 
about 6 feet tall with a crossbar about 4 
feet long. Some smaller scarecrows are also 
produced appropriate for table decorations 
and party favors. Participants are encouraged 
to be creative in the constructions. Teachers 
begin designing the scarecrows with 
their students in early September using 
brainstorming sessions and teamwork. They 
note that discussing scarecrow design ideas is 
a great bonding exercise for the class. 
Dorothy Peterson, district garden 
coordinator, promotes the event as an 
excellent opportunity “to tie school gardens 
into the whole community – farmers’ 
markets, businesses, agricultural groups, 
churches, the chamber, and service 
organizations. One can drive through town 
and see our scarecrows in yards and on 
porches. It’s a total community buy-in.” 
In addition to the fundraising, the district 
uses the festival to share information 
about the Davis Educational Foundation’s 
Farm to School program by highlighting 
the concepts of seed to table through 
educational displays placed alongside the 
see our scarecrows in yards and on 
porches. It’s a total community 
buy-in. 
scarecrows. “It is the major 
event at which the Farm to 
School group showcases 
gardening for the entire 
community.” 
An important component of 
the program is its connection 
to classroom curriculum. 
Teachers tie interdisciplinary 
lessons into the planning 
process and observe positive 
results as “students work 
and problem-solve in group 
discussions about clothing, 
theme-based characters, and 
more.” Each classroom takes 
a photo of its scarecrow and 
collectively writes a story about 
Dorothy Peterson 
it. All the stories are printed and bound with 
the help of a sponsor, then sold at a school 
gardening event or as a fall fundraiser for $1 
more each than the cost of printing. Older 
students expand on the concept by writing 
spin-off chapters and creating adventure 
stories involving their class scarecrow. 
Additionally, students research the history of 
local and global customs, celebrations, and 
folklore involving the harvest season. 
The Avenue of Scarecrows program 
demonstrates that fundraising programs 
can be educational and fun while 
generating important financial support. 
After the auction, all leftover straw is used 
to cover garden pathways, reducing winter 
weed growth and decreasing the amount 
of mud tracked into the school building. 
This is a program that students, teachers, 
parents, and community members look 
forward to each year. 
Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 51
with you and leave with each potential donor. The folders will 
show that your effort is well organized and that the program 
has the full support of the school administration. The project 
folder does not need to be flashy, but should include an 
enthusiastic endorsement letter from the director, principal, or 
coordinator; a one-page project description; a garden plan; a 
list of people who support the project; a list of garden needs; 
and personal appeals like quotes or drawings from students. 
Here is a list of tips to make sure your donation search is 
rewarding rather than frustrating: 
• Begin with the parents of your youth. They are strongly 
invested in your program and may be able to donate the 
items you need or may have community connections that 
can fulfill your needs. Reach parents in parent volunteer 
meetings, school newsletters, and e-mail appeals. 
• Identify potential donors by matching your needs with 
their services and products. Meet with potential donors in 
person, if possible. 
• Know the tax status of your school or organization and 
the name businesses should use when making out checks. 
• Businesses receive requests for donations all the time, so 
be professional and organized. Ask only for appropriate 
amounts of cash and specific materials. 
• Remember that businesses need to sell their products and 
make a profit to survive. Be ready to tell them why they 
should invest in your school garden project and how you 
will recognize them if they do support it. 
• Money may be the first gift that comes to mind, but other 
donations can be just as valuable. These may include 
plants and seeds, lumber, soil, amendments, fencing, tools, 
release time for employees who wish to participate, and 
in-kind gifts like use of equipment. 
• Acknowledge all donations, large and small, in the form of notes, posters, 
banners, and so on. Include students in the acknowledgment process. 
• If you do not like to ask for donations, find someone on your garden team 
who is more comfortable doing so. Donors pick up on hesitation and are 
more likely to say “no” to a person who lacks enthusiasm and confidence. 
When people say “no,” accept it gracefully and thank them for their time. 
Who knows? They may change their mind or you may need to approach them 
about other opportunities in the future. 
Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 
Grants 
A number of grants are available that provide money and materials to help 
fund youth gardens. A great place to start searching for them is on the California 
School Garden Network Web site, www.csgn.org. 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
52
Grants generally require 
completion of an application, 
and may or may not result in 
funds being awarded. Grants 
come from a number of sources, 
including public funds (local, 
state, and federal government) 
and private funds from foundations 
(general, community, corporate, family), 
corporations, and other resources. 
Here are a few tips for finding and applying for grants: 
• Find grants with requirements that match your needs. 
• Do your homework. Research the programs supported in the past and the 
current priorities of the organization. 
• Submit a professional application, making sure to follow all instructions, 
answer questions thoroughly, keep text concise and meaningful, and provide 
as much detail as possible, including plans for sustainability. 
• Ask someone to proofread your application before you submit it. 
• Make sure the application is easy to understand. If you handed it to a 
stranger, would he or she be able to translate your goals and purpose? 
• Submit the application before the deadline. 
Fundraising 
If you’ve already got a school garden, using garden projects to raise money 
not only provides funds for future expansion or special projects, but also provides 
students with business experience. Fundraising projects can be used to prepare 
students for a career in horticulture, engage students in authentic problem-solving 
challenges, involve students in educating 
the public, help students develop positive job-related 
or social skills, teach economics and 
math, help revitalize a community, and build 
school/community partnerships. Here are a few 
fundraising ideas: 
• Plant and sell vegetable, herb, or flower 
seedlings. 
• Create and sell craft projects from the 
garden, such as potpourri, pressed flower 
stationery, or dried flower arrangements. 
• Sell cut flowers or blooming potted plants 
for special occasions. 
• Save and package seeds to sell. 
• Make an edible product like salsa or jelly. 
• Host a silent auction or raffle. Combine with 
a dinner or special event like a garden tour. 
Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 
53 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
• Hold a spring garden sale with plants started by students or donated by 
local gardeners and nurseries. 
Before organizing a fundraising event, seek approval from school administrators. 
Also, check with governmental offices to see if you will need a special license (such 
as a nursery license or food handlers’ license). Finally, before the event takes place, 
establish financially sound procedures for handling and depositing money. 
Follow-Up Activities 
It is extremely important to follow up with your 
donors not only to show appreciation, but also to 
update them on your progress. If you create a sense 
of involvement in the program, they will want to 
contribute again in the future. 
Many grants require submission of an annual 
report. Make sure you know and complete all the 
requirements. Regardless of the requirements, however, 
when you receive a donation or grant (no matter how 
small) make sure that you send a thank you note 
written either by you or by one of the students involved 
in the program. Some additional ideas for follow-up: 
• Post a sign or plaque in your garden recognizing 
all contributors. 
• Plan a formal dedication ceremony for new 
gardens to recognize contributors and involve the 
community. 
• Create a Web site so donors can track progress. 
Include an acknowledgment of their contribution 
on your site. 
• Send a regular print or e-mail newsletter. 
• Send a card with an update on progress, such as a 
“First Day of Spring” card. 
• Host a garden party and invite all funders and sponsors to participate. 
• Recognize contributions in a school newsletter or newspaper article. 
• Create small gifts from the garden to give, such as a basket of fresh vegetables 
or potpourri from dried flowers. 
These tips should help as you search for support for your school garden 
program. Also remember your “C’s” – be creative, clear, concise, concrete, 
consistent, complete, cohesive, compelling, confident, convincing, and competent. 
Finding supplies and securing funding are activities you will engage in not 
only at the beginning of your school gardening pursuits, but also continuously 
to help sustain your garden (see Chapter 9, Sustaining Your Garden, for more 
information). A positive attitude will serve you well in your pursuit. 
Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 
Dorothy Peterson 
54
Planting Your 
School Garden 
A fter planning and preparation, the excitement builds to the day when 
everyone can really “dig in” and get their hands dirty. Watching the 
garden design magically come to life sparks curiosity and amazement in 
both youth and adult participants. Although planting involves a lot of 
hard work, gardeners are usually too captivated by the activity to notice. 
This chapter offers some planting basics and tips for garden installation. It 
is important to remember that your focus is on creating an educational tool, 
and planting is just part of the learning process. Planting Day should be the 
beginning of a wonderful exploration. Base planting decisions on researched 
methods, but leave room for students to experiment. Some of your team’s design 
ideas may thrive and others may fail; just keep trying until you are successful. If 
you approach the garden with a positive and adventurous attitude, the students, 
parents, and other garden team members will follow. 
“ When I get into the garden, I 
feel like I am in another ” 
world. 
I feel special because [the 
garden] has a part of me. 
I planted something. 
Student 
Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Academy 
Salinas, CA 
Debbie Delatour 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 55 
Western Growers Foundation
Preparing the Soil and Beds 
Your team’s first step will be to prepare the soil and beds. This 
procedure will vary greatly in time and intensity depending on the size 
of the project and the location and type of the garden. 
Indoor Garden 
If your class is creating a windowsill garden, the main preparation 
for installation will be to find a way to protect the windowsill or table 
from water damage. Place pots in individual plant saucers or in a large 
plastic tray to catch drainage. 
If installing grow lights, follow the directions included with the 
materials or research an approved design. Be sure to follow all safety 
precautions and, if possible, ask your school district’s electrician to 
review construction. 
For indoor gardens, your team will need to obtain a supply of 
containers and soil. A wide range of pots can be used. Just make sure 
they have drainage holes at the bottom to avoid waterlogged plant roots. 
Plastic pots are the most common containers because they generally are 
inexpensive, can be reused, and are lightweight. You could also use clay 
pots, fiber pots, school milk cartons, growers’ flats or market packs, egg 
cartons, plastic planting bags, and plastic soda bottle bottoms. Students 
may be able to bring many of these items from home. 
The growing medium in which you raise your plants is important. 
It anchors the roots so the plants don’t fall over and serves as a 
reservoir for the water, air, and nutrients taken up by the roots. The best medium 
to use is soilless potting mix, made from peat moss (or coco peat), vermiculite, 
and/or perlite (it does not contain any true soil). Soilless potting mix is light 
enough to allow for good water drainage, root aeration, and root movement, yet 
heavy and spongy enough to provide anchorage and to hold on to adequate 
water and nutrients. Additionally, it is easy to transport and readily available in 
most garden stores. Another good feature of such potting mixes is that most are 
sterilized so that they do not contain weed seeds, insects, or diseases that could 
flourish in the favorable conditions of an indoor garden. And soilless mix doesn’t 
produce mud, so if it gets on clothing, it brushes off easily. 
Outdoor Garden 
Container Gardens. For smaller planting projects, preparing container 
gardens is much easier than in-ground or raised beds. First, obtain appropriate 
containers. Your class can use just about any container that will hold soil and has 
holes for drainage. Examples of common containers: clay and plastic pots, wooden 
barrels, window box planters, and plastic or metal buckets. Your team can also 
be creative and use items like bathtubs, wheelbarrows, shoes, and hollowed-out 
pumpkins or gourds. Smaller containers will need more frequent watering and 
fertilization than larger containers. Just make sure, if you are planting fruits and 
vegetables, that the containers were never used to hold toxic materials. 
Jonnalee Henderson 
California Department of Education 
56 Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden
Fill your chosen containers with a good potting soil mix. Although you can 
use garden soil, it tends to compact in containers, making it heavy and poorly 
drained, so it is best to use potting soil designed for containers. Potting soil can be 
obtained from garden centers. 
Most common garden plants will need 8 to 12 inches of soil at the most, so if 
the chosen containers are deeper than that you may want to add a layer of rocks 
(will add weight) or Styrofoam peanuts (make sure they are made from plastic, 
not biodegradable materials) at the bottom. This layer can help with drainage in 
addition to decreasing the amount of soil needed. 
Raised Beds. As mentioned in Chapter 5, Designing Your School Garden, 
there are two different ways to make raised beds. The simplest way to create a 
raised bed is to measure and stake each planting area (use a string from stake 
to stake to better delineate the garden bed), then loosen the existing soil with a 
spading fork and add soil, compost, or both until the bed is 8 to 12 inches high. 
The soil can be brought in from another location or taken from surrounding 
areas. Rake the surface smooth to create a flat-topped bed, which increases water 
retention and decreases soil erosion. 
To create permanent, well-defined raised beds, create frames using rot-resistant 
wood, such as cedar or redwood, or other materials, such as recycled plastic 
boards, bricks, rocks, or cement blocks. When installing 
framed raised beds, consider installing landscaping 
fabric to suppress weeds from growing up in your bed 
and/or gopher wire as a barrier. Avoid pressure-treated 
lumber; it has been treated with toxic chemicals. Fill 
beds with soil or a mixture of soil and compost. 
Raised beds have numerous benefits. They look 
neat, support healthy plant growth, and help keep 
young students on paths. The loose soil encourages 
roots to grow strong and deep, and moisture soaks in 
easily. In areas with cool, wet spring weather, soil in 
raised beds drains and warms more quickly, allowing 
gardens to be started earlier. Conversely, in arid areas, 
raised beds soak up available moisture well, but they 
also dry out more quickly. Beds that are constructed 
slightly below the soil surface conserve moisture more 
effectively than do raised beds. 
In-Ground Beds. If your team is installing an 
inground garden, begin by tilling the ground to loosen 
the soil and help in removal of weeds. Tilling is a 
process of turning the soil to improve its structure. It is 
also called cultivation. You can till the soil by hand using 
shovels or digging forks, or mechanically using a tiller. 
Soil is composed of sand, silt, and clay particles and has pore space reserved 
for water and air. An ideal garden soil is made up of 50 percent soil particles and 
50 percent pore space (half filled with water and half filled with air). How the 
soil particles and pore space are configured is called the soil structure. Over time, 
as we walk on the soil, and through other environmental forces, the soil becomes 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
“ ” Give back to the garden 
University of California Department of 
Agriculture and Resources 
57 
more than you take and 
you will be rewarded with 
glorious abundance. 
Alan Chadwick
compacted and the structure loses important pore space. 
By tilling the soil, we decrease compaction and increase 
the pore space. This improves the soil structure and 
makes it easier for you to plant and for plants to establish 
their roots. 
Avoid tilling excessively wet or dry soil. If the soil is 
too dry or too wet, tilling can actually damage the soil 
structure rather than improve it. To test soil moisture, 
scoop up a handful of soil and try to create a ball. With 
perfect moisture, the soil will form a stable ball but will 
crumble easily when touched. If it is too dry, it will not 
stick together. If it is so tightly stuck together that it will 
not come apart when touched, it is probably too wet. 
Tilling dry soil is backbreaking work that results in a 
dusty mess and drifting soil particles. If the soil is dry, 
water the garden thoroughly one to three days before 
tilling. Wet soil, on the other hand, will stick to shoes and 
tools. Tilling in this condition will destroy air pore space; 
the weight of the wet particles will cause them to collapse 
into each other when turned. If the soil is too wet, give it 
time to dry out before tilling. If your area is experiencing 
heavy rainfalls, your class may need to cover the soil with 
plastic to decrease water exposure. 
If the garden is fairly small, the soil can be tilled by 
hand with a shovel. This is a great activity for students 
with excessive energy. Try to turn the soil to a depth of 1 
to 2 feet if possible. One method used to ensure a thorough 
tilling of soil by hand is called double digging. To do double 
digging, begin by having students dig out a row of soil in 
the garden approximately 1 foot wide and 1 to 2 feet deep 
and place the soil in a wheelbarrow. Next, dig out another 
row of soil 1 foot wide and 1 to 2 feet deep, and move 
this soil into the first empty row. Have students continue 
to move across the bed until they reach the end and then 
dump the wheelbarrow full of soil from the very first row 
into the last empty row. Although double digging is a lot of 
work initially, it ensures a thorough job of turning the soil 
and a bed that is easy to work in. 
Your class can also till the soil mechanically using a tiller. Tillers are like 
small plows that work to loosen and turn the soil with blades powered by gas 
or electric engines. They come in a wide range of sizes and can often be rented 
from local landscape centers. If your site is larger than an acre, consider using a 
farm-sized tractor with plowing attachments to break up the soil. 
The difference between using a shovel and using a tiller is like the difference 
between using a spoon and using an electric mixer when you’re mixing cake 
batter. Both will get the job done, but they vary in the time and energy needed 
for completion. 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
Cathy Reinhart/UCSC CASFS 
58 
STEPS FOR DOUBLE DIGGING
If you are concerned about the composition or nutrient content of the soil, 
add a layer of compost when tilling. Compost is made up of decaying organic 
matter. The organic matter increases the moisture retention of the soil, and as it 
breaks down, it releases important nutrients. Also, as it decomposes, it provides 
additional pore space, improving the soil structure. First, till the garden once to 
break up the compacted soil. Next, add a 2- to 4-inch layer of compost to the 
surface and then till the garden again to incorporate it into the soil. 
Tilling should be done several weeks before the planting season and again 
right before Planting Day if possible. Add any soil amendments such as compost 
or topsoil during your first till. Remove weed and grass plants during tilling. Grass 
and weeds will compete with garden plants for water, nutrients, and space. After 
tilling, rake the garden soil smooth, being careful to avoid walking through the 
beds so as not to compact the soil. 
Although the landscape plan provides a general idea of the shape of the beds 
before tilling, after preparing the soil, you should stake out the beds. If planning 
straight rows, position stakes in the corners of the future beds and connect them 
with a length of string. For beds with a curved outline, lay a garden hose or 
length of rope on the ground as a guide. Remember to keep beds narrow enough 
so that kids can reach the middle of the bed without stepping in it. 
After outlining the beds, install the irrigation system, if any. The next step will 
be to add the plants. 
Obtaining Plants 
Plants may be started from seed, grown from cuttings, or purchased as mature 
plants. Most classrooms begin their gardens by planting seeds because they are 
relatively inexpensive and their growth helps students to visualize the full life 
cycle of a plant. 
Sowing Seeds 
Seeds may be planted outdoors 
directly into the garden or started inside 
on a windowsill and later transplanted to 
an outdoor garden (or remain as indoor 
plants). At the end of this chapter are fall 
and spring planting guides with information 
about common vegetables, fruits, herbs, and 
flowers planted from seed in school gardens. 
Planting Seeds Outdoors 
In moist, but not wet, soil, have students 
make holes or shallow trenches, place seeds 
in these holes, and then cover them with 
soil. In most cases, they will find proper 
seed spacing and depth information on 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
59 
Debbie Delatour Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
the back of the seed packets. If this information is not available on 
the packet, check planting guides for more details. It is important 
to avoid planting seeds too close together. Crowded seeds compete 
for resources as they grow. Place a label with the date and crop or 
variety name where it can easily be seen. 
After planting, ask responsible students or adult volunteers to 
water the seeds with a gentle spray. If the water spray is too forceful, 
the seeds will move from their original planting spot, and seedlings 
will emerge in clumps. Make sure the initial watering is thorough 
enough to moisten the soil to the depth of the planted seed. They 
may have to provide a succession of gentle sprays to moisten the soil 
appropriately, allowing the water to soak into the soil before applying 
another gentle spray. Flooding newly planted areas can cause the soil 
to slick or form a “crust” that will inhibit germination. Overwatering 
causes a shiny soil surface; this is a sign to stop and let the water 
soak in before applying more. After planting, it is important to keep 
the soil constantly moist so the seeds will germinate. However, too 
much water will encourage disease and decrease germination rates. 
Planting Seeds Inside to Transplant Outdoors 
Starting seeds indoors extends the growing season, allows greater variety in 
plant choice, simplifies care of newly germinated seeds, and produces a lot of 
plants for less money. In most growing regions in California, it is a good idea 
to start vegetable seeds indoors to get a jump on spring planting so your class 
will have more mature plants to harvest by the end of the school year. Some 
vegetables, such as beans, carrots, and squash, prefer to be sown directly in the 
garden. Others, such as basil and lettuce, can be started indoors or direct seeded. 
Refer to the planting guides at the back of this chapter or read the information on 
seed packets for more information on growing time. 
When to Plant. The best time to start seedlings depends on the crop 
and the climate. Generally, seeds should be started three to eight weeks before 
the typical last frost date for your area, or so that plants mature before excessive 
heat arrives. 
Containers. Any container at least 3 inches deep will work for seed 
starting. Students can collect plastic yogurt containers, milk cartons, and plastic 
milk jugs and poke holes in the bottom for drainage. Commercial peat and plastic 
containers come in standard sizes, and some are reusable. 
Potting Mix. Use a soilless seed-starting mix, available at any garden 
center. These contain a blend of finely ground materials that provide adequate 
moisture retention and aeration. Many also include a small amount of fertilizer to 
help seedlings get off to a good start. 
Temperature and Light. Indoors, most seeds germinate best at soil 
temperatures between 70 and 75 degrees and air temperatures between 65 and 
70 degrees. Once they’re up, seedlings need lots of light, or they’ll grow tall and 
weak. Relying on sunlight may limit seed options; grow lights and fluorescent 
lights provide more control over light availability. If you use grow lights, keep the 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
“ ” The nation that destroys its soils, 
60 
destroys itself. 
Franklin Delano Roosevelt
Program Spotlight 
“ Transforming Schoolyard Soil 
Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Academy, Salinas, CA ” 
In 2003, when Alisal Union 
School District’s 5 a Day 
nutrition education program 
initiated a school garden 
laboratory at the Dr. Martin 
Luther King, Jr. Academy 
(MLK), it faced numerous 
planting challenges. The 
quarter-acre location had 
previously been the site of 
a drive-in theater and flea 
market, and it had severely 
compacted and heavy clay 
soil. The group’s original plan 
was to bring in a small tractor 
to till the soil during a ground-breaking 
ceremony, but after evaluation, 
they found the soil was too dry and hard for 
cultivating. So in order to begin gardening, 
they constructed 18 hexagonal raised beds, 
each 2 feet deep and 6 feet in diameter. 
Although a hexagonal bed is somewhat 
complicated to build, the design allows 
students to work together in a more 
circular fashion, facilitating interaction and 
cooperative work. Garden Coordinator 
Debbie Delatour notes that the beds “have 
been extremely successful at our site.” They 
are divided into six triangular sections, and 
students work in pairs to design and install 
their own “plant part” garden. Students 
must plant crops with edible roots, leaves, 
stems, and flowers. Peas are planted in the 
center to represent fruit/seed crops. 
While gardening in the raised beds, 
students worked on improving the rest 
of the soil to increase the amount of 
available growing space. They added 
gypsum throughout the garden to begin 
the longterm process of softening the 
soil. Debbie also coordinated a number of 
parent workshops during which parents 
used pickaxes and shovels to remove 
heavy soil from the perimeter area and 
inner fence line; it was replaced with a 
compost/topsoil mix. These areas were 
used to plant borders of annuals and 
perennials, climbing peas, sunflowers, 
tomatoes, and a strawberry patch. 
The soil was not the only challenge. 
An adjoining grassy area sloped into the 
garden, creating serious flooding and 
drainage problems. After some trial and 
error, the group found the best solution was 
to plant on mounded soil and bring in loads 
of wood chips for mulch and walkways. 
Debbie says that during the first year, 
“I think wood chips solved almost all of 
our problems! The fourth graders really 
enjoyed moving wheelbarrows full of wood 
chips and soil. They worked together very 
well with a purpose and great enthusiasm, 
The garden is an oasis ... in the midst of 
a gang-torn neighborhood, where [these 
kids] can experience the beautyand 
bounty of nature and the joy of working 
together to make a difference. 
and they felt like they had 
accomplished something. 
Wood chip moving brought 
out the best in them.” 
All of the sweat and time 
spent on bed preparation 
has paid off. “Now that 
we are in the third year 
of our garden, we rarely 
feel challenged by our 
soil,” Debbie adds. “The 
layers of wood chips have 
decomposed over the years 
and seem to have lots of 
worms. When we need 
to reclaim more land for 
Thomas Heinser 
planting, we move aside the wood chips 
and add compost to what is now more 
workable soil.” Watching and participating 
in the soil transformation process provided 
valuable lessons on decomposition and 
increased students’ understanding of the 
importance of good soil in agriculture, 
fitting into the program’s focus on science 
and nutrition. In addition to academic and 
horticultural success, Debbie explains, “the 
most touching element of this project is 
the children’s love for the garden and their 
ongoing enthusiasm for taking care of 
it. During their lunch recess they literally 
arrive in droves (at times I have counted 
60 kids) to water, cultivate, weed, and 
move wood chips and compost. The 
garden is an oasis for them in the midst 
of a gang-torn neighborhood, where they 
can experience the beauty and bounty of 
nature and the joy of working together to 
make a difference.” 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 61
tops of the seedlings within a few inches of the bulbs and leave the lights on for 12 
to 16 hours a day. Check seedlings daily and raise the lights as they grow taller. 
Water and Fertilizer. Until seeds germinate, keep the soil moist by 
spraying it with a pump sprayer or mister. Cover the pots with clear plastic to 
preserve moisture. Once the first seedlings germinate, remove the plastic and place 
the container under lights. Consistent moisture is very important, but be careful 
that soil doesn’t get too wet, because excess moisture can cause rot. 
Begin fertilizing the seedlings when they have their second set of true leaves. 
(The first leaves that emerge upon germination are seed leaves, also called 
cotyledons; they do not have veins as the true leaves do.) Use a mild fertilizer 
diluted for seedlings as directed on the product label. Some seed-starting mixes 
contain fertilizer, but your seedlings may use it up before the class is ready to 
transplant them. Always follow the warnings on fertilizer products and store them 
in a secure location. 
Transplanting. A week before transplanting seedlings 
into the garden, begin to acclimate them to the outdoors (a 
process known as hardening off). Have students place containers 
outside each day that week, gradually increasing the number of 
hours they spend outside. Start by placing them in a partly shady 
spot sheltered from the wind; each day, expose them to more sun 
and wind. By the end of the hardening-off period, they should be 
able to withstand full sun and stay outdoors overnight. 
When it’s time to transplant, water the seedlings well 
beforehand. Have students dig a hole for each transplant, spaced 
as noted on the seed packet. As they plant, your class may want 
to incorporate compost or fertilizer beside the plant to add to 
soil fertility (if using liquid fertilizer, read the label carefully; 
seedlings require a weaker solution than established plants). 
Instruct students to firm the soil around the root ball, water 
it well, and mark the bed. To reduce transplant shock, avoid 
transplanting in midday heat. 
Planting Seeds Inside for Indoor Gardens 
Use the directions above to start seeds for indoor gardens. However, instead 
of transplanting them outside, replant them in larger pots as they grow. Many 
plants can be grown from seed in indoor gardens. Low-light plants for windowsill 
gardens include vegetable plants with leaf or root crops, such as beets, carrots, 
collards, lettuce, mustard greens, parsley, radishes, Swiss chard, and turnips. With 
grow lights, your class can also raise beans, cucumbers, eggplants, peanuts, peas, 
peppers, and tomatoes. Some flowering plants you might want to try indoors: 
ageratums, alyssum, coleus, impatiens, marigolds, morning glories, nasturtiums, 
petunias, snapdragons, and zinnias. Many herbs can also be started from seed 
indoors. These include basil, catnip, coriander, chives, dill, marjoram, spearmint, 
oregano, sage, summer savory, and thyme. Indoor plants are usually smaller than 
outdoor plants and have lower production rates; however, they still provide 
excellent learning opportunities for your students. 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
62
Garden Installation 
Although you can add plants to your garden at any time, many schools 
dedicate one day to a majority of the installation. This allows students to come 
prepared and helps in coordinating volunteer recruitment efforts. Careful planning 
is needed to ensure a successful Planting Day. 
Prior to Planting Day: 
• Ask your students to research the growing needs of the plants you are 
planning to include in the garden. This will increase their involvement and 
understanding of the planting process. 
• Recruit members of the garden team and additional adult volunteers to help 
on Planting Day. It is important to have extra hands and eyes to keep up 
with all the activities. Talk to the volunteers about how important it is for 
each child to be an active participant in the project. 
• Publicize Planting Day to keep the community informed of your project. 
Newspapers love to run community-interest stories, and installing the 
garden provides wonderful photo opportunities. 
• Make a list of all the tasks to be completed on Planting Day and be 
prepared to divide them among multiple small groups of volunteers and 
students. 
• Take a “before” picture of the site for class archives. 
On Planting Day: 
• Encourage students to apply sunscreen and wear hats. Require everyone to 
wear closed-toe shoes. 
• Begin your day with safety instructions and ground rules. Teach students 
how to use the tools, how to hold tools with sharp edges pointed down, 
and that they must walk, not run, when carrying them. Remind students 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
“ ” The soil is the great connector 
63 
of our lives, the source 
and destination of all. 
Wendell Berry 
The Unsettling of America, 1977
to keep tools below the waist when working in 
the garden and to leave rakes, hoes, and shovels 
pointed down and out of pathways when not in 
use. Provide the right size of tools and gloves for 
your students. 
• Go over the design of the garden with the 
students and volunteers to make sure everyone 
knows how the garden is supposed to be 
installed. Lay out the beds as a group to avoid 
confusion, and have hard copies of the design 
available. If the area is large, lay out the beds 
prior to Planting Day to save time (make sure to 
involve students; this is a great math activity). 
• Demonstrate proper planting and watering 
techniques and describe all the plants to be 
installed in the garden. If you do not feel 
comfortable with the demonstrations, recruit an 
experienced gardener or a member of the garden 
team to serve as a guest speaker. 
• Divide the students into groups and have an 
adult volunteer available to work with each small 
group. Make sure the volunteers understand what 
their group should work on. Installation should 
be a hands-on experience for all students; working in small groups ensures 
that everyone will have a chance to participate. 
• Keep a first-aid kit in the garden and provide plenty of drinking water to 
prevent students from getting dehydrated. 
• Take lots of pictures to chronicle your work. 
• Remember to HAVE FUN! 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 
After Planting Day: 
• Water plants with a gentle spray and check to see that the plants’ root 
zones are moist. 
• Make sure to clean all tools and store them in a safe location. 
• Thank all students and volunteers for their hard work. 
• Take “after” pictures of the newly planted garden. 
• Share details from Planting Day with school administrators, sponsors, and 
the community through letters, the school Web site, and newsletter and 
newspaper articles. Thank them for their support. This follow-up will allow 
supporters to see the result of their contributions. 
• Incorporate the garden into the curriculum and continue with basic 
maintenance activities. 
John Fisher/Life Lab 
“ ” The earth laughs in flowers. 
64 
Ralph Waldo Emerson
School Garden Planting Guide 
Key to Planting Guide Headings 
Crop. This guide provides detailed information about crops 
commonly planted by seed in school gardens. We encourage you 
to experiment with additional plants that grow well in your area. 
Check with local gardeners, your Cooperative Extension Service 
office, and garden center employees for suggestions. 
Plant Seeds Indoors. Many seeds can be started indoors 
and then transplanted to outdoor gardens. This column provides 
you with the weeks to plant your seeds indoors relative to your first 
or last frost date. Your Cooperative Extension Service office can tell 
you the frost dates in your area. 
Plant Seeds or Transplants Outdoors. Some seeds 
can be planted indoors or outdoors. Other seeds will not transplant 
well and should be sown directly into outdoor gardens. This 
column provides you with the weeks to plant your seeds in outdoor 
gardens and also the approximate time to plant seedlings started 
indoors in outdoor gardens relative to your first or last frost date. 
Your Cooperative Extension Service office can tell you the frost dates in your area. 
Planting Depth. Generally, seeds should be planted at a depth that is two to three times their width. This 
column lists specific planting depths in inches. Some of the crops listed either require light to germinate or are too 
tiny to be buried under soil. A “0” appearing in this column indicates that the seeds should be planted on top of 
the soil and pressed down lightly with a smooth surface, but not buried. 
Spacing of Plants. Plants should be grown a certain distance apart to ensure they do not crowd each 
other and inhibit healthy growth. This column gives the recommended spacing for mature plants in inches. Since 
not all seeds will germinate, seeds should be planted closer than the distance needed by mature plants. Follow 
the spacing recommended on the seed packet when 
planting seeds outdoors. If more seeds germinate 
than expected, you may need to thin the crop. 
Days to Germination. This column tells 
you approximately when seeds will sprout given 
reasonable conditions. Temperature and moisture 
can greatly affect this rate. 
Days to Harvest. This column tells you 
approximately when plants will be ready to 
harvest. Temperature, water, and a number of other 
environmental factors can affect this rate. 
Good Source Of. This column gives 
information on vitamins and minerals provided in 
substantial amounts for fruit and vegetable plants. 
65 
Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden
SPRING FRUIT AND VEGETABLE PLANTING GUIDE 
Plant Seeds or 
Plant Seeds indoors Transplants Outdoors Planting Spacing 
(weeks before or (weeks before or Depth of Plants Days to Days to 
Crop after last frost) after last frost) (inches) (inches) Germination Harvest Good Source of 
Beans 1 week before 1–2 weeks after 1 6–8 4–10 60–80 Vit. C, fiber 
Beets * 2–4 weeks before ½ 2–4 7–10 50–75 Greens high in Vit. A, C, 
iron calcium 
Broccoli 4–6 weeks before 2 weeks before ¼ 15–18 5–10 60–75 Vit. A, C, folate, calcium, 
magnesium, fiber 
Cabbage 4–6 weeks before 4 weeks before ¼ 18 4–10 60+ Vit. C, fiber 
Carrots * 2–4 weeks before ¼ 2 10–17 60–80 Vit. A, fiber 
Cauliflower 4–6 weeks before 2 weeks before ¼ 15–18 5–10 60–72 Vit. C, folate, potassium 
Celery 8–10 weeks before 2–3 weeks before ¼ 6 7–12 75–100 Fiber 
Corn 1 week before 1–2 weeks after 1 12–15 3–10 50–95 Thiamine, folate, potassium 
Cucumbers 1–2 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1 12–24 3–8 60–80 — 
Garlic * 6 weeks before ½ 4–6 10–15 90–120 Vit. A, C, folate 
Lettuce 4–5 weeks before 2–4 weeks before ¼ 10–12 4–10 45–60 Vit. A, K, calcium 
through 3 weeks after 
Onions * 3 weeks before ¼ 4 4–12 60–85 Vit. C 
through 2 weeks after 
Peas 4–6 weeks before 4–6 weeks before 1 4 6–15 55–75 Protein, Vit. B1 
through 2–3 weeks after 
Peppers 6–8 weeks before 1–3 weeks after ½ 10–12 8–20 70+ Vit. C 
Potatoes * 4–6 weeks before 6 10–12 10–15 70+ Vit. C, B6, niacin, copper, 
potassium, fiber 
Pumpkins * After last chance of frost 1 36 7–10 90+ — 
Radishes * 2–4 weeks before ¼ 1 3–10 25–40 — 
Spinach 3–4 weeks before 1–3 weeks before ¼ 4–8 6–14 40–60 Vit. A, C, K, iron 
Squash, * 1–4 weeks after 1 15–24 3–12 60–85 Vit. A, C, fiber 
Summer 
Squash, * 2 weeks after ½ – 1 24–36 4–10 80+ Vit. A, C, potassium, fiber 
Winter 
Tomatoes 6–8 weeks before 2–4 weeks after ¼–½ 18–24 6–14 65–85 Vit. A, C, potassium, fiber 
Cantaloupe 2 weeks before 2 weeks after 1 24–36 7–14 60–90 Vit. A, C, thiamine, potassium 
Strawberries 3–5 weeks before * 1/8 6–8 20 85+ Vit. C, fiber 
(Alpine) 
Watermelon 2 weeks before 2 weeks after ½ –¾ 24–36 5–10 70–90 Vit. A, B6, C, thiamine 
*Not Recommended 
G6a6rdens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden 
Photos: 5 A Day
Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Gar6de7n 
SPRING HERB PLANTING GUIDE 
Plant Seeds or 
Plant Seeds indoors Transplants Outdoors Planting Spacing 
(weeks before or (weeks before or Depth of Plants Days to 
Crop after last frost) after last frost) (inches) (inches) Germination 
Basil 4–6 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1/8 6–12 7–10 
Catnip 6 weeks before 2–4 weeks before 1/8 12–18 5–14 
Chives 6 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼ 8–12 5–14 
Cilantro * After last chance of frost ½ 12–18 10–15 
Dill * 1–2 weeks before ¼ 3–12 20–25 
Oregano 6–8 weeks before 2–4 weeks before 1/8 8–12 8–14 
Parsley 4–6 weeks before 1–2 weeks before ¼ 6 11–27 
Sage 4 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼ 12 14–21 
Spearmint 6 weeks before After last chance of frost 1/8 18 10–16 
Thyme 8 weeks before 2 weeks after 1/8 6–12 20–30 
*Not Recommended 
Spring Flower Planting Guide 
Plant Seeds or 
Plant Seeds indoors Transplants Outdoors Planting Spacing 
(weeks before or (weeks before or Depth of Plants Days to Days to 
Crop after last frost) after last frost) (inches) (inches) Germination Harvest Edible? 
Bachelor’s 4–5 weeks before 1–2 weeks before 1/4 12–14 7–14 50–60 Yes, petals 
Buttons 
Borage * After last chance of frost ¼–½ 12 5–10 45–50 Yes 
Calendula 6–8 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼–½ 10–12 5–15 40–50 Yes 
Cosmos 4 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼ 8–24 5–7 90–100 No 
Hollyhocks 6–8 weeks before Early summer 0 (press into soil) 24 10 120–150 Yes 
Love-in-a-mist 4–6 weeks before 2–4 weeks before 1/8 6–12 10–15 60 Yes 
Marigolds 8–10 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1/8 10–12 5–10 70–80 Yes 
Nasturtiums * After last chance of frost ½ 6–12 7–14 40–60 Yes 
Sunflowers 3–4 weeks before 2 weeks before 1–2 12–24 7–14 80–120 Yes, seeds 
Tithonia 6–8 weeks before After last chance of frost 0 (press into soil) 24 10–15 75–105 No 
Zinnias 6 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1/8 6–12 5–10 70 No 
*Not Recommended 
Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden
Fall Fruit and Vegetable Planting Guide 
Plant Seeds indoors Planting Spacing 
(weeks before Depth of Plants Days to Days to 
Crop first frost) (inches) (inches) Germination Harvest* Good Source of 
Beets 8-10 weeks before ½ 2-4 7-10 50-75+ Greens high in Vit. A, C, 
iron calcium 
Broccoli 13-14 weeks before ¼ 15-18 5-10 60+ Vit. A, C, folate, calcium, 
magnesium, fiber 
Cabbage 13-14 weeks before ¼ 18 4-10 60+ Vit. C, fiber 
Carrots 13 weeks before ¼ 2 10-17 60+ Vit. A, fiber 
Cauliflower 14 weeks before ¼ 15-18 5-10 60+ Vit. C, folate, potassium 
Garlic Sept. – Nov. with mulch depth of clove 4-6 160-200 Vit. A, C, folate 
Lettuce 6-8 weeks before ¼ 10-12 4-10 45-65 Vit. A, K, calcium 
Onions Depends on variety ¼ 4 4-12 60-120 Vit. C 
Peas 12 weeks before 1 4 6-15 55+ Protein, Vit. B1 
Radishes 7 weeks before ¼ 1 3-10 25+ — 
Spinach 6-8 weeks before ¼ 4-8 6-14 40-75 Vit. A, C, K, iron 
Strawberries 5-8 weeks before 1/8 4 20 Next spring Vit. C, fiber 
(Alpine) 
*Maturity rates of overwintering vegetables vary depending on temperature and available sunlight. 
G68ardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden 
5 a day 
Planting Guides adapted from: 
Jaffe, Roberta, and Gary Appel. 1990. The Growing Classroom. 
Menlo Park, CA: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. 
Pranis, Eve, and Jack Hale. 1988. GrowLab: A Complete Guide 
to Gardening in the Classroom. South Burlington, VT. National 
Gardening Association. 
NC State and Herb Fact Sheets: 
www.ces.ncsu.edu/depts/hort/consumer/factsheets/herbs/ 
herbindex.html 
NC State Annual Fact Sheets: 
www.ces.ncsu.edu/depts/hort/consumer/factsheets/annuals/ 
annual_index.html 
Western Growers Foundation
Maintaining Your 
School Garden 
The excitement of Planting Day is hard to top, but it is the continual care and 
observation of plant growth that strengthens students’ connection to the land 
and broadens their understanding of the environment and food systems. Once 
plants are in the ground, you will need to maintain the garden through regular 
activities such as watering, thinning, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, composting, 
and monitoring for pests. These activities promote healthy 
plants by providing for their needs. The five basic needs of 
plants are water, light, nutrients, air, and a place to grow. 
Water. Plants use water for a number of important 
processes, including photosynthesis (production of food) 
and transpiration (evaporation of water from the leaves 
into air that cools the plant and creates pressure to 
move water from roots to leaves). Water also aids in the 
absorption of some nutrients. 
Light. Energy from light is captured to use during 
photosynthesis. 
Nutrients. Just as people need vitamins, plants need 
special nutrients to help them grow properly and for their 
biological processes to function. The top three essential 
nutrients for plants are nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. 
Most plant nutrients are provided by the soil, and we 
increase their availability through fertilization. 
Air. Plants take in carbon dioxide and oxygen to use 
during photosynthesis. 
A Place to Grow. Plants need a place to call their 
own with room to grow to maturity. 
The need for each of these components varies by 
plant. Research your school garden plants to learn how to 
care for them properly. Plants also provide signals when 
they have a need. For instance, a plant needing water will 
wilt, and the leaves of a plant needing nitrogen will turn 
yellow. It is important for your students to discover and 
understand these signals. 
This chapter provides background information on 
some of the techniques your team will employ to maintain 
the garden, along with an overview of seasonal garden 
tasks. It concludes with tips for dealing with such common challenges as how to 
maintain the garden during summer breaks and how to deal with vandalism. 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
California Department of Education 
69
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
Watering 
As a general rule, during active growth most plants require about 1 inch of 
water (from rain or irrigation) per week. In hot, dry, and windy conditions they 
need more. In cool and humid conditions they need less. Feeling the soil around 
the plants is the best indicator of when it is time to water. The soil should be 
moist, but not too wet. Poke your finger about 1 inch down in the soil. If the soil 
feels dry, then it needs additional water. 
Plants wilt when not enough water is getting to the leaves. However, do not 
automatically assume that you need to water wilted plants, because they may also 
wilt when there is ample or excessive water. Test the soil first. If the plants are 
wilted but the soil is wet, it is still a sign that the leaves are not getting enough 
water – but it is a root problem. If the plant is new or recently transplanted, it 
may just need some time for the root system to become established. Sometimes 
new roots cannot keep up with the water demands of the leaves. If the problem 
continues, it could mean the roots have a fungal disease. In this case, remove the 
plant and the soil around it to prevent possible disease spread. 
When you or your students water, apply the spray to the base of the plant 
and avoid excessive moisture on the leaves. The plants are absorbing water 
through their roots, so the water needs to be in the soil. Additionally, water 
on leaves can lead to a number of disease problems. Water plants in the early 
morning to cut potential losses by evaporation. Apply water slowly to give it time 
to sink into the soil. If water is applied too quickly or with too much force, it will 
run off into drainage areas along with loose soil and new seeds. Children often 
water until the soil looks moist on the surface, but that might not be enough 
to benefit the plant. After watering, it is always a good idea to check the soil by 
poking a finger into the soil around the plant’s roots. 
A number of watering tools are available. Watering cans and garden hoses 
are the least expensive alternatives. However, they take quite a bit of time and 
close monitoring. Other alternatives are soaker hoses, drip irrigation, and sprinkler 
systems. These require less time and can be linked to automatic timers, easing 
the chore of watering during weekends and long breaks. These tools are more 
expensive, however, so you may need to look for additional funds or donations. 
Thinning 
Many times more seeds are planted than can grow to maturity in the available 
space. Once the seeds germinate, you and your students need to “thin” your crop 
by removing some of the seedlings growing too close to each other. Although it is 
never easy to remove plants, if you leave too many plants in a small space they 
will compete for resources and will not be able to grow to their full potential. 
When your students thin, instruct them to identify the healthiest seedlings 
and remove the others. One technique is to pull out the less-healthy seedlings. 
However, doing so risks disturbing the roots of the plants you want to keep. An 
alternative is to cut the tops off the unwanted seedlings, after which the roots 
will eventually decompose. Thinning can be a challenging activity for younger 
children, and they may need close guidance. 
Western Growers Foundation 
70
You can place thinned plants in a compost pile or worm bin. Also, some 
vegetable sprouts are edible and full of nutrients – perfect for a great nutrition 
lesson and tasting activity. 
Weeding 
Weeds are plants growing in the wrong place. You should remove all such 
plants because they will compete for space, light, and water with your intended 
crops (and many times weeds will win, because they are well 
adapted to your conditions). First, you and your students need to 
learn how to identify the seedlings of your crops. After students 
know what to keep, they will know what to remove. Pull weeds by 
hand or remove them by hoeing or cultivating around the plants, 
staying far enough away to prevent damaging the wanted plants or 
their roots. With either approach, make sure the roots of the weed 
are completely removed. 
To ensure that weeding does not become an overwhelming job, 
encourage students to monitor the garden continuously and remove 
weeds when they are small. If weeds are allowed to grow for too 
long, they will flower and spread seeds, which will escalate the weed 
problem. One simple way to decrease weed problems is to apply a 
layer of mulch to the soil. 
Mulching 
Outdoor gardens benefit from the addition of 2 to 3 inches of 
mulch on top of the soil. The mulch helps to slow water loss from 
evaporation, moderate soil temperatures, decrease soil erosion, and 
decrease the spread of soilborne diseases. You can use a number of 
different materials as mulch, including shredded wood, leaves, straw, 
plastic, and newspaper. The various mulches offer different benefits. 
For instance, organic mulches (shredded wood, leaves, or straw) 
will eventually break down and help improve soil structure. Plastic 
mulches will increase the soil temperature. Choose mulch according 
to your plants’ needs, mulch availability, and visual preferences. 
Fertilizing 
For healthy growth, all plants require certain nutrients. The three they need 
in the largest quantities are nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P), and potassium (K). 
Nitrogen is important for stem and leaf growth and for the photosynthesis 
process. Phosphorus promotes root growth and improves flowering and fruiting. 
Potassium contributes to root development, the overall growth of the plant, and 
disease resistance. Other essential nutrients are equally important, but plants 
require them in much smaller amounts. 
Plants acquire most nutrients from the soil by absorbing them through their 
roots. During the site analysis discussed in Chapter 5, Designing Your School 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
Western Growers Foundation 
71
Garden, you completed a soil test that provided information on the nutrient con-tent. 
It is common to find that your soil is low in nutrients, especially the “big 
three.” Since nutrients aren’t always abundant enough in soil to support healthy 
plant growth, gardeners make up the difference by adding fertilizer. 
A number of different types of fertilizers are available. Some deliver nutrients to 
your plant immediately; others release nutrients slowly over time. Examples of com-mon 
fertilizers are liquid or solid synthetic fertilizers, slow-release pellets, compost, 
fish emulsion, and dried manure. Any product sold as a fertilizer will have a nutrient 
analysis on the label with three numbers. The numbers represent what percentage of 
the three major nutrients – nitrogen (first number), phosphorus (second number), and 
potassium (third number) – the fertilizer contains. The product label should also tell 
you how much to use for different crops and areas. Check with school administrators 
to see if there are any restrictions on the type of fertilizer your class may use in the 
garden. Always follow the warnings on fertilizer products and store in a secure loca-tion. 
Fertilizers should be handled by adults or under close adult supervision. 
You might think that if a little bit of fertilizer will help your plant grow, a lot 
of fertilizer will result in an even better harvest. However, the phrase “the more 
the better” is not applicable to fertilization. Excessive fertilizer can contribute to 
plant diseases and lead to runoff of the extra nutrients. So make sure to apply 
only the amount you need. 
Fertilizing is not a one-time event. As plants grow, they 
deplete the soil’s available nutrients, so you will need to constantly 
monitor nutrient levels and provide additional fertilizers when 
needed. Keeping soil healthy is the key to maintaining healthy and 
productive plants. 
Composting 
In the natural world, decomposers such as earthworms, sow 
bugs, slugs, molds, mushrooms, and bacteria use dead plants and 
animals as food, breaking them down into smaller particles and 
thereby releasing nutrients back into the soil. In the garden, we 
simulate this decomposition process by creating compost piles. 
Compost piles are made up of garden waste and other organic 
matter high in carbon and nitrogen and exposed to moist conditions 
to attract decomposers. As the decomposers use the composted 
organic matter for energy and maintenance, they break it down into 
simpler molecules. This process gives off heat, which in turn speeds 
up decomposition. Compost can be made in freestanding piles (3- by 
3- by 3-foot is an optimal size) or contained in special bins as long as 
it receives proper water and air movement. 
Once the materials are broken down, the compost can be 
incorporated into the soil to increase the nutrient content and 
improve the structure. Check the California School Garden 
Network Web site at www.csgn.org for more information on creating a compost pile, 
or contact your local Cooperative Extension Service office. 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
72
What to Do When Things Go Wrong? 
Extended Learning Program, R.D. White Elementary School, Glendale, CA 
what had happened to their hard work! 
“Some of them were crying, and others 
were angry or dumbfounded. ‘How could 
someone be so mean?!’ ‘Didn’t they know 
how hard we had worked?’ ‘Didn’t they 
have any respect for our garden?’ You can 
just imagine the sadness that we felt. 
“‘What shall we do now?’ I asked. 
Some of the children said we should rip 
the stalks out. What was the use in leaving 
them there? Others wanted to let them 
grow so that we could find out what they 
would do without their heads. We decided 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
to leave them in and see 
what happened. After 
a few days, we noticed 
that each of the stalks 
had grown four heads at 
the top! How amazing! 
Even though the four 
heads were much smaller 
than the original head, 
the plant had taught us 
a very important lesson. 
Even when things don’t 
work out the way one 
plans, something can be 
learned from allowing 
space and time for the 
project. If the head 
hadn’t been taken, we 
might never have known 
that a plant doesn’t give up – it fights 
for its life. Plants are very tenacious. The 
children might not have experienced one 
of life’s many wonders. I wouldn’t be able 
to tell you this wonderful story that might 
bring you enough confidence to keep 
trying, even when things go wrong. 
“Gardening with children needs to 
be a learning and growing experience. 
Remember that even farmers are not 
always successful at their farming. Crops 
do fail. Unexpected things happen. Yet 
life goes on. Success is wonderful, but 
knowing that things don’t always go the 
way we plan is a very important lesson 
for all of us. It is often what you do with 
what life hands you that teaches you 
your best lessons.” 
Program Spotlight 
Gardening is an 
exciting adventure 
for you and your 
students, but it is not 
without its challenges. 
The good thing is that 
students can learn as 
much (and sometimes 
more) from garden 
problems as they can 
from garden success. 
Garden Coordinator 
Mary Landau shares 
her story of garden 
challenges at R.D. White 
Elementary School: 
“When you garden 
in a school setting, 
things don’t always go 
as you have planned. When I first started 
gardening with the children at my grade 
school, we had to hand-water a very 
thin strip of ground on the east side of a 
building that was about 60 feet long. We 
decided to plant a row of sunflowers. The 
children wanted to grow the sunflowers, 
and were happy to carry the water to 
them every day for two months. What a 
pretty sight to see the row of plants against 
the white wall. It was time for them to 
blossom, and we were all very excited! The 
next day we just knew that the flowers 
would open up and smile at us. 
“We went out to water them in the 
morning, expecting to see the yellow 
petals smiling at the sun. Instead, we saw 
that someone had come along the night 
before and had chopped off every one of 
their heads. The children couldn’t believe 
“ Even when things don’t work out 
the way one plans, something can 
be learned from allowing ” space 
and time for the project. 
Western Growers Foundation 
73
Monitoring for Pests 
Your garden ecosystem is home to many insects and other organisms, and 
only a handful of them are actually harmful to plants. Even when plant pests 
are present, they are not necessarily a threat to the garden. Like healthy people, 
healthy plants are usually able to ward off some stress and handle minor damage 
while continuing to perform well. 
In order to keep pest problems to a minimum, the best practice is to moni-tor 
the garden regularly. Insect and disease problems are easiest to fix if caught 
early. Check the plants for plant-eating insects like aphids and scale (they often 
hide under the leaves). If found early, their populations can be controlled through 
handpicking or using a high-pressure water spray. Also look out for leaf spots, 
which can be a sign of fungal or bacterial disease. Remove leaves with signs of 
disease so it does not spread through the bouncing of irrigation and rainwater. 
Place plants you suspect of being diseased in the trash rather than a compost pile. 
When you find signs of pests, your first step should be to identify what is 
causing the problem. This can be an exciting investigative activity for your students. 
Once your sleuths identify the problem, you need to decide whether the damage is 
significant enough to warrant any action. Tolerate some plant damage. Observing the 
interactions in a garden ecosystem is an important part of the learning process for 
your students. Many plant pests have natural predators, and if you remove the pests, 
your students will never get to see the predators in action. For example, ladybugs are 
ferocious aphid consumers. However, if you don’t have any aphids, then you also 
won’t attract any ladybugs. 
If the damage becomes more severe, decide whether or not the plants are worth 
keeping. Disease problems are often a sign that the plants are not 
well adapted to the environment, so pulling them up and replacing 
them with crops better suited to the location may be the easiest 
solution. If you feel that more control is necessary, such as the use 
of pesticides, check with school administrators and maintenance 
personnel. Schools have strict pest control regulations. 
In addition to monitoring the plants and providing proper 
maintenance to promote good plant health, here are some additional 
techniques to minimize pest and disease buildup in the garden: 
Practice crop rotation. Pests and diseases that affect cer-tain 
crops (or families of crops) build up in the soil if the same 
crop is grown in a particular bed year after year. By planting a 
different crop in the bed each year on a three-year cycle, you can 
avoid many problems. 
Discourage excess moisture on foliage. Most fungal 
and bacterial diseases can infect plant surfaces only if there is 
moisture present. In regions where the growing season is humid, 
provide adequate space among plants so that air can circulate 
freely. Try to keep students out of the garden when it’s wet so 
they don’t spread disease organisms. 
Plant disease- and pest-resistant varieties. Some 
varieties of crops are naturally less susceptible to problems, and 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
Western Growers Foundation 
Common Pest Problem: 
Gophers 
Gophers are small, grayish-brown, thick-haired 
74 
burrowing rodents. They live and travel in 
underground tunnels that they dig with their 
large claws. Gophers eat plants from the roots up, 
pulling them into their tunnels. The best way to 
control gopher damage in a school garden is to 
install gopher wire as a physical barrier. Use gal-vanized 
mesh wire with openings no larger than 
3/4 inch. Bury it in the soil at least 1 foot deep, 
and make sure you have enough wire so that the 
edges come up to ground level. If you need to 
overlap pieces of wire, overlap them by 1 foot. In 
a raised bed, staple the wire to the bottom of the 
frame. The deeper you bury it, the less the chance 
of catching or tearing it with digging tools.
plant breeders have developed many others. Look for resistance information in 
variety descriptions in catalogs and on seed packets. 
Plant appropriate varieties for your area. Many plants will not thrive 
if they are grown in the wrong climate zone. 
Clean up your garden. Diseases and pests can remain on infected and 
dead plant material, making it easy for them to attack other plants. Remove 
infected plant leaves, keep weeds to a minimum, and clean up the garden at the 
end of the growing season. 
Encourage beneficial organisms. Make the garden inviting to pest 
predators such as ladybugs, wasps, lacewings, and birds. Flowers and herbs 
provide nectar to predatory insects, and a water source such 
as a fountain or bath will attract birds. Growing perennial 
plants (those that last two or more seasons) helps to 
provide year-round habitats for beneficial organisms. 
Install barriers. You can place floating row covers 
made of lightweight fabric over plants to protect them from 
invading pests. The fabric allows light, moisture, and air to 
pass through. However, if you cover a crop that requires 
insect pollination in order to bear fruit, you will have to 
remove the covers when the plants begin to blossom. Row 
covers may also deter some animal pests, but fences are 
often the only way to keep large, persistent creatures out of 
the garden. Use netting to protect fruit crops from hungry 
birds. A collar of newspaper, stiff paper, or boxboard 
circling seedling stalks and extending 2 inches above and 
below ground prevents cutworm damage. 
Summer Maintenance 
Maintaining a school garden during the summer amid 
vacation plans is a common challenge. You want to enjoy 
the break to renew your spirits, but you don’t want to see 
all the hard work from the school year transform a beautiful 
garden into a jungle of weeds. Here are a few ideas: 
Choose low-maintenance plants to begin with. 
Focus on growing plants that will thrive on their own without 
much attention. Two characteristics to look for are drought 
tolerance and vigorous foliage that will smother or out-compete 
weeds. Choices vary by region and with the amount 
of rain or irrigation available to the garden. Check with your local Cooperative 
Extension Service office for a list of plants recommended for your area. 
Use mulch. A thick layer of mulch reduces weed growth, maintains soil 
moisture, and enriches the soil as it decays. In vegetable and annual beds, 
use inexpensive organic mulch such as newspaper topped with straw. In 
perennial beds, add a 2- to 3-inch layer of more durable organic mulch, such 
as shredded bark. 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
Western Growers Foundation 
75
Install 
irrigation. 
Drip irrigation 
equipment is 
available at most 
home improvement 
stores, and you can 
set it up to run on 
inexpensive timers. 
Find volunteer 
help. Enlist the help 
of parent volunteers or 
service organizations such as 
FFA, 4-H, Scouts, and church youth groups. 
Create a schedule so that the grounds are 
checked regularly. Provide detailed care instructions. 
If your class has planted summer crops, you can offer the 
harvest to the volunteers as a reward. You may want to 
hold a work day one Saturday per month to knock down 
weeds or perform other large tasks. 
Host a summer camp. Many schools offer summer 
school classes or children’s summer camps. Get in touch 
with teachers or summer camp counselors to see whether 
they are interested in taking advantage of your outdoor 
classroom facilities during the summer months in exchange 
for upkeep. 
Harvest in the spring. Pick and use or distribute 
as much of the vegetable harvest as is ready. Pick flowers 
and press or dry them for art activities in the fall. Before 
leaving for the summer, remove all the plants and then 
do one of the following: 
— Cover it up. Cover the garden with a thick layer 
of mulch to discourage weeds and decrease water loss. 
The mulch will break down over the summer, providing 
organic matter and enriching the soil for next year’s crops. 
— Solarize. Solarization is accomplished by covering 
moist soil with clear plastic to use the sun’s energy to kill 
weeds and soil-dwelling pests. 
— Plant a summer cover crop. A cover crop, sometimes 
called green manure, is a short-lived legume (e.g., beans) 
or grain (e.g., buckwheat) that you plant to prevent weeds, 
reduce soil erosion, and boost organic matter. It also helps 
maintain or even increase the nitrogen content of the soil. 
The next fall, till the cover crop into the soil and plant the 
new garden. 
— Plant for fall. If there is not going to be much activity 
in the school garden during the summer, it might make 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
Additional Garden 
Tasks 
In addition to ongoing maintenance, 
there will be seasonal garden tasks for 
your students to complete. Examples 
of these tasks: 
Fall 
— Plant and harvest fall vegetable crops 
— Plant native and drought-tolerant plants 
— Save seeds from summer-blooming annuals and perennials 
— Gather leaves for composting 
— Remove summer crops 
— Plant spring-blooming bulbs 
— Plant cover crops 
— Mulch to provide protection against winter weather 
Winter 
— Plan the spring garden 
— Force bulbs indoors 
— Grow indoor plants from cuttings 
— Obtain spring garden supplies 
— Plant bare-root trees 
— Start seeds indoors 
— Prune fruit trees and perennial shrubs 
Spring 
— Clean out winter debris 
— Prepare soil for planting 
— Transplant seedlings 
— Direct sow seeds 
— Harvest spring vegetables 
Summer 
— Plant summer vegetables or prepare garden for 
76 
summer break 
— Schedule volunteers to help with summer care 
— Keep weeds under control 
— Deadhead flowers and harvest vegetables 
— Collect supplies for fall garden 
For more information on seasonal gardening tasks, sign 
up for a regional e-mail reminder from such organizations 
as the National Gardening Association, www.garden.org, 
or Rodale, www.organicgardening.com. They will send 
timely reminders of seasonally appropriate gardening tasks. 
Monrovia
sense to plant a garden in late May or early June 
that will be ready for harvest in the fall. Many 
vegetable varieties have varied “days to harvest” 
times. For example, some corn varieties take 70 
days to harvest and others need close to 100 days. 
Choosing crop varieties with long “days to harvest” 
times, like winter squash, pumpkins, popcorn and 
other grains, soybeans, tomatoes, peppers, and 
eggplants will provide a bounty when you return 
to school. 
Vandalism 
There is nothing more discouraging to the 
students than to watch their garden become the 
victim of vandalism. After all the time and sweat 
poured into the garden, it is very frustrating to discover senseless damage. In 
addition to damage, sometimes a harvest is stolen, robbing students of the chance 
to taste the fruits of their labor. To decrease the incidence of vandalism: 
Choose a site in a protected or highly visible location. Perhaps 
your school has a courtyard or an area protected by a fence. Although students 
should have the opportunity to explore the garden during the day, you can 
secure it at night and over weekends and breaks. Placing your garden where it is 
a centerpiece of the school can often deter vandals. 
Post signs with information about the garden. Posting signs 
expresses a sense of ownership and lets outsiders know the purpose of the garden 
and who is maintaining it. Although it is not a foolproof security system, a sign 
that reads “Do Not Pick” or “Please Let Our Plants Grow” may deter unauthorized 
harvesting by invoking a sense of wrongdoing. 
Create a mobile garden. Grow plants in containers with handles or 
wheels that can be moved out into the sun during the day, but secured indoors 
after school hours. 
Involve neighbors in the project. The school’s neighbors can help keep 
an eye on the garden when teachers and students are not 
around. 
Identify potential vandals and involve 
them in the garden. If they feel like they are 
part of the garden, not only will that keep them 
from vandalizing the garden, it may also 
make them more protective of it. 
Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden 
Western Growers Foundation 
77 
Becky Button
Sustaining Your 
Garden 
Completing the installation of a school garden is a huge feat. Take 
time to appreciate your accomplishments and acknowledge the 
contributions of others to the garden effort. Bask in your success 
and take the opportunity to recharge your batteries. Appreciating 
the moment will help energize you for the next stage of garden 
development – adopting a plan for sustainability. 
In addition to establishing a schedule for garden maintenance, your 
team needs to plan intentional activities to help sustain the garden. The 
garden should play an important role in the academic lives of your 
current students and also be a useful tool for future students. To truly 
sustain the garden program, you must tie it closely to your curriculum, 
maintain the approval of your administrators, attract additional garden 
team members and volunteers, and find new sources of financial and 
material support. Most importantly, the garden 
should continue to inspire excitement in your 
students, their parents, other teachers, administrators, 
volunteers, and the community. 
This chapter offers suggestions for activities to 
help maintain the momentum and sustain the school 
garden program. As with the previous stages of garden 
development, you would do well to create a plan for 
sustainability, outlining specific steps to take and a 
timeline for their execution. Garden activities promoting 
sustainability do not spontaneously occur. They must 
be carefully planned and purposefully implemented. 
Using Your School Garden 
It seems obvious, but in order to sustain the 
garden, your team must actively use it. Plan garden 
time into the weekly schedule. Implement lessons 
around garden activities and experiments. Encourage 
other teachers and youth groups to use the garden, 
too (after establishing some basic guidelines for use). 
Increased involvement will add value to its role as an 
educational tool. To use the garden effectively, make sure to match lessons and 
activities with your curricular goals, adopt good outdoor classroom management 
techniques, create measurements for success, and document all your efforts. 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
Top: Western Growers Foundation; above: Debbie Delatour 
78
Integrating the Garden into the Curriculum 
In today’s educational climate, teaching mandatory curriculum standards and 
passing related standardized tests are top priorities. A school garden can be a 
natural tool for teaching these standards, and promoting that use of the garden 
helps to secure administrative support. Review Chapter 3, Linking Gardens to 
School Curriculum, to remind yourself of the possibilities. Share your activities 
with other teachers and your principal on a regular basis so they are informed of 
the academic benefits of the garden. 
Outdoor Classroom Management 
Working with students in an outdoor learning environment is different from 
teaching in a traditional classroom setting. To make sure your time in the garden 
is both productive and enjoyable, here are a few tips on classroom management: 
Establish garden rules. Create a set of simple rules and share them with 
students before you go out to the garden. Additionally, post the rules in the garden 
as a reminder. Try to phrase them in a positive way. Rules may include items like 
remembering to walk on paths, asking before you pick, and remaining in the garden 
area during class. Keep the list short so rules are easy to remember and follow. 
Train students on using tools. Before going out to the garden, show 
students all the different tools they may use and demonstrate the proper way to 
use them. Make sure they know to carry the working end of the tool below their 
waist and not to run while holding tools. Also discuss proper storage of the tools 
and why it is important not to leave them lying in pathways. 
Recruit help. You will need at least one other adult in the garden to be 
prepared for emergencies (if one child needs special attention, you cannot leave 
the rest of the class outside alone). Depending on the size of your class, it may be 
preferable to have three or four adult volunteers. Keeping the activities hands-on is 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
Monrovia “ ” 
I generate garden guidelines by 
asking children such questions as, 
‘How can we learn science together 
in the garden so that we, and all 
other living things in the garden, feel 
safe?’ Then I take notes, type up 
their words, and post them. 
Caprice Potter, Garden Coordinator 
79 
Tips on outdoor classroom management 
From Karen Nordstrom, Teacher, Mintie White Elementary School, Watsonville, CA 
Gateway Elementary School 
Ridgecrest, CA 
Provide a shady space for students so they have a place to listen, write, and retreat from full-sun days. 
Use clipboards with pencils attached so that papers and science notebooks don’t blow away, get lost, etc. (Having someone 
in charge of the portable pencil sharpener is helpful too!) 
Rotate responsibilities among small groups or individuals, e.g., watering, garden hose pickup, toolshed key security, etc. 
Preview/review your strategy. Before going out to the garden, discuss what will be done, review which teams are in charge 
of what, and preview academic science content. After gardening, review what was accomplished, how things went logistically, and 
what were the ties to additional lessons. Linking garden activities to classroom learning reinforces the importance of taking garden 
time seriously. 
Build opportunities for free exploration into garden activities where possible. This is an important part of inquiry-based 
learning, and kids are naturally going to stray from focused activities when drawn to some phenomenon of their own interest. I’ve 
found that if they know that they will have a set time in the garden to freely explore their individual interests, they’ll remain more 
focused during more formal instructional activities.
an important aspect of learning in the garden, and this is hard to accomplish without 
plenty of volunteer support. 
Divide your class into small groups. Smaller groups allow for more 
hands-on experience. It is best if you have a volunteer to lead each group, but 
if that is not possible, provide clear instructions for what each group should 
accomplish. Choose the groups carefully, taking care to match up students who 
will work well together. 
Provide a comfortable sitting area. If you are planning to talk to the 
class as a whole for an extended time in the garden, use an area where they 
can comfortably sit to listen. Trying to talk to the group in a small space with 
obstructed views turns into a frustrating experience, and students quickly lose 
interest. It is best if this area allows them to sit in a circle or semicircle so they 
can clearly see you and feel connected to the rest of the group. Some schools 
create sitting areas with benches, hay bales, or even a well-maintained lawn 
area. If you do not have a good sitting area in your garden, deliver all group 
presentations or demonstrations in the classroom and reserve the garden for the 
smaller group activities. 
Be prepared for emergencies. Always have a first aid kit in the garden. 
Know if any of your students have special health concerns, such as asthma or an 
allergy to bee stings. 
Creating Measures 
for Success 
It is important for you to measure the 
impact of the garden on your students, as 
with any other education program. In the 
early planning stages, you developed a list 
of goals for the garden. In the sustaining 
stages of the program, review these goals 
and develop a method to determine 
whether your efforts are meeting them. 
Create two or three different measures 
of success. For example, if one of your 
goals was to improve science achievement, 
consider creating a pre- and post-knowledge 
test for your students or 
compare student science grades. Written 
test scores are the most common way 
to quantify achievement in our society, 
but you can also use methods like 
tracking change in disciplinary actions 
and attendance records (signs of personal 
behavior change) or recording changes in 
the amount of fruits and vegetables discarded from lunch trays (signs of nutritional 
behavior change). Consult with expert school district personnel and local researchers 
for ideas on ways to measure the benefits of the school garden. 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
“ 
A typical class for us includes 
assembling on the stumps by 
the solar fountain, discussing our 
scope and sequence for the day, 
and breaking up into stations with 
small groups rotating on a 10- to 
15-minute basis. As we cannot 
always rely upon parent one of our stations is “reflective,” 
where the students write in their journals about their ” 
help, 
or draw 
garden 
Western Growers Foundation 
80 
experiences. 
Laurie Fannin, Garden Coordinator 
Carmel River Elementary School 
Carmel, CA
Sustaining the Garden 
Green Acres Elementary School, Santa Cruz, CA 
“ ” The most important thing to pass 
However, she 
notes the garden 
program “always 
had the support 
of the site 
administration, 
and over the 
years the 
program and 
garden have 
gained support 
from the district 
administration.” 
Trish credits 
“strong support 
from parents, 
teachers, staff, community, and the 
students” as the key to the sustainability 
of the garden. 
Sally Kiff 
Although district funding for the garden 
has varied, the program has received 
consistent support from the Student Site 
Council, demonstrating the importance 
along to educators is the message 
that ‘gardens in schools are 
worth the effort!’ 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
of the garden to 
the parents and 
students. The 
garden team has 
used a combination 
of fund-raising 
efforts, including 
donations and 
raffles, and has 
adapted the 
program to fit the 
resources available. 
For new 
gardening 
programs, Trish 
urges educators to 
“have patience, look at books, but mainly 
speak to an experienced garden teacher! 
Someone who has been there, done 
that, is going to give you invaluable, fast 
information.” For educators struggling to 
maintain a garden, she recommends building 
strong community ties. “Create a newsletter 
or other means of communication within 
the parent community and the broader 
community as well,” she suggests. For 
those having trouble maintaining financial 
support, her tip is to “get creative, go to the 
community and ask for big-ticket items to 
raffle, ask the PTA for money – even suggest 
it raise the cost of joining the PTA.” 
Trish has many vibrant memories of the 
garden, including watching children enjoy the 
taste of new vegetables and observing their 
love for gardens grow as they chose to care 
for their plants instead of playing during their 
lunch recess. She feels the most important thing 
to pass along to educators is the message that 
“gardens in schools are worth the effort!” 
Program Spotlight 
In 1978, teacher Ruth Antolini and her 
class at Green Acres Elementary School 
transformed an asphalt-covered lot into 
a thriving growing classroom. Twenty-eight 
years later, the garden continues to 
be an integral part of the school campus 
and curriculum. 
Former Garden Coordinator Trish 
Hildinger explains that the garden has 
faced many challenges, particularly with 
changes in financial support. For example, 
at times the school maintained a full-time 
garden coordinator position, but now it is 
able to provide only a part-time position. 
Sally Kiff 
81
Documenting Efforts 
In the midst of an active garden program, it is easy to 
neglect the job of recording your efforts. But keeping track of 
your progress is critical. Keep a notebook of your activities with 
detailed descriptions and photos. Track all donations of funds 
and materials along with the names of the donors. Also log all 
the positive feedback you receive from students, parents, and 
community members. You will draw on this information as you 
share your work with administrators, look for additional funds, 
and recruit new volunteers. 
Communicating with Your 
Support Team 
Clear communication with administrators, parents, the 
garden team, additional volunteers, and donors will play an 
important role in sustaining your gardening program. All of 
these stakeholders were integral to the creation of the garden, 
and they will continue to be strong supporters as long as they 
feel that their contributions are valuable and that they know 
how they can continue to support you. Clear communication 
gives them a sense of ownership of the garden, and in turn 
they will feel responsible for keeping it alive. 
A way to foster this connection is to set up a regular system of 
communication. Some ideas for communicating with your group: 
• Write a monthly or quarterly newsletter (sent through mail or e-mail) with 
summaries of the recent events and a calendar of upcoming events. Be sure 
to include student-written articles and photos. 
• Establish a garden Web site that is updated regularly. Send out a monthly 
e-mail to notify supporters of updates and remind them to visit the site. 
• Hold monthly or quarterly garden workdays to provide hands-on involvement. 
• Hold a semiannual or annual garden party to recognize donors and volunteers. 
• Find a way to communicate with supporters that is comfortable for 
you and is accessible to your audience, and then stick to it on a regular 
schedule. If possible, decrease the workload by finding a reliable volunteer 
to help you develop your communication pieces. 
Promoting the Garden to the Community 
In addition to communicating with your support team, communicate success 
with community members who are not directly involved in the garden. Promoting 
the school garden in the community helps to establish a solid reputation, which 
not only validates the efforts of your current team, but also helps with recruitment 
of new members. You cannot rely on a small number of volunteers and donors 
to sustain your gardens year after year because interests and time or funding 
availability may change. Also, if you expect too much from your supporters, 
you risk burning them out. Be on a constant lookout for additional partners. 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
University of California Department of 
Agriculture and Natural Resources 
“ 
Our dream now is to complete 
our endowment fund for the 
garden. We are trying to ensure 
our garden’s future. Our goal is 
to raise $300,000 so interest and fund appreciation support our garden This would secure the ” 
that the 
can 
teacher. 
future 
82 
of the garden forever. 
Kay Rex, Teacher 
Redwood Elementary School 
Fort Bragg, CA
What’s more, by promoting your garden, you may inspire other schools to 
begin gardening and increase the enthusiasm and support for school gardening 
throughout the community. To promote your garden effort in the community: 
• Write press releases and send them to local media outlets. 
• Invite the press and government officials to special garden events. 
• Use your students’ new horticultural expertise to help with a special 
community beautification project or service project. 
• Host annual garden tours open to the public (this can also become a 
fundraising event). 
• Network and share your story everywhere you go! 
Garden Program Expansion 
All the items mentioned so far will help 
to maintain excitement and momentum 
around the school garden program. However, 
nothing is as powerful as adding a new 
element to the program each year. People 
love to be involved on the ground floor of a 
project. It gives them a special opportunity to 
contribute ideas and join in without feeling 
like an outsider. As time goes by, envision 
a dynamic garden program that you can 
cultivate and grow to ensure sustainability. 
You may have established a sense of 
evolution by dividing the original design into 
stages for implementation over several years. 
As you add each new section, review the 
plan and let current garden team members 
be involved in revising it so that they will be 
invested in its implementation. 
If you did not begin with a multiyear 
plan, let each year’s garden team brainstorm a 
new project. Perhaps there is a new curricular 
requirement you would like to teach through 
the garden, and the team can work to 
provide the necessary resources. For instance, maybe you originally constructed 
a butterfly garden to teach about habitats, and now you want to expand to teach 
nutrition too. Depending on space, you can install new raised beds or containers 
to grow vegetables. Or maybe the initial garden focused on one grade level, but 
after seeing its success, additional grade levels would like to get involved. 
The new program element does not need to be large in size or scope to 
stir people’s excitement. A special stepping-stone workshop could be conducted 
to add art to an existing butterfly garden, or a new trellis could be built for 
a vegetable garden. The main thing is for new team members to know their 
efforts are adding to existing resources and feel that they are making valuable 
contributions to the garden. 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
Steven Hellon/Office of Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger 
83
Finding Funds and Supplies 
Many school gardens struggle with finding 
funds for garden maintenance. Two ways to bolster 
funding efforts have already been mentioned: actively 
promoting the garden in the community and adding 
a new element each year (it is often easier to find 
funds for new projects than for existing projects). A 
third way to secure funding is to establish an annual 
fundraising event. 
Establishing a consistent fundraising event can 
provide you with a secure source of money each year. 
Look for a garden product that can be created from 
your existing resources and will be valued by your 
community. For example, have children collect and 
package seeds, then sell them at a garden tour. Linking 
garden activities and moneymaking opportunities 
increases the educational value of the fundraiser and 
adds an element of enthusiasm and pride because 
students feel connected to their product. Also, if the 
event is something that can be repeated each year, it 
will gather a strong customer base. 
Fundraisers must be designed to meet the unique 
needs and audiences of each school. What works for one school garden may not 
work for another. There is great value in investigating existing fundraising ideas, but 
spend time accessing your own resources to find a good fit. Your school may try 
several different projects before finding the right one. 
Attracting Help to Sustain the Garden 
The need for a large support team to sustain a garden program cannot be 
overemphasized. A garden is not an individual endeavor. You will need lots of 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
Judy Huffaker 
Tips For Sustaining Garden Efforts 
From John McCombs, Principal, Emerson Elementary School, Riverside, CA 
84 
Because principals come and go, the garden should not become dependent on the administration for sustainability. 
When a school garden becomes too dependent on any one person, whether it is a teacher, a volunteer, or a principal, the garden 
is in jeopardy of failure. The best solution to this is to build community support for the garden. Different community members 
should commit to specific responsibilities in order for the garden organization to be sustainable. 
The garden cannot be an add-on activity not related to the instructional day. All gardening activities must be used to 
provide learning experiences that help students meet state proficiency standards in all curricular areas. 
Consider the integration of the garden into the school’s existing asset base. Teachers will need varied levels of support 
to become involved in the garden. At Emerson Elementary, several staff development sessions were presented about the infusion of 
garden-based activities to support a strong standards-based curriculum.
help when planning, raising funds, 
planting, conducting activities, and 
maintaining the garden. Active 
volunteers are an important 
component of any school garden 
program, and as you work to 
sustain your garden you will 
need to find ways to keep current 
volunteers as well as attract new 
volunteers. Chapter 10, Working 
with Volunteers, covers this topic in 
more detail. 
In addition to volunteer 
support, many schools have 
discovered the benefits of a part-time or full-time paid 
garden coordinator position. A paid coordinator has 
more time to devote to planning and teaching in the 
garden. Often, volunteers are drawn in many different 
directions, but a paid employee is able to focus on 
specific job responsibilities. Along with the paycheck 
comes a stronger obligation and higher expectations. A 
paid coordinator can often provide more continuity and 
commitment than a volunteer. 
A garden coordinator should have both an education 
background and horticulture experience. The coordinator 
helps to alleviate some of the workload associated with 
the garden, such as communication with volunteers, 
planning of fundraising events, and purchasing 
of supplies. However, the hiring of a paid garden 
coordinator does not mean classroom teachers are not 
involved in the garden experience; instead, it allows them 
to focus their energies on the lessons. 
Some garden coordinators are based at one school. 
Others work with multiple schools in a school district. 
Talk to your principal and local administrators to explore 
possibilities and resources. 
Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
85 
TIPS FOR Sustaining Garden 
Efforts 
From Dorothy Peterson, School Garden Coordinator, 
Davis Joint Unified School District 
Create a garden logo. It is a way to identify the garden 
program with granting agencies and solicit funds from the 
local community and service organizations. As an example, 
the logo for Davis is the tagline “Sow It, Grow It, Reap It, 
Eat It, and Recycle Too…Connecting Youth with Their 
Environment,” and complementary graphic. 
Make sure your school gardens have a strong 
marker on the school’s Web site. It should be updated 
each month. The Web provides a way to post lessons, help 
gardening parents communicate, and cut down on paper 
and mailing costs. 
Write a “Garden Corner” piece in the school 
newsletter, printed in English and any other language 
common among the student population. 
Recruit gardening parents at Back-to-School Nights. 
Shortly thereafter, hold two training sessions to explain 
the workings of the garden. Make one right after school 
is dismissed and one in the evening for parents working 
outside the home. 
Send out a letter of request for donations to parents 
during the first quarter of each school year. 
Look for unique funding opportunities within your 
school and community. In Davis, the RISE (Recycling Is 
Simply Elementary) program conducted in eight elementary 
schools saves DJUSD tens of thousands of dollars in solid 
waste bills each year. The saved money is then reinvested in 
school garden projects.
Working with 
Volunteers 
Volunteers contribute a wealth of experience and enthusiasm to a gardening 
program. They also bring abundant skills, fresh ideas, and extra hands 
to help with garden activities. There are a number of best management 
practices to adopt when working with volunteers, but communication is the 
key. If you effectively communicate your needs and expectations, provide 
volunteers with the information needed to complete their assignments, and follow 
up with clear words of appreciation, you will have strong volunteer relationships. 
Establishing Roles for Volunteers 
Before recruiting, define the role you want volunteers to play in your garden 
program. Create a list of specific jobs you need help with and also when these 
activities should take place. Do you want volunteers who can be there on a 
weekly basis or just for special events? Do you want them to help plan and 
prepare garden programs, or do you just want them to help 
with the activities? 
Keep in mind that people volunteer for different reasons, 
and any group of people will have a wide range of talents. 
If you communicate the jobs available for volunteers to 
complete, then they can determine whether your opportunities 
match their interests and skills. The time you spend preparing 
for volunteers and establishing clear responsibilities will help 
you create an effective and efficient volunteer team. 
All volunteers want to feel that they are contributing 
in a meaningful way. Involve them in as much of the 
planning and decision making as possible to create a sense 
of ownership and independence. Although you will certainly 
need help with some “grunt work,” as long as volunteers 
know their efforts are helping the program, they will feel like 
valuable team members. 
Recruiting Volunteers 
Once you know how you are going to use volunteers, 
begin the recruiting process. Look for volunteers who will 
encourage exploration and inquiry-based learning during 
garden activities and who will approach the garden with a 
fun and adventurous attitude. 
Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 
86 
Judy Huffaker
Most schools find their strongest 
volunteers through parent groups. Reach 
out to parents in newsletters, on the 
school Web site, at parent meetings, and 
at open houses. Additionally, search for 
volunteers through local horticulture 
clubs (garden club members, college 
horticulture departments), “green industry” 
businesses (garden centers, landscape 
design firms), senior citizen organizations, 
and service organizations (Cooperative 
Extension Service Master Gardeners, 
Rotary, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, California 
Service Corps, California Garden 
Clubs members, California Women for 
Agriculture representatives, and local 
corporations’ volunteer service programs). 
The garden team members who helped 
plan the garden will often be transformed 
into a core of strong volunteers. Another possibility is to recruit older students to 
provide support for garden activities. Elementary school students love to interact 
with middle school and high school students. A mentoring relationship provides 
an excellent learning experience for the older students, too. 
Some volunteers will be available only for special events. For instance, a Boy 
Scout might develop an Eagle Scout project at your garden. Other volunteers may 
be available to help on a regular basis, for example, a stay-at-home parent with a 
horticulture degree. Garden programs benefit from a diverse set of volunteers. 
As you reach out to potential volunteers, schedule a special meeting to share 
information about the program and the opportunities available. If possible, hold 
this event during the same hours you typically need volunteer help. If people are 
available for the informational meeting at that time, they may well be available to 
volunteer in the future during the same time frame. 
In both written and oral requests, be sure to inform potential volunteers 
of your expectations, including time commitments and tasks. Be as specific as 
possible; give the dates and times their services will be needed. Also check your 
school’s policy on volunteer recruitment procedures. Most schools require 
volunteers to complete a background check with fingerprinting before service 
can begin. Individuals should be informed of this type of requirement during the 
recruitment stage. When people sign up or indicate an interest in volunteering, 
follow up with a phone call or in person to reiterate these expectations and give 
them a chance to ask questions. Not all individuals are a good fit with a school 
garden program, and it is best for both parties to figure this out during the 
recruiting stage rather than in the middle of the program. 
Although mass recruiting is less time consuming, keep in mind that people 
like to be asked in person. It is a first step in making them feel important; it 
conveys respect and builds confidence. Consider making phone calls or sending 
Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 
Debbie Delatour 
“ 
For many children, a garden 
experience offers one of the few 
chances they have to work side by 
side with an adult and engage in 
relaxed, unintentional, rambling, and 
personal conversations. I heard this 
years ago at a conference and then 
I began to take note of it when I 
was in the garden with 
students, and what a revelation it 
was! These types of conversations 
and experiences help build a 
connection between students school – so necessary for our students focused and in the educational setting. 
Martha Deichler, Principal 
Vista Square Elementary ” 
and 
keeping 
successful 
School 
Chula Vista, CA 
87
personal invitations to individuals you have met who would be good volunteers 
or who have been recommended to you by others. 
The recruiting process may sound like a substantial undertaking, and it 
is. However, you will be rewarded by a supportive, dedicated, and informed 
volunteer group who will help sustain your garden efforts. 
Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 
Orientation 
After recruiting volunteers, you need to continue strong communication skills 
through orientation followed by appropriate training. You will begin by orienting 
the volunteers to the program, the students, and the school. Start by once again 
reminding them of your expectations. Next, brief them on school policies. For 
example, let them know where to park, where to sign in, and what the procedures 
are for screening. Introduce volunteers to key school personnel like the principal 
and office secretaries. After this overview, provide the group with a tour of the 
garden and school. They need to know things like the locations of bathrooms, 
how the students will travel to the garden, where tools are stored, etc. In addition 
to an in-person orientation, provide this 
information in writing for later reference. 
Training 
You will also need to provide training 
to properly prepare the volunteers for 
their jobs, whatever they may be. The 
most important thing is to always provide 
clear instructions as to what you want 
them to do and give them a chance to 
ask questions. To be successful, volunteers 
must know what is expected of them. 
Provide background on any specific skills 
or knowledge needed to complete tasks 
by sending copies of your lessons a week 
ahead of time, or links to information on 
Web sites or recommended books. 
In addition to regular training 
and information related to activities 
and programs, it is a special treat for 
volunteers to attend “advanced training.” 
For instance, you can invite a guest 
speaker to introduce a new curriculum 
or teach volunteers about inquiry-based 
learning techniques. Depending on their level of involvement, certain volunteers 
might be invited to attend trainings conducted for educators by school districts 
and other organizations. Training is a powerful tool to motivate your volunteers 
and keep them excited about your program. 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
88
Program Spotlight 
Americorps Volunteers Vital to Program Success 
Bayside Elementary School, Sausalito, CA 
For the past two years, 
array of partners, each serving a particular 
niche within the community. Marin Food 
Systems Project Coordinator Leah Smith 
cites many benefits in working with a 
large number of partners, including the 
fact that “each partner was only asked 
for one specific kind of donation, making 
it much easier to secure donations from 
local organizations.” Another benefit was 
that the collaborations turned into “very 
good advertising for our project and, more 
importantly, for the Bayside Elementary 
School community. By soliciting 
partnerships throughout the community, 
we were able to build on the school’s 
growing reputation and demonstrate 
the innovative range of projects being 
implemented.” 
In addition to community partnerships, 
the volunteers’ leadership was “fundamental 
to the completion of the project,” Leah 
says, noting that the turtle habitat “most 
The garden, with the support of 
volunteers, fostered teamwork, creative 
problem solving, and a sense of 
responsibility for taking care 
of other living things. 
likely would not have been 
completed without their 
initiation and commitment to 
the project. They provided the 
original motivation to begin the 
project, garnered support for the 
project at the school, gathered 
all of the resources, wrote the 
grant, created and taught the 
appropriate curriculum, and 
supervised the assembly of the 
fountain and pond habitat with 
the help of the students.” 
Through each step of the 
process, the volunteers taught 
students important educational 
concepts, including the basics 
of solar energy, recycling, 
Environmental Education Council of Marin 
habitat restoration, and light construction 
skills through hands-on activities. “Solar 
education is a science standard for sixth 
graders, so the project directly addressed 
state curriculum standards. Without the 
solar panel, the sixth grade class at Bayside 
would have learned about passive solar 
elements and design, but would not have 
been able to study the direct harvesting 
of the sun’s rays for the production of 
electricity.” After the habitat was installed, 
it became clear that “although the final, 
completed project will be a monument to 
the garden, the process was certainly just 
as important as the final product – if not 
more so,” Leah says. 
This project illustrates how the garden, 
with the support of volunteers, fostered 
teamwork, creative problem solving, and 
a sense of responsibility for taking care of 
other living things. 
the Marin Food Systems 
Project (a project of the 
Environmental Education 
Council of Marin) has 
partnered with Americorps 
volunteers working at the 
Marin Conservation Corps 
to run a gardening and 
nutrition education program 
at Bayside Elementary 
School in Sausalito. This 
collaborative program takes 
an integrated approach 
to reconnecting students 
with the environment and 
promoting healthy foods 
in schools. Americorps is a 
federally funded program for Americans 
of all ages and backgrounds providing full-and 
part-time opportunities for individuals 
to serve in communities across the country. 
One particularly innovative project 
facilitated by the Americorps volunteers 
was the design and installation of a turtle 
habitat, including a solar-powered water 
fountain connected to a small, bathtub-sized 
pond. The project was inspired by a 
teacher’s desire to free her three box turtles 
from the confines of a small terrarium 
inside her sixth grade classroom. After 
Americorps volunteers, the teacher, and 
the class developed a vision for the project, 
they began planning the turtle habitat. 
The students took part in the initial 
brainstorming and design. The volunteers 
then searched for donations and support 
to make the plan a reality. The project 
evolved into a collaboration among a vast 
Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 89
Communicating with 
Volunteers 
As previously mentioned, clear 
communication with volunteers is essential. 
When communication is poor, volunteers feel 
uninformed, unimportant, and underappreciated. 
Disorganization and lack of communication will 
frustrate them, and they will quit. Here are a few 
communication tips for working with volunteers: 
Keep a good record of volunteers 
with up-to-date contact information. 
It would be unfortunate to accidentally miss 
someone. 
Establish a standard method of 
communication that is delivered 
consistently. This may be a weekly e-mail, 
a monthly newsletter, or a regular Web site 
posting. Choose a method that works well 
for you and your volunteers. By establishing a routine, you remind yourself to 
communicate with your volunteers, and in turn they have a place to go for the 
latest information. 
Create a written schedule of events that is accessible to all 
volunteers. It can be mailed out or posted on a Web site. Make sure you have 
an effective way to notify volunteers if any changes are made (via either e-mail or 
a phone tree). 
Hold a regular volunteer meeting either monthly or quarterly. 
Personal contact allows for more interactive discussions, and it is very important for 
volunteers to have a chance to provide you with feedback and suggestions for the 
program. This is also a great time for you to show your appreciation for their work. 
Provide members of the group with comments about their job 
performance. Although a formal evaluation may not be possible, volunteers 
need constructive feedback so they can learn and grow during this experience. 
With your busy schedule, it may seem overwhelming to find time for 
this level of communication. If you feel that you cannot maintain strong 
communication, seek out a volunteer willing to assume this role. Communication 
is not a task that can be neglected even briefly without negative consequences. It 
is the key to a successful volunteer experience (for the volunteers and for you)! 
Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 
Retaining Volunteers 
All the suggestions mentioned thus far will contribute to the satisfaction of 
your volunteers and help you retain them. In a school setting, you will naturally 
lose volunteers as students graduate and families move, but by adopting good 
techniques, you can decrease the number of people who quit because of a 
negative volunteer experience. 
If you are concerned about volunteer retention, take time to find out why 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
90
Program Spotlight 
Working with College Students 
Life Lab Garden Classroom Program, Santa Cruz, CA 
Successful garden programs 
Internship programs 
allow for more 
specialized involvement. 
Most colleges have 
some sort of internship program associated 
with their career center or academic 
departments; student interns participate in 
directed work experiences in their field in 
exchange for course credit. Interns arrive 
with a bit more background knowledge 
and usually are willing to take on 
independent projects with guidance from 
you. Examples of intern projects completed 
in the Life Lab gardens include construction 
of a wheelchair bed, creation of worm bins 
with interpretive signs, and creation and 
teaching of specific lessons in the garden. 
College students often participate in 
volunteer and internship positions without 
Left: John Fisher/Life Lab; inset: Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ ” 
Life Lab was a great opportunity 
for me to close my books for 
a while, leave the library, and 
spend interactive time with kids 
outside! Life Lab helped 
balance my time at UCSC. 
Vanessa Shaw 
UCSC Community Studies, 2006 
financial compensation; however, 
if you have a little bit of money 
available to you, consider work-study 
programs. Work-study is a federally 
subsidized work program for college 
students eligible for financial aid. 
The employing agency pays half the 
salary and the college’s financial 
aid office pays the other half. John 
Fisher recommends using work-study 
positions to help with tasks that may or may 
not enhance the student’s career aspirations 
but are still needed for your garden, such as 
regular maintenance. 
John explains that “recruiting interns 
and work-study students is usually as simple 
as creating an internship/job description 
and sending it to the appropriate office,” 
but cautions that “both interns and 
work-study positions require a substantial 
amount of supervision and guidance.” He 
suggests using these resources only if your 
garden has the staffing to do so. Even 
though collaborating with higher education 
institutions comes with additional 
administrative duties, this arrangement 
can be a win-win situation for the college 
students and the garden program. 
rely on volunteer support, but 
finding good volunteers is 
not always easy. Life Lab Garden 
Classroom Program Director John 
Fisher recommends exploring 
your local college or university for 
potential garden help. 
College students, in order to 
diversify their resumes and gain real-life 
experience, often balance their 
academic studies with participation 
in meaningful projects accessed 
through volunteer 
experiences, 
internships, 
and work-study 
positions. If you 
find students 
with an interest 
in gardening 
and youth, 
you can offer 
them wonderful 
learning opportunities and at the same time 
benefit from their support for your program. 
Some classes and organizations (for 
example, service-learning courses, clubs, 
sororities, and fraternities) include a service-learning 
element in which students must 
participate in a certain amount of volunteer 
work to meet requirements. These students 
may not be able to dedicate a lot of time 
to the garden, but are a good target for 
helping with specific activity days when 
teachers need more hands and eyes to 
help manage students. They may also 
be available to help with fundraising and 
installation of large projects. 
Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 91
people sign up. Volunteers often pitch in because they care about the 
project and its participants. Some may have children in the program 
with whom they want to spend more quality time; others may want 
to be more involved in their communities, meet new people, or 
make a difference. To keep volunteers interested and motivated, it is 
important for you to understand and meet their needs as much as 
possible while still meeting yours. For instance, if someone volunteers 
because she wants to spend time with her child, but you never 
assign her to work with her child’s class, she will not stick with it for 
long. Or, if someone volunteers in order to meet new people, and 
you always ask him to assist with individual preparation, he will get 
discouraged and quit. 
Also remember that volunteers should support, not replace, 
educators. Although you may find volunteers who are willing to 
take on significant planning and educational delivery responsibilities, 
most volunteers will feel overwhelmed if left on their own to teach 
a full lesson, or will feel they lack proper guidance. Classroom 
teachers should be present during all garden activities. 
As discussed earlier, not all individuals have the personalities 
and skills to be strong garden volunteers, so if you find your needs 
and their needs do not match, you may suggest other volunteer 
opportunities that would be better suited for them. 
Volunteer Appreciation 
Volunteers need to feel appreciated. To be sure, contributing to 
the community is personally satisfying. Also, working with students 
and watching their curiosity and excitement bloom is motivational 
and inspiring. But in addition to these rewards, you should implement 
both informal and formal methods of thanking your volunteers. 
Informal ways to thank your volunteers include simple thank 
yous and smiles when they come to help or a quick e-mail after activities. More 
formal thanks include handwritten notes (from you and the students), small 
gifts from the garden (like pressed-flower bookmarks or herbal sachets), and 
recognition of volunteers in newsletter and newspaper articles. If possible, hold a 
special event each year focusing on volunteer appreciation, such as a ceremony 
in the garden or a luncheon. This event can be specifically hosted for garden 
volunteers, or you can work with other teachers to recognize volunteers in 
several programs. 
Involve your students as much as possible in appreciation efforts. This 
helps them learn the importance of being grateful and showing respect for 
those who help them. It is an important life lesson that is often overlooked in 
our fast-paced society. 
Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
92
Gardens for Learning: Resources 
• What’s Growin’ On? Highlights the many 
careers and agricultural products available 
in California. Activities, trivia, readings, and 
graphics provide a connection for every 
learner. Many activities are aligned to the 
Content Standards for California Public 
Schools. 
California School Garden Network 
www.csgn.org 
Click on “Curriculum” for lesson plans 
from many resources. 
Garden Mosaics 
www.gardenmosaics.cornell.edu 
Connects youth and elders to investigate 
the mosaic of plants, people, and cultures 
in gardens. 
Harvest of the Month 
www.harvestofthemonth.com 
Tools and resources to give students 
hands-on opportunities to explore, taste, 
and learn about the importance of eating 
fruits and vegetables. 
School Garden Wizard 
www.schoolgardenwizard.org 
An online guide for creating and support-ing 
school gardens developed for America’s 
K-12 school community through a partner-ship 
between the U.S. Botanic Garden and 
Chicago Botanic Garden. 
Print publications 
Children’s Gardens: A Field Guide for 
Teachers, Parents, and Volunteers. 
Elizabeth Bremner and John Pusey. 
1999. UCCE, Common Ground Garden 
Program, Oakland, CA. Includes concepts 
and techniques important to successful 
gardening, activities that encourage 
creativity, and experiments that develop 
skills in scientific observation. 
Digging Deeper. Joseph Kiefer and Martin 
Kemple. 1998. Food Works and Common 
Roots Press, Montpelier, VT. A how-to 
guide for teachers, parents, and community 
workers who want to create children’s 
gardens linked to a community’s heritage. 
Discovering the Naturalist Intelligence: 
Science in the School Yard. Jenna Glock, 
Susan Wertz, and Maggie Meyer. 1999. 
Zephyr Press, Chicago. This teacher 
resource defines “naturalist intelligence,” 
and offers 30 outdoor lessons that meet 
national science standards, use multiple 
intelligence techniques, and strengthen 
students’ use of the naturalist intelligence. 
Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Photo Cards. 
A set of 142 beautiful color photographs 
suitable for framing. The front of each 
laminated 81/2”x 91/2” card displays a fruit 
or vegetable with its name in English and 
Resources 
California School 
Garden Network 
www.csgn.org – A comprehensive 
reference for online publications, training 
opportunities, and fundraising ideas. 
Online publications 
California Department of Education 
www.cde.ca.gov 
A Child’s Garden of Standards: Linking 
School Gardens to California Education 
Standards. This garden-based guide uses 
existing curricula in grades 2-6 and features 
effective learning strategies. Activities 
are linked to specific academic content 
standards at each grade level in science, 
history-social science, mathematics, and 
English-language arts. Download free at: 
www.cde.ca.gov/re/pn/fd/ or purchase a 
printed copy at: www.cde.ca.gov/re/pn/rc/ 
ap/pubcat.aspx. 
California Foundation for 
Agriculture in the Classroom 
www.cfaitc.org 
• Fruits and Vegetables for Health. This 
comprehensive unit teaches students about 
the production, distribution, and nutritional 
value of California’s fresh produce. 
Incorporates geography, language 
arts, mathematics, science, health, and 
nutrition concepts. Aligned to the Content 
Standards for California Public Schools. 
Downloadable pdf. 
• Farming is Food, Fiber, Flowers and 
Fun! Jan Sherbo. 2000. The Agricultural 
Network. This resource guide walks readers 
through the planning and implementation 
process of establishing or enhancing a 
garden project. Downloadable pdf. 
• Imagine This… Story Writing Contest. An 
award-winning contest for students that 
creates a positive learning experience, pro-motes 
reading and writing, and furthers 
students’ understanding of agriculture in 
our lives. 
• Teacher Resource Guide. A compilation 
of resources linking gardens and school 
curricula to agriculture. 
Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 
93
South Burlington, VT. Stories of 
actual classroom, schoolwide, 
and community plant- and 
garden-related business projects 
that engage students and meet 
curriculum goals. 
Grow Lab®: Activities for Growing 
Minds. Eve Pranis and Joy Cohen. 
1997. National Gardening 
Association, South Burlington, 
VT. This complete curriculum 
uses fun, illustrated activities to 
explore plant life cycles, examine 
plant diversity, and investigate 
the interdependence of plants 
and humans. 
Healthy Foods from Healthy 
Soils: A Hands-On Resource for 
Teachers. Elizabeth Patten and 
Kathy Lyons. 2003. Tilbury House 
Publishers, Gardiner, ME. Learn 
where food comes from, how 
our bodies use food, and what happens 
to food waste. Includes a guide for 
integrating activities into the classroom. 
How to Teach Nutrition to Kids. 3rd. Ed. 
Connie Liakos Evers. 2006. 24 Carrot 
Press, Portland, OR. Promotes positive 
attitudes about food, fitness, and body 
image. Features hundreds of fun, hands-on 
nutrition education activities aimed at 
children ages 6-12. 
Investigations in Horticulture: A Middle 
School Horticulture Curriculum. Fifteen 
student-centered activities stressing higher-order 
thinking strategies that challenge 
students to be inquisitive, to observe and 
experiment, and to work individually and 
together to solve problems. Available from 
the California Association of Nurseries 
and Garden Centers: www.cangc.org/ 
educationAndCareer/curriculum.asp 
Junior Master Gardener (JMG) Program 
Books. 1999. Texas Cooperative Extension, 
College Station, TX. This national children’s 
gardening program enables youngsters in 
school or youth groups to become certified 
Junior Master Gardeners. Includes: JMG 
Handbook: Level 1 (Gr. 3-5), JMG Teacher/ 
Leader Guide: Level 1, JMG Level 2, Health 
and Nutrition from the Garden, Wildlife 
Gardener, and Literature in the Garden. 
Kids Cook Farm-Fresh Food Activity Guide. 
An activity guide that links academic 
content standards to the real world through 
gardens, nutrition, cooking, recycling, and 
the environment. Activities engage teachers 
and students in grades 2-7 in exploring 
fresh, seasonal, locally grown produce 
through direct experience. Available from 
the California Department of Education: 
www.cde.ca.gov/re/pn/rc/ ap/pubcat.aspx. 
Life Lab Science Curriculum. Life Lab 
Science Program, Santa Cruz, CA. This 
sequential K-5 program integrates earth 
science, life science, and physical science 
concepts within the context of a Living 
Laboratory school garden. Features 
inquiry-based lessons, blackline masters 
in Spanish and English, and a CA State 
Science Standards matrix. 
Math in the Garden. Jennifer M. White, 
Katharine Barret, and Jaine Kopp. 2006. 
National Gardening Association, South 
Burlington, VT. An engaging curriculum 
that uses a mathematical lens to take 
children on an education-filled exploration 
of the garden. Dozens of hands-on 
activities hone math skills and promote 
inquiry, language arts, and nutrition. 
Nutrition to Grow On. An innovative 
curriculum for grades 4-6 that offers 
teachers a direct link between the garden 
and nutrition education. Nine lessons use 
garden activities and integrate science, 
mathematics, language arts, history, 
environmental studies, nutrition, and 
Spanish. The reverse has an analysis of 
nutrients, suggested serving size, and other 
useful information. Available from the 
California Department of Education: www. 
cde.ca.gov/re/pn/rc/ap/pubcat.aspx. 
Fruits & Vegetables Galore: Helping Kids 
Eat More. Packed with tips on planning, 
purchasing, protecting, preparing, 
presenting, and promoting fruits and 
vegetables. A great tool for school 
food-service professionals who want to 
rejuvenate their cafeterias with colorful 
fruits and vegetables. Available from: www. 
fns.usda.gov/tn/ Resources/fv_galore.html 
GET IT! Global Education To Improve 
Tomorrow. A standards-based curriculum 
that teaches students about their roles as 
consumers and the effects their choices 
have in the global marketplace. The unit 
emphasizes reading comprehension, 
writing for a particular audience, high-level 
thinking, and research strategies. Available 
from: www.heifered.org/getit 
Getting Started: A Guide for Creating 
School Gardens as Outdoor Classrooms. 
1997. Life Lab Science Program, Santa Cruz, 
CA. A concise guide that asks and answers 
most questions you need to consider for 
creating an outdoor classroom garden. 
Growing Ventures: Starting a School Garden 
Business. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 
2003. National Gardening Association, 
John Fisher/Life Lab 
Debbie Delatour 
94 Gardens for Learning: Resources
Steps to a Bountiful Kids’ Garden. Amy 
Gifford. 2001. National Gardening 
Association, South Burlington, VT. A 
how-to guide containing all you need to 
know to launch and sustain a school or 
community kids’ gardening program. 
Success with School Gardens. Linda Guy, 
Cathy Cromwell, and Lucy K. Bradley. 
1996. Arizona Master Gardeners, Inc., 
Phoenix, AZ. Helps teachers, administrators, 
and parents start school gardens and 
is especially useful for desert settings. 
Includes planting guides and funding, seed, 
and supply sources. 
Sunset Western Garden Book. Kathleen 
Norris Brenzel (Ed). 2001. Sunset Publish-ing, 
Menlo Park, CA. A great resource 
featuring thousands of plant descriptions 
and numerous gardening tips. 
10 Terrific Vegetables and Everything You 
Need to Grow Them. Barbara Richardson, 
Amy Gifford, Charlie Nardozzi, and 
Eve Pranis. 2002. National Gardening 
Assoc-iation, South Burlington, VT. Basic 
gardening information and lively historical 
and cultural connections to deepen kids’ 
appreciation of 10 crops. 
The Growing Classroom. Roberta Jaffe 
and Gary Appel. 1990. Addison-Wesley 
Publishing Company, Menlo Park, CA. The 
Life Lab Science Program’s award-winning 
resource book containing step-by-step 
instructions for setting up a garden-based 
science program and dozens of outdoor 
classroom activities. 
Fundraising 
California School Garden 
Network 
www.csgn.org 
Click on “Grants and Fundraising” 
for school garden funding opportu-nities 
for California educators. 
National Gardening Association 
www.kidsgardening.com/grants 
NGA works with sponsoring 
companies and organizations to 
provide funding and in-kind grants 
to projects that actively engage 
kids in the garden and improve the 
quality of life for their communities. 
Supplies 
KidMAX for California’s Schools 
www.ciwmb.ca.gov/CalMAX/Kidmax.htm 
Free used materials for California schools. 
National Gardening Association 
www.kidsgardeningstore.com 
The most complete store for kids’ garden-ing 
supplies. 
RAFT, Resource Area for Teaching 
www.raft.net 
A low-cost resource for tools and 
materials (computers, office supplies, and 
manufacturing by-products donated by local 
businesses) to help teachers promote hands-on 
learning in science, math, technology, 
and art. 
Training opportunities 
California School Garden Network 
www.csgn.org 
Click on “Training” for a list of training 
centers across California or browse the 
calendar for upcoming training events. 
Life Lab Science Program 
www.lifelab.org 
Offers workshops for educators in garden-based 
science and nutrition, at schools and 
at the Life Lab garden. 
The Watershed Project 
www.thewatershedproject.org 
A listing of services, workshops, and grant 
programs for Bay Area school gardeners. 
health, while reinforcing some California 
academic content standards. Available from 
the California Department of Education: 
www.cde.ca.gov/ re/pn/rc/ap/pubcat.aspx. 
Planting Seeds, Growing Minds: A 
Horticultural K-6 Curriculum. Kathryn 
Donald. 1991. Teaches students about 
plants through observation, data gathering, 
and categorizing and sequencing. Students 
also acquire reasoning skills, learn to 
synthesize information, and examine the 
impact of their new knowledge. Available 
from the California Association of Nurseries 
and Garden Centers: www.cangc.org/ 
educationAndCareer/curriculum.asp 
Resources for Learning. 2nd ed, 2003. 
Project Food, Land, and People, Chandler, 
AZ. A pre-K-12 science- and social 
sciences-based curriculum consisting of 55 
hands-on activities. Subjects range from 
environmental science and stewardship to 
human populations and land-use issues. 
Schoolyard Mosaics: Designing Gardens 
and Habitats. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 
2002. National Gardening Association, 
South Burlington, VT. How to involve 
students, build community support, 
and integrate your garden project with 
curriculum and learning goals. 
Sowing the Seeds of Success: How to Start 
and Sustain a Kids’ Gardening Project in 
Your Community. Marcia Eames-Sheavly. 
1999. National Gardening Association, 
South Burlington, VT. Describes how to 
initiate a gardening project that involves 
kids and the community, and how to 
ensure long-term program success. 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
University of California Department of Agriculture & Natural Resources 
Gardens for Learning: Resources 95
California Garden Clubs, Inc. 
www.CaliforniaGardenClubs.org 
Links to grants and opportunities 
for gardening with youth. 
California Healthy Kids 
Resource Center 
www.californiahealthykids.org 
Comprehensive health 
education materials for teachers, 
administrators, university faculty, 
LEA staff, and other professionals 
who work with pre-K-12 students 
in school settings and after-school 
programs. 
California Master Gardeners 
www.mastergardeners.org 
Volunteers trained by the Univer-sity 
of California Cooperative Extension. 
Includes links to Extension offices and 
gardening tips. 
California School Garden Network 
www.csgn.org 
Links to curriculum, grants and fundraising, 
events, research, regional contacts, and 
training opportunities. 
California School Waste Reduction 
www.ciwmb.ca.gov/Schools/ 
WasteReduce/default.htm 
Great information on how to set up or 
improve a school or district-wide waste 
reduction program. Includes stories of 
successful programs and partnerships that save 
money and benefit the environment, links to 
downloadable resource guides, and more. 
Dairy Council of California 
www.dairycouncilofca.org 
Many free and ready-to-use nutrition 
education programs for California teachers 
that meet state content standards. 
Get Growing from the Ground Up! 
www.fns.usda.gov/tn/ Educators/ 
Garden/index.html 
An online resource from the USDA’s Food 
and Nutrition Service on how to start a 
Team Nutrition garden. 
Junior Master Gardener Program 
www.jmgkids.us 
An international youth gardening program 
of the University Cooperative Extension 
network. 
Life Lab Science Program 
www.lifelab.org 
Promotes science- and garden-based learning 
through publications, training, and programs. 
MyPyramid.gov 
www.mypyramid.gov/kids/index.html 
Nutrition education tools targeted to 
children ages 6-11, including an interactive 
Web game and classroom materials to 
help children learn the MyPyramid food 
guidance system. 
National Farm to School Program 
www.farmtoschool.org/ca 
Learn about California programs that 
connect schools with local farms to enable 
schools to serve healthy meals in cafeterias, 
improve student nutrition, provide health 
and nutrition education opportunities, and 
support local farmers. 
National Gardening Association 
www.kidsgardening.com 
www.garden.org 
Features Kids Garden e-News (thematic 
articles and activities, information on grants 
and conferences, and links to educational 
resources), plant-based lesson plans, 
classroom gardening stories, a School Garden 
Registry, horticultural libraries, and more. 
Organic Gardening 
www.organicgardening.com 
Gardening tips and recommendations for 
organic gardeners nationwide. 
Web sites 
California Foundation for 
Agriculture in the Classroom 
www.cfaitc.org 
Educational resources using agricultural 
examples for K-12 teachers and students. 
Includes curriculum, lesson plans, a 
calendar of events, games, and more. 
California Association of Nurseries 
and Garden Centers 
www.cangc.org 
Click on “Education and Career” for 
information and materials for teachers, 
association members, and students in the 
horticulture industry. 
California Children’s 5 a Day—Power 
Play! Campaign 
www.ca5aday.com/powerplay 
A statewide campaign led by the 
Department of Health Services to motivate 
and empower low-income 9- to 11-year-olds 
to eat the recommended amount of 
fruits and vegetables, and get 60 minutes 
of physical activity every day. 
California Department of Food and 
Agriculture Fairs and Expositions 
www.cdfa.ca.gov/fe • cafairs.com 
Information on submitting garden artwork, 
products, or other entries at your county fair. 
California Department of Education 
www.cde.ca.gov 
A rich assortment of resources for educators 
gardening with their classrooms. 
Western Growers Charitable Foundation 
Western Growers Charitable Foundation 
96 Gardens for Learning: Resources
Gardens for Learning is a comprehensive guidebook that provides a strong foundation to support the growing 
school garden movement. It was developed by a team of experienced garden educators, nutritionists, state officials, 
and other garden experts. This guidebook is a must-have resource for anyone looking to enhance learning 
through the use of gardens in schools and other community settings. ­­­“ 
Gardens for Learning gets you 
started. This comprehensive guide 
brings together accumulated 
expertise to help you plan, 
develop, and make your garden an 
integral part of your school plan.” 
– Roberta Jaffe, Founder, Life Lab Science 
Program and author of The Growing Classroom 
“A garden in full view can become 
the heart of the school campus, a 
place of wonder, learning, trans-formation, 
and a place to observe 
the seasons and cycles of life.” 
– Marty Fujita, Food for Thought, Ojai Unified 
School District 
“Gardens can bring many miracles 
to children and schools. Planting 
those seeds helps ensure an 
abundance of growth in the 
future, and Gardens for Learning 
shows the way. California 
educators will be amazed at the 
bountiful crop of knowledge they 
can grow by using this amazing 
resource.” 
– Susan B. Foerster, MPH, RD, Chief Cancer 
Prevention and Nutrition Section, California 
Department of Health Services 
“What a wonderful goal it is to 
have a garden in every school ... 
for as we know there is a school 
in every garden.” 
– Secretary A.G. Kawamura, California 
Department of Food and Agriculture 
“This teacher-friendly resource 
provides practical strategies 
to develop exciting learning 
laboratories at any school. 
Research shows that school 
gardens have the potential to 
improve academic performance, 
increase ecological literacy and, 
when vegetables are planted, 
influence students’ dietary habits. 
Gardens for Learning can assist 
educators in creating competent 
and capable students while 
addressing health education goals 
of the school wellness plan.” 
– Dan Desmond, UCCE Advisor Emeritus, Food 
& Society Policy Fellow 
Judy Huffaker 
Western Growers Charitable Foundation 
17620 Fitch Street, Irvine, CA 92614 • www.csgn.org 
The California School Garden Network is a 501c(3) organization 
whose members represent a variety of state agencies, private companies, educational institutions, and nonprofit organiza-tions, 
all dedicated to the mission of creating and sustaining gardens in every willing school in California. The Network 
serves as a central organization to distribute school garden resources and support throughout the 
state. For more information about the Network and its resources for educators, visit www.csgn.org. 
Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 
17620 Fitch Street, Irvine, CA 92614 • www.csgn.org 
The California School Garden Network – a program of Western Growers 
Foundation and a 501c(3) — is an organization whose members represent 
a variety of state agencies, private companies, educational institutions, and 
nonprofit organizations, all dedicated to the mission of creating and sustaining gardens in every 
willing school in California. The Network serves as a central organization to distribute school 
garden resources and support throughout the state. For more information about the Network and its 
resources for educators, visit www.csgn.org.

More Related Content

PDF
Farm and Garden Education Case Studies: Feeding the Next Generation
PDF
Toolkit for School Gardens, Childcare Gardens & Community Gardens
PDF
Growing School Gardens in the Desert
PDF
Excellent Conference Summary from a Participant
PDF
Virginia Farm-to-School Week: Growing from the Grassroots
PDF
Denver School Garden Coalition Operating Manual, 2012
PDF
Living Lightly Fair program 2016
PDF
Cultivating Healthy Communities through School Gardens
Farm and Garden Education Case Studies: Feeding the Next Generation
Toolkit for School Gardens, Childcare Gardens & Community Gardens
Growing School Gardens in the Desert
Excellent Conference Summary from a Participant
Virginia Farm-to-School Week: Growing from the Grassroots
Denver School Garden Coalition Operating Manual, 2012
Living Lightly Fair program 2016
Cultivating Healthy Communities through School Gardens

What's hot (19)

PDF
Seed Saving and Seed Study for Educators: A Handful of Seeds
DOC
Sheep Camp Proposal
PDF
Procuring food for the school meals programs
PDF
Community & School Gardening Resources
PDF
Link Final
PDF
CHS Company Articles
PPT
Aachen Arlington Dialog 2011
PDF
Seed-Saving and Seed Study for Educators
PDF
Randolph Bynum
DOC
Ymca paper
PDF
2014 Annual Report
PDF
Recipes for Sustainability
PPT
A Presentation on "Building Safer Communities in Bihar with focus on Child Pr...
PDF
Breakfast Clubs of Canada Presentation
PDF
Spring 2013 School Gardening News ~ Massachusetts
PDF
2015 Annual Report
PDF
Autumn 2011 School Gardening News ~ Massachusetts
PDF
Resources for Edible School Gardens
PDF
Autumn 2010 School Gardening News ~ Massachusetts
Seed Saving and Seed Study for Educators: A Handful of Seeds
Sheep Camp Proposal
Procuring food for the school meals programs
Community & School Gardening Resources
Link Final
CHS Company Articles
Aachen Arlington Dialog 2011
Seed-Saving and Seed Study for Educators
Randolph Bynum
Ymca paper
2014 Annual Report
Recipes for Sustainability
A Presentation on "Building Safer Communities in Bihar with focus on Child Pr...
Breakfast Clubs of Canada Presentation
Spring 2013 School Gardening News ~ Massachusetts
2015 Annual Report
Autumn 2011 School Gardening News ~ Massachusetts
Resources for Edible School Gardens
Autumn 2010 School Gardening News ~ Massachusetts
Ad

Viewers also liked (9)

PPTX
Is projet carrieres
PPTX
Shishang100 promo for slideshare
PPTX
Die Suche nach dem dezentralisierten Lernen
PDF
Michigan Oracle User Summit Keynote
PPT
Planta
PDF
The Pow -Dragon's Den presentation
PDF
La pizarra digital interactiva (pdi)
PPTX
PDF
Hadoop Hands-On by @techmilind
 
Is projet carrieres
Shishang100 promo for slideshare
Die Suche nach dem dezentralisierten Lernen
Michigan Oracle User Summit Keynote
Planta
The Pow -Dragon's Den presentation
La pizarra digital interactiva (pdi)
Hadoop Hands-On by @techmilind
 
Ad

Similar to Gardens for Learning: Creating and Sustaining Your School Garden (20)

PDF
Gardens for Learning: Creating and Sustaining
PDF
Seed Saving and Seed Study for Educators: A Handful of Seeds
PDF
Gardens for Learning: Creating and Sustaining Your School Garden
PDF
Native Communities Fact Sheet (2)
PDF
Growing School Gardens in the Desert
PDF
Growing School Gardens: A How-to Guide for Beginning Desert School Gardens in...
PPT
Schools #3 Greening Your Schools - Hands to Earth
PPTX
Community Garden
DOC
School - Community Garden Resources
DOC
School - Community Garden Resources
PDF
What’s Right for Young Children: Childcare Gardens
PPTX
UEDA 2015 Annual Summit - 9/28 - Afternoon Keynote Addresses
PDF
Evaluation for Transformation-A Cross-Sectoral Evaluation Framework for Farm ...
PDF
A Gardening Angels How-To Manual: Easy Steps to Building A Sustainable School...
PPTX
2.17.10 Garden Presentation
PDF
School Kitchen Gardens: Cultivating a Child’s Nutritional Habits
PPT
How Libraries Can Connect Children & Adults to Nature
PPTX
A Cross-Programmatic Response to Food Insecurity Issues
PPT
The potential for greening school grounds as part
Gardens for Learning: Creating and Sustaining
Seed Saving and Seed Study for Educators: A Handful of Seeds
Gardens for Learning: Creating and Sustaining Your School Garden
Native Communities Fact Sheet (2)
Growing School Gardens in the Desert
Growing School Gardens: A How-to Guide for Beginning Desert School Gardens in...
Schools #3 Greening Your Schools - Hands to Earth
Community Garden
School - Community Garden Resources
School - Community Garden Resources
What’s Right for Young Children: Childcare Gardens
UEDA 2015 Annual Summit - 9/28 - Afternoon Keynote Addresses
Evaluation for Transformation-A Cross-Sectoral Evaluation Framework for Farm ...
A Gardening Angels How-To Manual: Easy Steps to Building A Sustainable School...
2.17.10 Garden Presentation
School Kitchen Gardens: Cultivating a Child’s Nutritional Habits
How Libraries Can Connect Children & Adults to Nature
A Cross-Programmatic Response to Food Insecurity Issues
The potential for greening school grounds as part

More from School Vegetable Gardening - Victory Gardens (20)

PDF
Behind Enemy Lines - Marthe Cohn - One Woman against Nazi Germany
PDF
Classical Art School Gardening Posters
PDF
One Teacher Saves her School & her Students
PDF
Coconut Oil helps Heal Children's ADHD - ADD Disease, Autism & Alzheimer Disease
PDF
One Teacher Makes Students into Champions
PDF
Good Books help Students Excel in Life & School
PDF
Greening & Restoring the Sahara Desert with the Groasis Waterboxx
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Lets Trees Grow Up in Unfriendly Places
PDF
Explanation of the Groasis Technology for Growing Food in Desert Regions
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx & the Agua, Vida Naturaleza Project for Growing Food in Des...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook on Planting Instructions for Trees & Crops in Dese...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Manual for Growing Vegetables in Arid Lands
PDF
Water Saving Measures of Using the Groasis Waterboxx in Organic Gardening in ...
PDF
Making a Week’s Worth of Rain Last the Whole Year
PDF
Using the Groasis Waterboxx to Plant New Trees in Desert Regions
PDF
Greening the World - Desert Restoration, Reduce CO2, Feed the People & Create...
PDF
Groasis Technology Compared to Drip Irrigation
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx - Palm Springs Students Test New Planter Designed to Fight ...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook for Planting Methods & Sample of Crop Test Results...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Technology Offers Possible Cure for the Deserts
Behind Enemy Lines - Marthe Cohn - One Woman against Nazi Germany
Classical Art School Gardening Posters
One Teacher Saves her School & her Students
Coconut Oil helps Heal Children's ADHD - ADD Disease, Autism & Alzheimer Disease
One Teacher Makes Students into Champions
Good Books help Students Excel in Life & School
Greening & Restoring the Sahara Desert with the Groasis Waterboxx
Groasis Waterboxx Lets Trees Grow Up in Unfriendly Places
Explanation of the Groasis Technology for Growing Food in Desert Regions
Groasis Waterboxx & the Agua, Vida Naturaleza Project for Growing Food in Des...
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook on Planting Instructions for Trees & Crops in Dese...
Groasis Waterboxx Manual for Growing Vegetables in Arid Lands
Water Saving Measures of Using the Groasis Waterboxx in Organic Gardening in ...
Making a Week’s Worth of Rain Last the Whole Year
Using the Groasis Waterboxx to Plant New Trees in Desert Regions
Greening the World - Desert Restoration, Reduce CO2, Feed the People & Create...
Groasis Technology Compared to Drip Irrigation
Groasis Waterboxx - Palm Springs Students Test New Planter Designed to Fight ...
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook for Planting Methods & Sample of Crop Test Results...
Groasis Waterboxx Technology Offers Possible Cure for the Deserts

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
FORM 1 BIOLOGY MIND MAPS and their schemes
PPTX
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
PDF
OBE - B.A.(HON'S) IN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE -Ar.MOHIUDDIN.pdf
PDF
AI-driven educational solutions for real-life interventions in the Philippine...
PDF
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
PDF
FOISHS ANNUAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2025.pdf
PDF
Paper A Mock Exam 9_ Attempt review.pdf.
PDF
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
PDF
1_English_Language_Set_2.pdf probationary
PPTX
B.Sc. DS Unit 2 Software Engineering.pptx
PDF
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 1)
PDF
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
PDF
MBA _Common_ 2nd year Syllabus _2021-22_.pdf
PDF
Weekly quiz Compilation Jan -July 25.pdf
PPTX
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
PPTX
20th Century Theater, Methods, History.pptx
PPTX
Chinmaya Tiranga Azadi Quiz (Class 7-8 )
PPTX
Share_Module_2_Power_conflict_and_negotiation.pptx
PDF
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
PDF
1.3 FINAL REVISED K-10 PE and Health CG 2023 Grades 4-10 (1).pdf
FORM 1 BIOLOGY MIND MAPS and their schemes
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
OBE - B.A.(HON'S) IN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE -Ar.MOHIUDDIN.pdf
AI-driven educational solutions for real-life interventions in the Philippine...
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
FOISHS ANNUAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2025.pdf
Paper A Mock Exam 9_ Attempt review.pdf.
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
1_English_Language_Set_2.pdf probationary
B.Sc. DS Unit 2 Software Engineering.pptx
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 1)
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
MBA _Common_ 2nd year Syllabus _2021-22_.pdf
Weekly quiz Compilation Jan -July 25.pdf
A powerpoint presentation on the Revised K-10 Science Shaping Paper
20th Century Theater, Methods, History.pptx
Chinmaya Tiranga Azadi Quiz (Class 7-8 )
Share_Module_2_Power_conflict_and_negotiation.pptx
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
1.3 FINAL REVISED K-10 PE and Health CG 2023 Grades 4-10 (1).pdf

Gardens for Learning: Creating and Sustaining Your School Garden

  • 1. Gardens for Learning Creating and Sustaining Your School Garden
  • 2. Gardens for Learning Creating and Sustaining Your School Garden
  • 3. Western Growers Foundation, California School Garden Network The California School Garden Network – a program of Western Growers Foundation and a 501c(3) — is an organiza-tion whose members represent a variety of state agencies, private companies, educational institutions, and nonprofit organizations, all dedicated to the mission of creating and sustaining gardens in every willing school in California. The Network serves as a central organization to distribute school garden resources and support throughout the state. For more information about the Network and its resources for educators, visit www.csgn.org. Western Growers Foundation California School Garden Network Advisory Committee John Fisher, Garden Classroom Program Director, Life Lab Science Program/UCSC Center for Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems Paula Olson, Western Growers Hope Wilson, MPH, RD, Network for A Healthy California California School Garden Network Book Committee Tim Alderson, Valerie Brown, Judy Culbertson, John Fisher, Sharlene Garcia, Dena Gibbons, Jonnalee Henderson, Mary Landau, Sara Miller, Paula Olson, Deborah Tamannaie, Hope Wilson. Funding This material was developed with partial funding support from the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Food Stamp Program. USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer, helping limited-income Californians buy more nutritious foods for a healthier diet. For more information about Food Stamps, please call 1-877-847-3663. Partial funding for this publication has come from the California Department of Food and Agriculture Division of Fairs and Expositions to promote agricultural education in California. This book incorporates text and ideas from the following National Gardening Association publications: 10 Terrific Vegetables and Everything You Need to Grow Them. Barbara Richardson, Amy Gifford, Charlie Nardozzi, and Eve Pranis. 2002; Grow Lab®: A Complete Guide to Gardening in the Classroom. Eve Pranis and Jack Hale. 1988; Growing Ventures: Starting a School Garden Business. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 2003; Schoolyard Mosaics: Designing Gardens and Habitats. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 2002; Sowing the Seeds of Success: How to Start and Sustain a Kids’ Gardening Project in Your Community. Marcia Eames-Sheavly. 1999; Steps to a Bountiful Kids’ Garden. Amy Gifford. 2001. National Gardening Association, 1100 Dorset Street, South Burlington, VT 05403; (802) 863-5251; www.garden.org. Editor: Sarah Pounders, National Gardening Association Copyeditor/Proofreader: Victoria Beliveau Design: Alison Watt, National Gardening Association Artwork The photographs and illustrations in this book were made available through the generosity of individuals and organizations throughout California as noted. In addition: Cover: Debbie Delatour Title Page: Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab Page 4, clockwise from top right: Western Growers Foundation, Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation, Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab, Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab Page 5, clockwise from top left: Duncan McIntosh/Office of Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger, Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab, Western Growers Charitable Foundation, Debbie Delatour, Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation Copyright ©2006 by the California School Garden Network, 17620 Fitch Street, Irvine, CA 92614. www.csgn.org. All rights reserved. Second edition © 2010 Library of Congress Control Number: 2006932814 ISBN-13: 978-0-9788693-0-4 ISBN-10: 0-9788693-0-3 2 Gardens for Learning
  • 4. Contents About the California School Garden Network..........................................4 Foreword by California First Lady Maria Shriver...................................5 Introduction to School Gardens.......................................................................6 Planning Your School Garden........................................................................ 13 Linking Gardens to School Curriculum .................................................... 20 Promoting Healthy Living................................................................................. 29 Designing Your School Garden...................................................................... 39 Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden........................................... 48 Planting Your School Garden.......................................................................... 55 Maintaining Your School Garden................................................................. 69 Sustaining Your Garden..................................................................................... 78 Working with Volunteers.................................................................................. 86 Resources................................................................................................................... 93 Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab Gardens for Learning 3
  • 5. 4 About the California School Garden Network The California School Garden Network is a 501c(3) organization whose members represent a variety of state agencies, private companies, educational institutions, and nonprofit organizations all dedicated to the mission of creating and sustaining gardens in every willing school in California. The Network serves as a central organization to distribute school garden resources and support throughout the state. The Network’s mission is to create and sustain California school gardens to enhance academic achievement, a healthy lifestyle, environmental stewardship, and community and social development. Academic Achievement The Network members believe that by encouraging and supporting a garden in every school, educators create opportunities for children to discover fresh food, make healthier food choices, and become better nourished. Gardens offer dynamic, beautiful settings in which to integrate every discipline, including science, math, reading, environmental studies, nutrition, and health. Such interdisciplinary approaches cultivate the talents and skills of all students while enriching the students’ capacities of observation and thinking. They believe young people can experience deeper understanding of natural systems and become better stewards of the Earth by designing, cultivating, and harvesting school gardens with their own hands. Additionally, school garden projects nurture community spirit, common purpose, and cultural appreciation by building bridges among students, school staff, families, and local businesses and organizations. For more information about the California School Garden Network and its resources for educators, visit www.csgn.org. The California School Garden Network’s mission is to create, sustain, and increase awareness for school gardens in the state of California to enhance: • Academic achievement • A healthy lifestyle • Environmental stewardship • Community and social development in children Network Members: California Association of Pest Control Advisers • California Department of Educa-tion • California Department of Food and Agriculture • California Farm Bureau Federation • California Fertilizer Foundation • California Foundation for Agricul-ture in the Classroom • California Garden Clubs, Inc. • California Integrated Waste Management Board • California Nutrition Network for Healthy, Active Families • California Seed Association • California Service Corps • CSU Fresno Ag Literacy Program • CSU Pomona • California Women for Agricul-ture • Center for Food and Justice • COPIA • CREEC Network • Davis Educational Foundation • Davis Farm to School Connection • Fresh Produce and Floral Council • Huntington Botanical Gardens • Junior Master Gardener Program • Life Lab Science Program • LAUSD Nutrition Network • National Gardening Association • North Coast Gardens • Occidental Arts and Ecological Center • Produce Marketing Association • The Edible Schoolyard • The Watershed Project • UC Botanical Gardens • UC Cooperative Extension • UC Davis Children’s Garden Program • UC Hansen Trust • UCCE Common Ground • UCSC Center for Agroecology and Sustainable Food Systems • Vista Square Elementary • Western Growers Charitable Foundation • Wine Institute Gardens for Learning A Healthy Lifestyle Community and Social Development Environmental Stewardship
  • 6. Foreword California First Lady Maria Shriver It is so important to get connected and stay connected — with our fellow Californians and our communities, and to utilize the ser-vices and resources of our state. In California, we are 37 million strong, ethnically and culturally diverse in many ways. We have so much to offer and so much to learn from one another. We are the greatest resource this state has to offer — imagine what we can achieve by serving one another. There are so many ways to get connected — and school gardens provide a wonderful way to serve. Every child and every school across California should have a school garden. I have seen the look of joy on a child’s face after they have worked in their garden, and I have seen how gardens have positively transformed students, schools, and communities. Gardens are a wonderful resource for our schools and our children. I believe in the life lessons they teach and the lives they touch – and that every school and community should have one. And every Californian should get connected to service — it’s fuel for the soul. School gardens provide our children with the opportunity to serve — to see something flourish because they cared for it; to get their hands dirty from their own hard work; and to have a sense of pride and personal achievement that comes from nurturing a plant through every stage of development. Each of us has the power to serve in our own way – every teacher, student, and volunteer of any age, race, and gender can participate in building, planting, maintaining, and harvesting a garden. We need to get healthy in California. It is important for children to understand where food comes from so that they are empowered to make nutritious decisions. School gardens also shine a light on California as a vast agricultural state; the state I love, the state I call home. California is known all over the world for our incredible agricultural products — we are the nation’s largest supplier of food. And working in gardens enables us to learn about our state, appreciate its history, and contribute to its continued success. In this guide, you will find practical advice on finding the best location for your garden, planting seeds, harvesting, and sustaining a vibrant garden for years to come. I hope you will use this guide as a tool in building a successful garden — and that you too will experience the positive impact and wonderful transformation gardens have on a community. So get out there, get connected, and serve your community by building a garden — plant it, nurture it, and watch it grow! Good luck and good eating! “ Every individual matters. Every individual has a role to play. Every individual makes a difference. Jane Goodall ” Gardens for Learning 5
  • 7. Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens ” “ 6 Introduction to School Gardens What is a school garden? A school garden is an innovative teaching tool and strategy that lets educators incorporate hands-on activities in a diversity of interdisciplinary, standards-based lessons. The garden engages students by providing a dynamic environment in which to observe, discover, experiment, nurture, and learn. It is a living laboratory where lessons are drawn from real-life experiences rather than textbook examples, allowing students to become active participants in the learning process. Through the garden, students gain an understanding of ecosystems, an appreciation for food origins and nutrition, and knowledge of plant and animal life cycles. At the same time, they learn practical horticultural skills that last a lifetime. Where did school gardens come from? The school garden movement originated in Europe and arrived in the United States in the 1890s. Gardens sprang up at schools all over the country during the early 20th century, with particular booms as Victory Gardens intended to increase the food supply during World War I and World War II. During the 1950s, the number of gardens decreased as schools placed more emphasis on technology. However, the environmental movement of the 1970s renewed educators’ interest. More recently, the popularity of school gardens as an educational tool has steadily grown as a way to teach healthy eating behaviors and a way to incorporate and increase hands-on learning experiences in interdisciplinary lessons. What does a school garden look like? School gardens come in all shapes and sizes, with a common focus on growing plants. A school garden may be as small as a few pots of herbs growing on a windowsill or as large as a half-acre plot of vegetables in a schoolyard. Gardening programs are flexible enough to fit the needs and resources of every school. Why garden with kids? Educational philosophers going back to the 17th century have promoted the use of gardening to achieve learning objectives and support the mental, emotional, and social development of youth. Students enjoy gardening activities, and teachers and parents say that gardening programs: • Address multiple learning styles • Provide opportunities for interdisciplinary lessons • Improve environmental attitudes • Promote good nutrition and exercise • Teach patience and responsibility • Instill a positive work ethic • Increase students’ self-esteem • Build classroom relationships, improve teamwork, and strengthen school spirit • Beautify the environment California Department of Education Learning comes alive in a school garden! All subjects can be taught in this dynamic hands-on environment. From reading to science, math to nutrition, it’s all possible. With bales of straw as chairs, clipboards as desks, and the garden as their classroom, students’ textbook lessons come to life as butterflies metamorphose, worms decompose, plant growth is recorded, fresh corn is eaten, and sensory poetry is created. California Academic Content Standards are growing, too! Everything we know about good teaching is magnified in a school garden: student engagement, meaningful and relevant lessons, use of manipulatives, cooperative learning, and exploration and discovery. There is no better environment than the garden in which to plant the seeds of knowledge, experience the joy of learning, and harvest a bountiful crop of lifelong learners. Martha Deichler, Principal Vista Square Elementary School, Chula Vista, CA
  • 8. In addition to anecdotal evidence, a growing body of research-based literature supports the use of youth gardens as a beneficial teaching tool. Research has found that participation in youth gardening programs can have the following impacts on students: • Improve self-esteem and attitudes toward school1 • Improve social skills and behavior2 • Improve environmental attitudes, especially in younger students3 • Increase group cohesion4 • Improve interpersonal relationships5, 6 • Increase interest in eating fruits and vegetables and improve attitude toward fruits and vegetables7; improve attitude toward vegetables and toward fruit and vegetable snacks8 • Significantly increase science achievement scores9, 10 • Increase self-esteem, help develop a sense of ownership and responsibility, help foster family relationships and increase parental involvement11 • Improve life skills, including working with groups and self-understanding12 When investigating the benefits of school gardens, it is helpful to divide them into four categories: academic achievement, a healthy lifestyle, environmental stewardship, and community and social development. Academic Achievement Academic achievement is the primary focus of educators throughout the country. Their aim is to ensure that students perform at satisfactory levels defined University of California Agriculture & Natural Resources Communication Services Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens 7
  • 9. by local, state, and national academic standards. All lessons and activities must complement mandatory standards to merit the use of valuable classroom time. A school garden is a perfect tool to provide hands-on learning experiences for any academic subject. Science is the most common subject linked to gardens. Many teachers use the garden as a laboratory to introduce students to scientific methods through plant-related experiments. Additionally, a garden provides a place to study weather, insects, soil, and other environmental matters. It’s the ideal habitat model for studying ecosystems. Real-life garden experiences contribute greatly to students’ comprehension and retention of new science knowledge; in fact, participation in a gardening program increases science achievement scores, as noted above. In addition to science, the garden provides opportunities to teach mathematics, history-social science, English-language arts, and visual and performing arts. Concepts that seem abstract in the classroom come alive in a garden setting. For instance, students find taking daily measurements of garden bean plants and then charting the growth rate to determine the fastest-growing plant in the garden much more exciting than charting numbers provided by a textbook. Chapter 3, Linking Gardens to School Curriculum, provides additional details and specific examples of how to integrate gardening activities into the classroom. A Healthy Lifestyle Beyond academics, the garden provides broader life lessons, including contributing to students’ knowledge of how to maintain a healthy lifestyle. Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ ” You are what you eat. Anonymous 8 Gardens for Learning: Int roduct ion to School Gardens
  • 10. Program Spotlight Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden food industry. Through repeated experiences, students gain confidence in their abilities; through job assignments, they gain leadership skills. Beyond that, since the other students and teachers rely on them for their meal, they are given a unique opportunity of responsibility and ownership. Food Lab Nutrition Coordinator Stephanie Raugust says that two of the most important aspects of the programs are ties to the curriculum and the opportunity for students to practice important life skills. Through the garden, students gain an understanding of and appreciation for the cultivation of food crops, along with a respect for local farmers. They also learn valuable science concepts through observation and experimentation. By learning to prepare nutritious meals, the students are armed with the knowledge and skills to maintain a healthy lifestyle. The school is solidly invested in both programs. Hands-on, curriculum-based, comprehensive education programs like this one are important for changing the eating behaviors of our society both now and in the future. Strong support from parents, teachers, administrators, and the community ensure such programs will continue to grow and thrive. 9 Established in 1982, the Life Lab at Pacific Elementary is an integral component of the school year for all students. “It is wonderful to witness the excitement of the students to go to the garden,” shares Life Lab Coordinator Jerry Adame. “If I am a minute late to pick them up for class, when I arrive they anxiously ask, ‘Where have you been?’” The project blossomed from a few raised beds near the playground into a 50- by 100-foot discovery garden including herbs, vegetables, fruit trees, ornamental beds, a composting area, and a number of storage structures for tools and supplies. During their weekly garden visits, students participate in science lessons and tend a 5- by 10-foot raised bed in which they grow salad greens, herbs, and other edible plants. Additionally, Jerry makes sure students have at least 10 minutes to explore the garden on their own, so they have time to independently “feel, taste, and smell the beauty of the garden.” When their gardens are ready to harvest, the students carefully pick, clean, and package their produce and then walk it up to the school’s kitchen, also known as the Food Lab. An extension of the garden, the Food Lab program was added in 1984 as a coordinated effort to provide students with an opportunity to be a part of the full food cycle, from seed to table. On their day in the Food Lab, students spend an hour and a half in the kitchen helping to prepare the school’s lunch. The lab begins with a job assignment where students can serve as the manager, baker, prep person, or cook. Each role allows them to practice different academic and life skills, including mathematics and safe food handling procedures. It also prepares them for potential career opportunities in the Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab Growing Students in the Garden Pacific Elementary School, Davenport, CA Hands-on, curriculum-based, comprehensive education programs like this one are important for changing the eating behaviors of our society both now and in the future.
  • 11. California is experiencing a major health crisis as the number of overweight and unfit youth grows at an epidemic rate. Approximately one in three children is overweight or at risk of becoming overweight, and almost 40 percent of school-age children are considered unfit. The increase in number of weight-related chronic diseases such as diabetes is of great concern, and the need for prevention education is critical. Garden programs work to combat the epidemic by teaching youth about healthy lifestyles that include proper nutrition and physical activity. Through a gardening program, students gain first-hand experience with fresh fruits and vegetables. They discover that produce does not magically appear on the grocery store shelves, and they learn the important role of agriculture in our society. The pride and curiosity sparked by growing fruits and vegetables along with the knowledge of where they come from motivates students to try eating them, oftentimes leading to more positive attitudes and eating behaviors. Fruits and vegetables are an important part of the diet not only because they provide essential vitamins, but also because they are linked to prevention of such health problems as cancer and heart disease. Studies show that a majority of children do not eat the recommended amount of fresh fruits and vegetables each day, so they are missing out on these benefits. A garden program increases produce availability and creates opportunities to teach students what they should eat for good health through fun, hands-on experiences. This information can also be shared with students’ families. A healthy lifestyle is more than just eating right, though. Students also need to adopt good exercise habits. The garden provides a wide range of physical activity through digging, planting, and weeding. The garden activities are often so captivating that students do not even realize they are exercising. And unlike some other activities they participate in during their school years, gardening is an activity they can participate in for the rest of their lives. Environmental Stewardship A school garden is a powerful environmental education tool. Through gardening, students become responsible caretakers. They have an opportunity to engage in agricultural practices on a small scale, learning about the responsibilities and impacts of land cultivation. They explore the web of interactions among living and nonliving components of life. By doing so, they develop a greater understanding of the natural world. Students also learn the importance of caring for natural resources. A garden of native plants or drought-tolerant plants, for example, provides an excellent opportunity to teach students about water conservation. They will observe that choosing the right plants and irrigation for the garden results in a beautiful landscape that is also environmentally friendly. Additionally, “Incorporating agriculture into the classroom helps students understand how humans interact with the environment and how food is grown. Further, agriculture and school gardening promotes awareness of healthy eating, helps students master science concepts, and exposes students to agricultural job opportunities. By designing, cultivating, and harvesting school ” gardens, students experience deeper understanding of natural systems and become better stewards of the earth. Lance Omeje, Teacher Yokomi Elementary School Fresno, CA 10 Gardens for Learning: Int roduct ion to School Gardens Photos: 5 A Day
  • 12. gardens teach about waste reduction through composting. Students who learn sustainable garden practices can more readily consider conservation issues from a local and global perspective. For many children, a garden offers the only chance to get close to nature. Some lack access to gardening spaces because of their living situations; others have limited exploratory free time outdoors. School garden educators in urban environments frequently find their programs provide students their first opportunity to dig into the soil and watch a plant grow. Establishing a connection with nature at an early age is extremely important. Researchers have discovered that childhood experiences with nature are strongly linked to adult attitudes toward plants. Participation in gardening during childhood is the most important influence on adult environmental attitudes and actions, and even in urban areas where green spaces are limited, gardening programs for children can provide a strong enough connection to instill appreciation and respect for nature in adulthood.13 Community and Social Development Community and social development lessons do not receive the attention that academic achievement does, but they are as crucial to the survival of our country as reading and writing. Children must learn how to take responsibility for their environment and develop a strong sense of community to ensure the continuation of our society. Gardens create opportunities for students to work cooperatively and to develop responsibility. They will quickly learn the negative consequences associated with forgetting to water their plants on a hot day and will work hard to make sure it does not happen again. Plants will also provide positive reinforcement in response to proper care by growing or producing fruits. On a personal level, gardening builds confidence, self-esteem, and pride as students Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ ” We are part of the earth 11 and it is part of us.... What befalls the earth befalls all the sons of the earth. Chief Seattle, 1852
  • 13. watch their efforts turn into beautiful and productive gardens. It also teaches them patience as they wait for a seedling to sprout or a tomato to ripen. Gardens provide unique opportunities for cross-generational connections. While gardening, children interact with teachers, parents, and community volunteers, providing opportunities for social interaction that are often lacking in our society. The garden allows children to ask questions, share thoughts, and work cooperatively toward a common goal. In addition, school gardens give children the opportunity to showcase their products at local fairs. For information on how to submit entries, see Resources (page 93) for Web links to California’s fairs and expositions. Through gardening, students help to beautify the school grounds. Some will find it their only chance to contribute positively to their environment. The praise they receive from other students, parents, teachers, and community members will create a sense of community spirit and introduce them to the benefits of volunteering. Above all, gardening is fun, and once the skills are acquired it can become a lifelong hobby. Exploring the outdoors, planting in the soil, watching seeds grow, and harvesting the bounty are enjoyable and memorable ways for students to spend their time. 1 Sheffield, B.K. 1992. The affective cognitive effects of an interdisciplinary garden-based curriculum on underachieving elementary students. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of South Carolina, Columbia. 2 DeMarco, L., P. D. Relf, and A. McDaniel. 1999. Integrating gardening into the elementary school curriculum. HortTechnology 9(2):276-281. 3 Skelly, S. M., and J. M. Zajicek. 1998. The effect of an interdisciplinary garden program on the environmental attitudes of elementary school students. HortTechnology 8(4):579-583. 4 Bunn, D. E. 1986. Group cohesiveness is enhanced as children engage in plant-stimulated discovery activities. Journal of Therapeutic Horticulture 1:37-43. 5 Campbell, A. N., T. M. Waliczek, J. C. Bradley, J. M. Zajicek, and C. D. Townsend. 1997. The influence of activity-based environmental instruction on high school students’ environmental attitudes. HortTechnology 7(3):309. 6 Waliczek, T. M., and J. M. Zajicek. 1999. School gardening: Improving environmental attitudes of children through hands-on learning. Journal of Environmental Horticulture 17:180-184. 7 Pothukuchi, K. 2004. Hortaliza: A Youth “Nutrition Garden” in Southwest Detroit. Children, Youth and Environments 14(2):124-155. 8 Lineberger, S. E., and J. M. Zajicek. 1999. School gardens: Can a hands-on teaching tool affect students’ attitudes and behaviors regarding fruits and vegetables? HortTechnology 10(3):593-597. 9 Klemmer, C. D., T. M. Waliczek, and J. M. Zajicek. 2005. Growing minds: The effect of a school gardening program on the science achievement of elementary students. HortTechnology 15(3):448-452. 10 Smith, L. L., and C. E. Motsenbocker. 2005. Impact of hands-on science through school gardening in Louisiana public elementary schools. HortTechnology 15(3):439-443. 11 Alexander, J., and D. Hendren. 1998. Bexar County Master Gardener Classroom Garden Research Project: Final Report. San Antonio, Texas. 12 Robinson, C. W., and J. M. Zajicek. 2005. Growing minds: the effects of a one-year school garden program on six constructs of life skills of elementary school children. HortTechnology 15(3):453-457. 13 Lohr, V. I., and C. H. Pearson-Mims. 2005. Children’s active and passive interactions with plants influence their attitudes and actions toward trees and gardening as adults. HortTechnology 15(3):472-476. Gardens for Learning: Introduction to School Gardens “I have never seen children work as collaboratively as they do when they are in the garden. As they face the multitude of problems associated with growing flowers and vegetables, they all work, share ideas, and solve problems together as they strive to reach a common Debbie Delatour ” goal. It never ceases to fill me with joy as I watch true learning at its best just happen. Cathey Anderson, Teacher Valley Center Elementary School Valley Center, CA 12
  • 14. Planning Your School Garden After identifying the need for a garden at your school and recognizing the benefits a gardening program will provide, it is time to begin to make your vision a reality. This book will guide you through the basic steps of creating and maintaining a school garden, including: • Seeking administrative approval • Creating a support network • Identifying goals and linking the garden to your curriculum • Designing the garden • Identifying supply needs and funding needs • Obtaining supplies and funds • Planting the garden • Maintaining the garden • Sustaining the garden Step 1: Seeking Administrative Approval Your first step is to gain the support of your school’s administrators. Before setting up a meeting, take time to develop an outline of your vision. Begin your outline with ideas for how you can incorporate the garden into the standards-based curriculum as a hands-on interdisciplinary teaching tool, which is a make-or- break element in receiving approval. Also include the ways you think the garden will benefit your students and the community, a list of potential supporters, and a tentative plan of action, including the steps you will take to create a school garden (you can use this chapter as your plan). Developing a thoughtful and professional outline will indicate your level of commitment to the project and will inspire confidence in your proposal. For most educators, the principal’s office will be the first stop. An enthusiastic and supportive principal is key to the development of your school garden, whether approving and arranging teacher time for workshops, or finding and tapping funding sources. Your principal can also be an important promoter of the garden project to your school district and community. It is essential that the principal be an active participant in the process. Other school administrators can also play an important role. Seek your principal’s guidance on additional contacts, who may include your superintendent, school board members or other local government officials, and even state and federal legislators. It’s worth your while to gain their support and approval from the start. They love to be involved and associated with innovative programs, and their support can translate into tangible and intangible contributions. Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden Western Growers Foundation ” “We are planting the seeds for healthy kids by providing them with programs they can embrace. The success of our district’s school gardens is due to the involvement of our entire school community. You can walk onto any school campus and see a diverse integration of nutrition education, school gardens, and physical activity. Judy Huffaker Nutrition Education Specialist Alhambra Unified School District Alhambra, CA 13
  • 15. Step 2: Creating a Support Network Once you have a green light from your administrators, it is time to develop your support network. You will quickly find that garden programs are more work than one person can sustain, so to ensure success, enlist other teachers, school staff, students, parents, and community volunteers to serve on a garden planning and advisory team (which we will refer to as the “garden team”). Members of this team can help you set goals and can provide ideas for ways to integrate the garden into the curriculum. They may promote the program to other parents and community members, secure necessary supplies, provide horticultural expertise, assist with classroom lessons (it is often helpful to have an extra set of hands during classroom gardening projects), or aid in maintenance of the garden. By gathering input and help from a diverse group, you will strengthen the creativity and ingenuity of your program. Their involvement will multiply your resources and create active supporters for your efforts. Before asking people to be a part of the garden team, envision how you would like them to participate and what their responsibilities will be. How often and when would you like to meet? Do you want them to help in planning, implementing, or maintaining the garden, or help in all stages? Even though roles may shift during the life of the garden, always try to communicate needs and expectations clearly. Not all members of this team need to contribute in the same way. Although it is easier on you to find individuals willing to help with all aspects, you will probably find more people willing to take on responsibilities that build on their individual strengths and fit their available time. An important volunteer to look for is someone willing to serve as a garden coordinator to help organize communication, scheduling, and other details. Because of the demands of this position, you may want to recruit two or three people to share this job. Your garden coordinators will help support you as the garden program grows in size and scope. Look for individuals who are good at delegating responsibilities and following up to make sure jobs are completed. It is best not to have coordinators who want to control all the work because they will deter other volunteers and are likely to burn out. Many successful school gardens are fortunate enough to find funding to pay a garden coordinator. Begin building your network by conducting a brainstorming session with potential supporters. Spread the word by presenting the project idea at a faculty, school board, or PTO meeting and inviting people to join the brainstorming session. Send an e-mail invitation to the entire school community. Notify other community members of the upcoming session by hanging posters, sending out a newsletter, or placing announcements through local newspapers, radio, or television. Promote the meeting on the school Web site. At this first meeting, present your initial vision for the school garden and Debbie Delatour 14 Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden
  • 16. the role the garden support team will play, and then develop a list of people interested in serving on the garden team. Many times people are hesitant to sign up through large meetings, so you will want to follow up with personal invitations to individuals you feel would make valuable members of the team. Get as many people involved in the project as you can. The larger the project, the larger the support network you need. The more people involved, the more likely it is that your program will be successful, because the weight of the project will not rest on one individual. Make sure to involve anyone who may have a direct stake in your program, such as neighbors whose property will abut the garden, local garden club members, and green industry employees. It is important to contact these key players early in the planning stages to establish a feeling of “ownership.” When people are involved in the decision making and active in the upkeep, they are usually more supportive and less likely to get bored and quit. Create a group of people who will work well together and invest the time, energy, and patience to accomplish their goals. The committee should be composed of focused individuals who are willing to meet regularly and share in the responsibility of actually getting the garden started. Potential team members include: Teachers. Involving other teachers in garden efforts is very important. Teachers are valuable contributors because they have a firm understanding of curricular goals, know your students well, and have access to school facilities and supplies. Additionally, it’s more fun to approach the garden as a teaching team, and it takes the burden off one educator to keep the program alive. Maintenance Staff. Many teachers have noted that a good relationship with the custodian is critical to a successful garden program. The custodian can help you find valuable resources like storage closets and water sources. Also, because the maintenance staff frequently works year-round, they can help keep an eye on gardens during breaks and vacations. Include your maintenance staff in early planning discussions, especially those related to garden location. If these staff members are involved in the planning process, they will feel ownership of the program and will be less likely to view it as an inconvenience or an unnecessary addition to their workload. Food Service Staff. Food service staff may be able to provide resources to aid in food preparation for nutrition lessons. Also, lunchroom scraps can provide excellent materials for your compost pile. Students. Teachers across the country have discovered that when students are involved in all stages of the process, they are more invested in the project’s success and inspired to care for and respect their schoolyard oases. By valuing students’ opinions and encouraging them to make decisions, educators cultivate motivated, confident, and collaborative learners. Teachers say that although relinquishing some control and inviting students into the decision-making process isn’t necessarily easier or more efficient, it is always rewarding. Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden Photos: Western Growers Foundation “ It is not so much the garden, but rather the garden that matters. Rachel Pringle, Educator Alice Fong Yu Alternative ” program School San Francisco, CA 15
  • 17. Parents. Parents will be enthusiastic about any program designed to provide additional learning experiences for their children and will have a strong stake in the success of your program. You may find a parent with a horticultural background who can provide expertise, or a parent with excellent organizational skills willing to serve as a volunteer coordinator. Parents often have connections to funding and supplies, as well. Community Volunteers. Additional community members add depth to your program and open up new opportunities for resources. Look for volunteers with garden experience and ties to the horticulture industry. In addition to providing connections to necessary supplies, they may be willing to provide technical advice, for example, diagnosing problems and leading special garden activities or workshops. Contact local farmers along with public and private organizations related to the agriculture industry. Gardens are like small farms, and agriculture professionals have a lot of knowledge and materials to share. Community volunteers might include garden club members, college students enrolled in plant sciences or education programs, botanic garden staff or volunteers, plant nursery staff, landscape designers or architects, and Cooperative Extension Service Master Gardeners. Don’t forget your school’s neighbors! Your garden is more than an addition to your school; it also affects the neighborhood. The neighbors can help keep an eye on it when school is not in session. They might also be willing to help with summer maintenance and weekend watering. It takes time and energy to develop your support network, but it is worth the effort. Involving the school and the local community in a schoolyard project: • Promotes project sustainability because responsibilities don’t fall entirely on the shoulders of one champion • Decreases the likelihood of vandalism because more people have a stake in the success of the program • Provides connections to potential volunteers and donors of labor, plants, money, and supplies • Encourages cross-generational mentoring and friendships among students, teachers, and a diversity of community members • Brings needed expertise and fresh ideas to the project Chapter 10, Working with Volunteers, has more information on involving Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden volunteers in your garden. Becky Button Monrovia 16 Gardens for Learning: Planning Your
  • 18. groups (a student, a parent, a teacher, a staff member, a community member). Additionally, each table had a facilitator and a participant bilingual in Spanish and English. Each group was given a copy of the existing schoolyard plan and colored pencils or markers and then asked to use their imagination to create a dream garden. Chris Boynton, project coordinator of the Hayward Nutritional Learning Community Project, describes the dream Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden garden activity as “more an additive than an editive process in which people were encouraged to include all the elements they would like in a garden.” After completing the drawings, the breakout groups shared their creations with the larger group. The dream plans were compiled into a schoolyard design presented to the garden committee, principal, and school staff. Although involving the whole community in the design process required extensive planning and coordination, Chris believes it was worth the effort. At the end of the community meeting, a participant approached her and said, “This was an amazing event. As I walked in, I thought, ‘we’ll never be able to understand each other,’ because I only speak English and I assumed that most of the people in the room spoke Spanish. I thought language would keep us apart. But it didn’t. In fact, we learned more language from each other through the process. At one point, one of the students asked the table to spell vegetable and he was told by two of his classmates: vegetable and vegetales, so he wrote both down. Even if we never build this community garden, a community was built tonight.” The Cherryland Elementary School garden design was more than a map for installation; it inspired relationships and built a foundation for a new and more supportive community. “ This was an amazing event.... Even if we never build this community garden, a community was built tonight. ” Becky Button Program Spotlight Building a Community by Planning a Garden Cherryland Elementary School, Hayward, CA The garden committee members at Cherryland Elementary School in Hayward collaborated with Lauri Twitchell, University of California Botanical Gardens school garden specialist, to involve their entire community in the planning of their school garden using a community workshop process known as a “charrette.” The process began with school administrators and teachers defining the goals for the garden. The overarching goals are for students to develop a respect and appreciation for their health and the health of other living things and the environment while gaining joy from collaborative work and accomplishments in a larger community project. In the next part of the “charrette,” each student drew an individual dream garden, and parents were surveyed about what they would like their students to learn through gardening activities. Additionally, a site evaluation was completed so participants could evaluate the physical characteristics of the school grounds. A highlight of the planning process was a collaborative meeting with the parents/ caregivers, students, administrators, teachers, school staff (including the custodian and cafeteria manager), Hayward Nutritional Learning Community staff, and other interested community members. Approximately 100 individuals participated. The meeting began with dinner, following which the group was divided into tables of about 10. Participants were asked to group themselves so that each table had a representative from the various 17
  • 19. Step 3: Identifying Goals and Linking the Garden to Your Curriculum The first job of your garden team is to identify goals for the school garden. Your goals must tie in with your current curriculum – the garden is a tool to help you accomplish your learning objectives, not an added task for your workload. Begin your team’s goal-setting meeting by sharing information about required academic standards, then brainstorm ways to accomplish these learning objectives through garden lessons. Use these questions as a guide: • What topics do you want to teach through the garden? • What plants do you want to grow? • Do you want to use the garden once a year for an in-depth special study or incorporate it into a yearlong interdisciplinary curriculum? • Do you want to develop the garden around a central theme or create small garden areas with multiple themes? • Which classes will be involved in the garden? Do they want their own gardening space? When setting goals, remember to start small and leave room to dream. You can accomplish this by setting both short-term and long-term goals. For instance, you may want to create a butterfly garden in a half-acre courtyard at the school. Make it a multiyear project and break it into stages to keep the work at a manageable level, so that you don’t exhaust the enthusiasm of your students and volunteers early on by preparing soil and removing weeds on a large area. In addition, this method allows for project growth each year, adding momentum to your efforts and creating feelings of ownership from new participants. After your brainstorming sessions, make sure to get your goals into writing. Create a summary document and distribute it to all the participants. Also share your plans with other teachers, administrators, and community members. This document will help to raise awareness of your new project, spreading excitement and anticipation. Step 4: Designing the Garden With goals in hand, you are ready to design your garden. The garden design should be practical, functional, and fun! Involve your students and garden team in the process. A school garden can be as small as a few containers in a courtyard or as large as a 10-bed vegetable garden in the playground. Chapter 5, Designing Your School Garden, will walk you through the steps of designing your garden. Step 5: Identifying Supply Needs and Funding Needs Before you begin searching for financial support and donations, make a list of materials and supplies needed. Estimate the costs for the entire project and prepare a realistic budget. Remember to include expenses for the site development and 18 Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden
  • 20. improvement, operation, curriculum, and miscellaneous items. If you skip this step and do not take time to organize your efforts, you might end up with an abundance of supplies, but still be missing key items. Chapter 6, Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden, gives detailed information on this important aspect of school garden projects. Step 6: Obtaining Supplies and Funds Once you’ve accurately identified what your garden project needs, you’re ready to take the next step to meet those needs. Finding the resources to implement your vision may be a challenge, but it is also an opportunity to get more of your community actively involved and invested in your program. Most schools find funding and supplies through donations, grants, and fundraising projects. Chapter 6, Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden, will guide you through this process. Step 7: Planting the Garden The most exciting part of the process is always Planting Day. Watching a landscape design turn into a garden energizes students and adults. Chapter 7, Planting Your School Garden, will walk you through the basics of garden installation, including preparing the soil, laying out the design, and digging in. Step 8: Maintaining the Garden Students learn about nurturing and responsibility when they participate in garden maintenance. Chapter 8, Maintaining Your School Garden, provides an overview of basic maintenance tasks. However, care will vary greatly depending on the size of the garden, the plants in it, and its environment. Step 9: Sustaining the Garden There is more to continuing your garden than keeping the plants alive. Considering the time and resources invested, your garden program should serve as an education tool for this year’s students and for students using it 10 years from now. You also should create a positive garden experience for all participants. Chapter 9 provides tips from experienced school garden educators on how to sustain your garden efforts, including ideas for outdoor classroom management and communicating success. This guidebook concludes with a resource section to aid you in beginning your school garden. Even though having a garden teaching tool is the ultimate goal, remember that each step of this process provides valuable learning experiences for you and your students. Don’t get bogged down in the details – enjoy the adventures along the way! Gardens for Learning: Planning Your School Garden “ Judy Huffaker What a wonderful goal it is to have a garden in every as we know, there is a ” school ... for school in 19 every garden! Secretary A.G. Kawamura California Department of Food and Agriculture
  • 21. “ Linking Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum Teachers use the garden as a meaningful tool for integrating science with core curriculum. The garden helps to make learning accessible to all students regardless of their background, talents, or language proficiency. When ” Gardens to School Curriculum The following pages provide ideas on how to integrate gardening with classroom curriculum. Although science is the most natural fit, with the school garden playing the role of science laboratory, the classroom garden can also act as a springboard for a wide range of lessons in mathematics, history-social science, English-language arts, visual and performing arts, and health. Begin by looking at the education standards and your own curriculum goals and making a list or map of areas you intend to cover. Make a second list of garden tasks, projects, and goals, and match them with the student outcomes detailed in the standards. Next, select or develop specific activities that can help students achieve the standards. The lists that follow represent just a sampling of garden-focused subject area activities to get you started. Free garden curriculum resources for teachers are plentiful. Check out the “Curriculum” link on the California School Garden Network Web site at www.csgn.org for lesson and activity ideas. Additionally, the California Department of Education published the book A Child’s Garden of Standards: Linking School Gardens to California Education Standards, Grades Two Through Six, which identifies specific activities found in a variety of commonly used curriculum books that meet California standards in science, history-social science, mathematics, and English-language arts. Science The garden provides ample opportunity for making science inviting and relevant to students’ lives by inspiring active exploration and problem solving. The garden encourages inquiry as students use their senses, reasoning, and communication skills to find answers to questions. These experiences can help improve students’ attitude toward science. Key science concepts that can be explored in the garden include organisms, cycles, basic requirements for life, plant anatomy, adaptations, food webs, decomposition, interdepen-dence, ecological principles, pollination, and diversity of life. Students practice and hone scientific process skills by observing, classifying, inferring, measuring, predicting, organizing and interpreting data, forming hypotheses, and identifying variables. students plan, plant, care for, and analyze their gardens, science and learning take on meaning like 20 never before. Lance Omeje, Teacher Yokomi Elementary School Fresno, CA Judy Huffaker
  • 22. Below are a few ideas for life, physical, and earth science activities in the classroom garden. Life Science • What are the differences between living and nonliving things? How are humans like plants? How are they different? Distinguish and describe differences and similarities. • How does a plant grow? Observe the life cycles of plants using fast-growing plants in your classroom. • What do plants need to grow? Do all plants need the same things? Study the various conditions that different plants need to grow. Compare the things people need to the things plants need. Create experiments investigating what happens when plants are exposed to different amounts of light, water, air, space, and nutrients. • Investigate the functions of different plant structures (cotyledons, roots, stems, leaves, flowers, fruits, and seeds). • How do plants reproduce? How do seeds work? Dissect flowers and seeds. What factors influence germination of seeds? Create experiments to investigate how light, heat, and moisture affect germination. • Explain to students that some characteristics are inherited and others are caused by the environment. Locate examples of both in your garden. • How do plants use energy from the sun to make food? Discuss photosynthesis. Do plants need light to photosynthesize? • Discuss how plants adapt for survival. Research adaptations of seeds for dispersal and adaptations of flowers for attracting pollinators. Observe pollinators in the garden. Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum “Instead of learning the parts of a plant by lecture or reading, my students have learned them by growing their own plants, examining root systems, adding water, and graphing and charting the growth. My students will definitely remember these lessons. ” Sarah Smith Merced County Educator California Foundation for Agriculture in the Classroom Ambassador 21 California Department of Education
  • 23. • Investigate the impact of environmental changes on plants. • Study wildlife and insects along with their habitats. • Investigate food chains and webs. Demonstrate how plants are the primary source of energy for all food chains. Earth Science • Create a garden weather station. Record daily measurements and compare conditions with plant growth. • How are some soils different from others? Compare and contrast the properties of different types of soils (density, air spaces, presence of living organisms, composition, texture, smell, appearance). • Simulate soil erosion in your classroom garden. Observe the difference in soil loss when water is splashed on a tilted, planted pot, and on a tilted, unplanted (but soil-filled) pot. Physical Science • What is pH? How does it affect plants? Use litmus paper or a test kit to test the pH of different soils. Investigate how plants respond to soils with different pH levels. • Simulate the water cycle in the indoor garden by covering it with a “dome” of clear plastic. Study and observe the transpiration, evaporation, and condensation of water. • What are the properties of different types of light? Cover pots with cellophane of different colors to screen out all but one wavelength of light from plants. Observe plant growth. • How does energy change to matter during photosynthesis? Mathematics The garden provides a plethora of opportunities to practice basic mathematical activities such as calculations, comparisons, measurements, and varied representations of data (charts, graphs, etc.). Math becomes practical and relevant when students implement concepts they have learned in the classroom in a real-life garden setting. Designing and planting a garden takes mathematical problem solving and practice. The hands-on applications presented by gardening activities can help to motivate students often confused by abstract textbook questions and examples. Here are a few math activity ideas: • Measure the growth rates of plants and display results on different types of graphs. Make predictions regarding future growth. Use standard and nonstandard units of measurement. • Host a bean race. Plant a number of beans at the base of a trellis and track their growth on a chart. Determine the rate of growth and award the fastest plant a blue ribbon. • Using information from seed catalogs, predict dates of germination and maturity. • Plan backward from a desired harvest date to determine when each crop should be planted. • Measure your garden parameters and calculate the area. Use graph paper to make a map to scale of your garden. • Calculate amounts of fertilizer to use per quart and per liter of water. Debbie Delatour “ My students will never remember the chapter in the math textbook on double-digit division, but they will always remember the year they grew carrots and used their division skills to figure out how many each student in fourth grade got to take home. Jesse David Johnson Tulare County Educator ” carrots and fifth California Foundation for Agriculture in the Classroom conference attendee 22 Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Cur r iculum
  • 24. Program Spotlight the program is to teach academic literacy, but it is put into a science context and applied in the garden. Approximately 25 teachers and 600 students participate each year. Students are in class each weekday morning for four weeks; in the afternoon, teachers participate in professional development programs to increase their content knowledge and expand their use of inquiry-based teaching methods. Program staff coordinate maintenance of and activities at the garden throughout the summer. Through this program, both the students and the teachers receive invaluable training. One summer school teacher commented, “I believe integrating science, language, and literacy is natural. Science is an easy and interesting way to teach language and literacy because students are engaged by the lessons, and the lessons lend themselves to linking language into science. The garden is a wonderful context in which this can happen.” According to the Monterey Bay Science Project’s manager, Alicia Dickerson, a main benefit of this program is that it puts language into a “real context” for the students. “The students go from lacking academic self-confidence, to gaining a tremendous amount of confidence about themselves Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum and their potential. In the garden, they learn how to ask questions about the world and make meaning for themselves, coming away with new ways of thinking, new concepts and new words,” she says. The garden activities are engaging, and they inspire and motivate students to learn. A study conducted by researchers at University of California, Santa Cruz, found: • When language growth was measured with a standardized assessment of academic language, students progressed faster in the Summer School Academy than would be expected for that time period, achieving as much as three months of growth in four weeks. • Students showed dramatic increases in the scientific accuracy of their performance on a concept mapping activity. At the beginning of the summer academy, an average of 13.9 percent of their propositions showed accurate scientific knowledge. By the end, the number was 52.5 percent. • Students increased their use of science vocabulary. • Students demonstrated improved math skills. The benefits of the program are both immediate and long term, as the students use their new knowledge to help them succeed during the school year. The Summer School Academy demonstrates the power of school gardens as interdisciplinary teaching tools for standards-based curriculum. On top of the learning experience, both teachers and students have fun while teaching and learning. That’s a combination that’s hard to beat. 23 Summer School Academy Monterey Bay Science Project, Life Lab Each summer the Monterey Bay Science Project of Life Lab Science Program coordinates a special Summer School Academy program in the tri-county area of Santa Cruz, Monterey, and San Benito. Through this program, teachers use a combination of state-adopted curriculum and the Life Lab garden curriculum to teach English language development to students using hands-on, garden-based lessons. The project began in 1995 with funding from the National Science Foundation and continues today with support from the California Science Project. The main focus of The benefits of this program are both immediate and long term, as students use knowledge gained to help them succeed during the school year. Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
  • 25. “ • Chart temperatures of the air and soil in your garden in Fahrenheit and Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum ” centigrade. • Determine the weight and volume of soil mix when wet and dry. Determine the volume of soil in a rectangular window box. • Investigate vegetable prices in a supermarket. Track the amount of produce harvested in your garden and use the market prices to determine the value of your harvest. • Count the number of seeds planted and the number of seeds that sprout and calculate the germination rate. • Measure the height of a group of plants and determine the mean, median, and mode. • Calculate serving sizes of different fruits and vegetables using common cooking supplies. • Make a recipe that uses fruits and vegetables from the garden and requires various measuring techniques. History—Social Science Plants are an important part of world history. They have influenced human civilizations and economies since the beginning, and as the base of all food chains and supplier of oxygen for our air, they will always be essential to our survival. Gardening activities can be used to teach students about specific historical events and cultures, and also to introduce current events like the impact of biotechnology. Some gardening activity ideas: • Research and report on cultural or ethnic differences in food consumption and gardening practices. • Research agricultural history and create a timeline of important events. • Visit some local farms and interview farmers about choice of crops, growing practices, marketing, and farm history. • Study the contribution of Native American foods and other cultures’ foods to our history and diet. Grow samples in the school garden. • Research the histories of classroom garden plants. Discover where they originated, the impact they’ve had on our diets, and how today’s varieties differ from the original plants. Locate their origin on a map and then trace their movement around the world. • Use the Thanksgiving holiday to explore meals throughout history and the different crops grown and harvested at that time of the year. • Complete a site analysis of the school garden and create a garden map noting important features, including a north arrow. • Trace the path of a fruit or vegetable from the field to the table. • Use the classroom garden to complement a study of the influence of climate on food production. • As a class, develop garden rules and then vote on them. The garden is a tool to provide real-life experiences in reading and math, and an opportunity for teachers to extend learning beyond the classroom. In addition, Kennedy’s garden is a vehicle to help ‘harder-to-reach’ students form a positive connection with our school. Participating in our garden program has boosted their self-esteem and academic performance. Lawrence Quismondo Samuel Kennedy Elementary School Sacramento, CA 24 Western Growers Foundation
  • 26. English-Language Arts Reading and writing are two very important classroom basics, and mastery of these skills provides students with the power to succeed. Relating language arts exercises to the garden can add an element of fun, too. Example activities: • Keep daily garden journals documenting observations, weather conditions, and classroom activities. • Research the growing habits of the school garden plants using the Internet and reference material. Create a planting schedule based on the information. • Write letters to local merchants explaining the school gardening project and asking for donations. • Write thank you notes to volunteers and garden sponsors. • Write, illustrate, and publish a collection of garden stories and poems. • Brainstorm different adjectives to describe each plant in your garden. • Study new vocabulary that relates to plants and gardens. • Publish a class newsletter with student articles about the garden and distribute it to other classrooms and parents. • Write step-by-step instructions for common garden activities. • Follow written instructions to perform a garden task like planting seeds. • Read books and stories about plants and gardens. • Write a research paper on a favorite plant, including source citation. • Prepare and deliver a presentation about the garden for other students, teachers, and parents. • Learn about the origins of scientific plant names. • Read a garden magazine article highlighting a plant and distinguish between the facts and opinions presented by the writer. • Research the nutritional value of your favorite garden vegetable and then write a script for a 60-second advertisement designed to get more people to grow and eat it. Visual and Performing Arts Nature is the inspiration for many works of art, dance, music, and drama. Your school garden is a small piece of nature that can inspire budding artists. Activity ideas: • Create paintings and drawings of garden plants. • Paint a class garden mural to hang in the hallway for parents’ night. • Make a seed mosaic. • Create a color wheel collage using pictures from old seed catalogs. • Make musical instruments from gourds and learn how to play them. • Make prints using paint and stamps made from various plant parts. • Create and perform a garden-inspired dance expressing the growth of a seed or the opening of a flower bud. Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum “A school garden presents an ideal Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab context for teaching interpersonal and cross-cultural content, skills, and values. Aspects of social education and lessons in cultural diversity can be intended outcomes of classroom gardening, along with knowledge of plants and soil. When children ” 25 examine gardening in a cross-cultural and global context, they develop an increased appreciation for human and plant diversity. They begin to grasp how geography, economics, and history play a role in gardening today and, in the process, learn how their decisions as cultivators, consumers, and citizens may have a local and global impact. Doni Kwolek Kobus, Ed.D. Professor Emerita of Teacher Education California State University Stanislaus, CA
  • 27. • Pantomime various gardening tasks (transplanting, fertilizing, sowing seeds, pollinating). • Learn a collection of songs that relate to food, gardens, and the environment. • Draw your dream garden. • Listen to the music of composers inspired by nature. • Build clay or tissue paper models of flowers. • Use leaves to make crayon rubbings or fossils in clay. • Using a movie camera with single-frame capability, make a time-lapse film of a plant growing. • Create a skit about food safety. • Paint a classroom mural using samples of different soils as the medium. Health and Nutrition Research continues to document the significant health benefits of eating fruits and vegetables, and yet most children do not eat the recommended daily amount. Growing fruits and vegetables in the school garden improves students’ attitudes toward these healthy foods and motivates reluctant eaters to try them. You can use the garden as a hands-on tool to teach nutrition lessons, including the importance of fruits and vegetables and proper food preparation techniques. Specific activity ideas: “Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation Using agriculture as an integrating • Compare the importance of nutrients in the health of humans and of plants. • Study the nutritional value of the various crops in your garden. • Identify the parts of the plant represented by common fruits and vegetables. • Discuss the difference in nutritional value of various plant parts. • Study adaptations of plant parts that make them good food sources. • Sprout various seeds for eating. • Conduct a blindfolded taste test using classroom-grown vegetables and supermarket vegetables. • Experiment with food preservation techniques, such as drying, freezing, and canning. • Grow a salad garden and give students a chance to sample the harvest with a salad party. • Invite a grocery store employee to talk to the class about where their products come from. • Visit a local farm. • Create brochures with information on daily food intake recommendations. • Plan a day’s menu that includes all components of a balanced diet. • Keep food journals that highlight how many fruits and vegetables are eaten and describe any new produce tried. ” context for learning can be relatively simple, thanks to resources such as the California Foundation for Agriculture in the Classroom; Food, Land, and People; the State Department of Education; the Center for Ecoliteracy; the Hansen Agricultural Learning Center; the Life Lab Science Program; and the Center for Land-Based Learning. If you look at how teachers incorporate food and agriculture as an instructional strategy, the range of involvement stretches across the curriculum and into the community. Dan Desmond, Retired Advisor University of California Cooperative Extension Placerville, CA 5 A Day 26 Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Cur r iculum
  • 28. Learning about Ancient Civilizations through Gardening Vista de Las Cruces School, Gaviota, CA write about it, make recipes, and create a realistic antique-looking label “ Next time you eat a bowlful ” to summarize their food. The recipes have been included in a school cookbook now being sold in four bookstores in Santa Barbara County.” Students then plant some of the researched crops and use the harvest “to help supply school celebrations such as our Thanksgiving feast, community philanthropic luncheons, the Winter Program dinner and fundraiser meals,” Tina explains. Vista de Las Cruces School formed a garden club that meets on a regular of rice, think how easy it is for you to go and buy it at a store, because back in ancient times they had to cultivate, harvest, and maybe import the rice. It was a very, very hard job. Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Curriculum basis to ensure the success of the program. Tina shares quotes from some of her students: “The reason I liked the Farmers’ Market is because I got to eat food that I have never eaten such as date balls. And I got to use my own ideas.” “I learned a lot about beans. I thought that they just came from Mexico, but I was wrong. They came from Egypt and other places.” “Next time you eat a bowlful of rice, think how easy it is for you to go and buy it at a store, because back in ancient times they had to cultivate, harvest, and maybe import the rice. It was a very, very hard job.” The Ancient Civilizations Farmers’ Market curriculum goes beyond history class. It integrates language arts, social studies, math, and visual arts lessons and activities. It also provides students with an appreciation for agriculture and an understanding of the role of farmers in the past and present. 27 Program Spotlight After attending the 2001 California Foundation for Agriculture in the Classroom conference, elementary teacher Tina McEnroe of Vista de Las Cruces School developed the Ancient Civilizations Farmers’ Market curriculum to reinforce the garden experience and involve the community. Tina notes that the curriculum allows students “the opportunity to stroll back in time to understand the effect of ancient civilizations on the world, as they research the history of indigenous foods in the civilizations of early Mesopotamia, Egypt, Persia, China, Rome, Greece, and Mayan Yucatan. Students choose a food to research and then they Paul McEnroe “ I learned a lot about beans. I thought that they just came from Mexico, but I was wrong. They came from Egypt and other places. ”
  • 29. • Invite chefs from the community to do cooking demonstrations for students and parents. Coordinate a cooking lesson in your school’s kitchen using the produce your class has grown. • Ask cafeteria managers to share safe food handling information and provide tours of school kitchens. • Invite a registered dietitian to visit classrooms and discuss healthy food choices and healthy preparation methods in connection with MyPyramid.gov. • Present a skit or puppet show about food safety. • Use MyPyramid.gov to help you choose a healthy diet. Come up with tasty recipes that use lots of fruits and vegetables and little fat or sugar. • Create a classroom or school recipe book that features produce grown in school gardens. • Compare the nutritional content of different colors of a specific variety of vegetables, e.g., salad greens. Graph the Vitamin A content in the lighter-colored greens and in darker greens. Contrast this with other vegetables. • Research and compare fruits and vegetables with various origins. Identify cultural dishes and their preparation methods. Host an “international day” and provide healthful samplings of fruits and vegetables from those cultures. • Incorporate literature using the book Stone Soup and involve students in making their own stone soup. Have students discuss the benefits of the ingredients and how they fit into MyPyramid. • Research cultural holidays and the symbolism of particular fruits and vegetables that are included during those holidays. For example, identify the symbolism of tangerines in the Chinese New Year celebration. • Create a public service announcement or school announcement promoting fruits and vegetables. The promotion could highlight something growing in the garden, a fruit or vegetable offered in the cafeteria, or both. This will encourage students to develop skills for marketing food choices. • Grow and use fresh herbs to flavor your dishes with natural ingredients and decrease the use of salt in recipes. • Visit a local farmers’ market or start a school farmers’ market. These ideas are just a sampling of the classroom gardening activities available to you. Search books, magazines, and Web sites for additional ideas. Also, as you grow with your garden, you will create many activities of your own. Be sure to pass them along to other teachers and parents. “ I used to fear math, but working in the garden has changed that. I have a higher grade now. ” When we made salsa, we sold 150 pints at $3 a pint and made $450. The best part was when we got to collect and count the money. Student Turner Elementary Fresno, CA Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 28 Gardens for Learning: Linking Gardens to School Cur r iculum
  • 30. Promoting Healthy Living “Nutrition is an essential building block for student success. Healthy, active, and well-nourished children are more likely to attend school and are more prepared and motivated to learn. While the primary responsibility of schools is to foster academic achievement, schools have an exceptional opportunity to guide children toward healthier lifestyles by creating a healthy nutrition environment.” Deborah Tamannaie, Nutrition Services Division California Department of Education A child’s mental and physical development is closely tied to good nutrition and healthy eating habits. Health habits also affect children’s behavior and social growth. As an educator, you may use numerous teaching strategies to engage students, but you will quickly learn your efforts are ineffective if a child’s diet has not met his or her basic nutritional needs. It is important for a child to consume a well-balanced diet and participate in regular physical activity if he or she is to experience success in school. In addition, developing positive eating habits during childhood contributes to optimal health, boosts self-esteem, and decreases the risk of immediate and long-term health problems. Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ By attracting students to eating vegetables and salads at an early age, we can help nutritious eating be part of their diets continue into their and adult years. Colleen Underwood, Principal Brightwood Elementary ” as they teen School Alhambra Unified School District, CA Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 29
  • 31. Because children spend much of their time at school, educators like you play a powerful role in influencing students’ physical activity and the food choices they make both at school and at home. You can incorporate nutrition education and physical activity throughout the curriculum and reinforce these subjects through hands-on activities that allow students to practice smart decision-making skills. A growing number of children are overweight, unfit, or both, and shortfalls in recommended nutrients and regular physical activity are contributing factors. Thus, it is important for schools to establish an environment that fosters the development of healthy lifestyles. A healthy school environment provides students with opportunities to gain knowledge of and practice positive eating and exercise behaviors. Schools can use multiple strategies to create this environment, but the school garden has proven to be a very useful tool. It is a fun and effective way to introduce nutrition basics and provide opportunities for physical activity. Research on the health benefits resulting from school garden programs has found: • Students who plant and harvest their own fruits and vegetables are more likely to eat them.1 • Students with garden experience who participated in a nutrition education program not only ate more fruits and vegetables to begin with, but also demonstrated greater increases in consumption by the conclusion of the program.2 • Students who participated in classroom nutrition education programs in conjunction with growing vegetables in outdoor gardens demonstrated an increase in nutrition knowledge and improved preference for vegetables.3, 4 • Students participating in a full food system program (“seed-to-table”) who made the greatest gains in overall understanding of ecological principles also made significantly greater gains in the number of fruit and vegetable servings they reported eating.5 30 Gardens for Learning: Promot ing Heal thy Living Western Growers Foundation “ My students clearly have an increased knowledge of where their food comes from and how it is grown. They now have the ability to grow some of the food at their own homes. The garden-based nutrition program increased their knowledge desire to eat healthy food be physically active every Mary Pat Horn, Teacher Bayside Elementary ” has greatly and and to day. Sausalito, CA
  • 32. Program Spotlight Nutrition in the Community Garden Baldwin Park, CA Baldwin Park Unified School District is involving its whole community in educating students about good nutrition. Through a partnership with the City of Baldwin Park, Kaiser Permanente Baldwin Park Medical Center, and Moveable Feast Program, an innovative curriculum titled “Nutrition in the Community Garden” was developed that combined horticulture and nutrition lessons in an outdoor classroom at Baldwin Park Community Garden. Through the program, students visit the garden monthly and learn the ins and outs of growing fruits and vegetables through hands-on activities. Their garden time is followed by a cooking demonstration with an educator using a portable kitchen cart to prepare special fruit- or vegetable-based recipes and teach students about basic kitchen skills. The program encourages physical activity through gardening and promotes healthy eating through the preparation of easy, low-calorie, lowfat recipes that children can make on their own. The ultimate goals of the program are to work toward combating the rising trend of childhood obesity, to provide students with the necessary skills to increase their consumption of fruits and vegetables, and to create healthy snacks and meals. In addition to the programming in the garden, teachers are provided with additional curricula to continue the gardening-nutrition link in the classroom, further reinforcing better eating habits among their students. The program began in the fall of 2003 with two classes, and since then, it has grown to accommodate six classes of fourth graders. To increase community involvement, in 2005 the program also incorporated an exciting “Guest Chef” component. Community representatives came to the garden to serve as positive role models by demonstrating for the children how to make delicious, healthy recipes. Guests included nutrition and health-care professionals, newspaper and television reporters, school administrators, agricultural crop council representatives, city council members, California state assembly members, and even a U.S. Congress representative. A unique aspect of the “Guest Chef” component is that guests also briefly describe their jobs, thus introducing students to possible future career paths. On a post-test given at the end of the school year, 91 percent of students reported an increase in fruit and vegetable consumption by at least one serving when compared with their responses at the “ Nutrition and gardening are a perfect marriage to promote good ” health. beginning of the program, indicating an important influence on eating behaviors. Additionally, students received a cookbook of healthy recipes, and 58 percent of students reported duplicating at least one of these recipes at home. Through the cookbook, the education extends beyond the students to affect their families too. Program Director Linda Hahn credits the program’s success to the strong community-wide investment in the program. She notes that “this is truly a Bonnie Estrada collaborative effort, requiring a huge invest-ment of support from many entities within Baldwin Park.” She’s found that “nutrition and gardening are a perfect marriage to promote good health. Children are physically active when they garden, and they learn the relationship between agriculture and food on the table when they harvest the produce and make it on the spot in my nutrition program. The garden setting, coupled with the nutrition program, provides a learning lab that takes children from the beginning of a process to the end – from planting seeds to sampling healthy food grown from those seeds. Lifelong skills that will sustain these children – how to grow their own food; how to prepare their own food; how to have fun doing both – are a hallmark of this program. The fact that children expend energy while gardening is another plus in the fight against childhood obesity. The program encourages them to be physically active in a lifelong activ-ity they can enjoy.” Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 31
  • 33. Because of scientific research results like these as well as copious anecdotal evidence, the use of gardens in teaching nutrition has become a more frequent practice. Some of the nutritional concepts introduced and reinforced by the garden are below. The Importance of Fruits and Vegetables Fruits and vegetables are a vital part of a healthy diet, providing many of the nutrients children need for growth, development, and prevention of chronic diseases later in life. These include essential vitamins and minerals, dietary fiber, water, and phytonutrients. Unfortunately, most children are not eating enough fruits and vegetables to meet the recommendations of the most recent Dietary Guidelines for Americans because they lack access to a variety of fresh produce and because their existing food preferences do not include fruits and vegetables. School gardens help promote fruit and vegetable consumption as a means of shaping food preferences early in children’s lives and can serve as a source of fresh fruits and vegetables in children’s diets. Students will try foods they would normally turn away because of the additional motivation and excitement of eating something they grew. They also learn the skills to grow their own food, offering a lifetime of potential fresh foods. Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living The Origins of Foods Through the garden, children gain an appreciation for the origin of their food. By participating in food production, they discover that food does not magically appear on the table or at the grocery store, but rather is produced on a farm. Because of this experience, they are better able to grasp concepts related to agriculture and its importance to the social and economic makeup of California. This experience also leads to students’ appreciation of the work that goes into the food they eat and respect for the environment that allows it to grow. The garden provides opportunities to teach students about the importance of the soil in the production of food, increasing their esteem for this vital natural resource. They learn how the soil provides important nutrients to ensure that the plants are healthy and productive. Fertilizing your garden replenishes the nutrient content of the soil. Increasing nutrient availability to the plants to help them grow is an essential step in raising healthy, nutritious foods. Healthy Food Choices An important part of gardening is learning to meet plants’ basic needs for good growth and production. Nourishing your garden replenishes the nutrient content of the soil to grow strong plants just as eating healthy foods helps children grow up healthy and strong. If your students neglect their plants by forgetting to water them or by not providing proper fertilizer, they will immediately see the signs of stress. Compare the basic needs of plants to the basic needs of people. Teach students how important it is for them to nurture their own bodies just as they care for the plants in their garden. “ Western Growers Foundation In the garden, nutrition learning just happens. Unlike the food in the supermarket that is largely uniform, odorless, and often unhealthy, nature’s foods are variable, full of life, and almost always nutritious. So developing a taste for really fresh fruits and vegetables is the best insurance against a bad matters most, as a wise once said, is what you So take them to the garden ” diet; what nutritionist don’t eat. and let 32 them graze. Joan Dye Gussow Mary Swartz Rose Professor Emerita of Nutrition and Education Teachers College, Columbia University New York, NY
  • 34. Program Spotlight The Nutrition Network Los Angeles Unified School District The Nutrition Network in the Los Angeles Unified School District actively promotes the use of school gardens as a tool for nutrition education. More than 140 schools included school gardening as a nutrition education strategy in their action plans in the 2004- 2005 school year. Nutrition Network Teacher Advisor Tonya Mandl writes this about her experience with garden-based nutrition programs: “I’ll never forget the excitement of my fourth graders when they discovered that they could actually ‘just pick the broccoli flowers and eat them!’ And when another class exclaimed that the salad they had just prepared from their harvest was ‘the best’ they’d ever eaten. One group of students learned that onions were sweet, and another that raw bell peppers taste delicious. Even preparing the garden for planting can be an outlet for children; one fifth grader, who often ran into trouble with classmates and found it challenging to focus in the classroom, looked up at me after shoveling soil, a big smile on his sweaty face, exclaiming, ‘This is fun!’ “In my after-school nutrition gardening club, a group of approximately 30 students, ages 6 to 11, tended a patch of collard greens. Each day they would ask, ‘Are they ready to pick yet?’ Finally, our garden club turned into a cooking club when we harvested and prepared the greens together, with the help of a grandmother from the South who shared her own family “ I’ll never forget the excitement of my fourth graders when they discovered that they could actually ‘just broccoli flowers and eat recipe. The children enjoyed their ” pick the them!’ greens so much that several of them asked if there were enough to take home to their moms! The garden is a place for students to be caretakers for other growing things, and then experience the ‘fruits’ of their labor first-hand. “The essential components of garden-based nutrition education are cultivation, caretaking, harvesting, preparation, and eating,” shares Tonya. “By actively participating in planting and caring for vegetables, students gain an understanding of agriculture and an appreciation for fresh food. By harvesting, preparing, and eating the vegetables that they have grown themselves, students experience a tasty thrill they would not have otherwise. This formula instills a love of fresh produce that children want to share with their families.” Tonya has found that “when students not only learn the process of getting food to the table, but actively participate in it, they are much more eager to try a wider range of foods. As our founder, Nonnie Korten, once said, ‘We have seen children who balk at eating vegetables eat them with great relish when they grow them and nurture them themselves. When they grow it, they eat it.’ A key component to nutrition gardening Tonya Mandl is the harvest. It is recommended that traditional calendar schools plant fruits and vegetables that ripen early, such as radishes, green beans, and strawberries, so that students can experience harvesting, preparing, and eating their plants. Without this, students will not make the connection between what they grow and what they eat.” In addition to nutrition education, the Nutrition Network has identified other benefits to school gardening, including the outdoor physical activity involved in cultivating, planting, and weeding. The network has led workshops on “Getting Physical in the Garden” where students do exercises like “Climbing the beanstalk,” “Stomping the mulch,” and “Growing like a plant.” Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 33
  • 35. Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living Food Preparation Students can grow fruits and vegetables in their garden, and after harvest, they can learn and practice proper food handling techniques, food preparation, and cooking skills. Although the garden will focus on fruits and vegetables, you can use recipes that teach students how to incorporate other healthy foods like whole-grain carbohydrates and low-fat dairy and protein products to achieve a balanced diet. Cooking demonstrations and hands-on cooking activities help students gain experience and confidence in their food preparation skills. Physical Activity In addition to encouraging good eating behaviors, gardening is enjoyable, relaxing, and a great form of physical activity. A benefit of adding gardening to a regular exercise program is that it is an activity that can be enjoyed for a lifetime. Go for Green (www.goforgreen.ca) provides the following examples of physical benefits of garden activities: • Digging involves weight lifting, abdominal stressing, and partial squatting. • Pruning makes you hold your arms up while stretching. • Weeding involves squats and forearm stretches. • Planting requires many muscles to be used, as you dig, mix soil, lift, carry, and backfill, often in a squatting position. Other sources of physical activity in the garden include turning compost heaps, clearing out beds for a new planting, mixing potting soils, lifting planters, raking leaves, hoeing, digging fence post holes, moving soil between beds, and spreading mulch. Resources for Educators A number of educational programs exist to support you in teaching and encouraging healthy eating and exercise behaviors using garden programs. Although it would be impossible to list them all in this book, below are a few examples to help begin your search. California Department of Education: “A Garden in Every School” Initiative. Recognizing the educational and health benefits of school gardens, the California Department of Education (CDE) launched the “Garden in Every School” initiative in 1995, which continues today with support for the expansion of school garden programs throughout the state. The Nutrition Services Division leads the “Garden in Every School” program and collaborates with individuals and organizations that support school gardens, including public and private agricultural agencies, waste management agencies, health agencies, and others. Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 34
  • 36. The CDE provides technical assistance and educational resources to public schools interested in using school gardens as outdoor classrooms for nutrition and core subject area education. It published the Health Framework for California Public Schools and developed a set of nutrition competencies to guide curriculum implementation for students in prekindergarten through grade 12 to promote effective, sequential, and comprehensive nutrition education. For more information about the “Garden in Every School” program, contact the Nutrition Services Division, California Department of Education, at 800-952-5609 or 916-445-0850. California Healthy Kids Resource Center. Sponsored by the California Department of Education and Department of Public Health, the California Healthy Kids Resource Center maintains a comprehensive collection of high-quality health education materials for use by teachers, administrators, university faculty, LEA (local education agency) staff, and other professionals who work with preschool through 12th grade students in school settings and after-school programs. The materials include curricula, videotapes, teacher reference materials, and research materials, along with models and other displays. The materials are free to use; schools are responsible only for return shipping charges. For more information and a listing of materials available, visit the center’s Web site at www.hkresources.org/. Farm to School Program. The concept of linking schools with local farmers to provide fresher, tastier, healthier school meals is known as “Farm to School” and is considered part of a healthy school environment. The objectives of the program are to serve fresh and healthy meals in school cafeterias, improve student nutrition, provide health and nutrition education opportunities, teach agricultural literacy, and support local small farmers. Schools buy and feature farm-fresh foods such as fruits and vegetables, eggs, honey, meat, and beans on their menus; incorporate nutrition-based curriculum in the classroom; and provide students experiential learning opportunities through farm visits, gardening activities, and recycling programs. Farmers gain access to a new market through schools and are able to connect to their community through programs designed to educate kids about local food and sustainable agriculture. When fresh, farm-direct, seasonal food is included in school lunch programs, both children and farmers benefit. Combining healthy school lunch choices with nutrition education, farm visits, school gardens, and cooking projects in the classroom gives children a better opportunity to develop healthy eating habits that last a lifetime. For more information about California’s Farm to School program, visit www.cafarmtoschool.org/. Fruits and Vegetables for Health. Fruits and Vegetables for Health is a free curriculum guide available from the California Foundation for Agriculture in the Classroom. The comprehensive unit teaches students about the production, distribution, and nutritional value of California fresh produce. Geography, English-language arts, mathematics, science, health, and nutrition concepts are incorporated. It is aligned to the content standards for California public schools. Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living “ School health programs can help children and adolescents attain full educational potential and good health by providing them with the skills, social support, environmental reinforcement need to adopt long-term, ” and they healthy 35 eating behaviors. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Debbie Delatour
  • 37. To download, visit www.cfaitc.org/LessonPlans/LessonPlans.php. Rethinking School Lunch. The Rethinking School Lunch (RSL) program uses a systems approach to address the crisis in childhood obesity, provide nutrition education, and teach ecology. It builds on the premise that hands-on experience in growing and preparing food is a powerful way for children to discover that healthy food tastes good, and to learn about life cycles, seasons, other processes of nature, and the relationship between the health of natural and social systems. The program includes an online 175-page guide, ongoing essay series, “Thinking Outside the Lunchbox,” a downloadable Model Wellness Policy Guide, and outreach efforts, including presentations to professional organizations and NGOs, technical assistance, and workshops for educators. For more information, visit www.ecoliteracy.org/programs/index.html. The Network for a Healthy California (Network). This statewide initiative is led by the California Department of Public Health represents a movement of local, state and national partners collectively working toward improving the health status of low-income Californians through increased fruit and vegetable consumption and daily physical activity. Multiple venues are used to facilitate behavior change in the homes, schools, worksites, and communities of low-income Californians to create environments that support fruit and vegetable consumption and physical activity.. For more information, visit the Network’s Web site at www.ca5aday.com. Two specific Network programs: Children’s Power Play! Campaign (Power Play!) Power Play! is a statewide campaign led by the California Department of Public Health and administered by the Public Health Institute. Its purpose is to motivate and empower California’s 9- to 11-year-old children to eat 3 to 5 cups of fruits and vegetables and get at least 60 minutes of physical activity every day. . Power Play! provides free nutrition and physical activity educational materials, available in English and Spanish, to fourth and fifth grade teachers with students from low-income families. Activities can be incorporated into subjects across the curriculum and are linked to the California content standards in mathematics and English-language arts. To request materials or for more information, contact your region’s Power Play! lead agency. Contact information is available at http://www.cdph.ca.gov/programs/cpns/ Pages/ChildrensPowerPlayCampaign.aspx – Harvest of the Month. Harvest of the Month features ready-to-go tools and resources that can be used in diverse applications within the school environment. It provides educators, Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living “ ” 36 More children need to understand what they’re eating. Children’s education is vital, and knowing where a product comes from is fundamental to life. Margaret D’Arrigo-Martin Executive Vice President D’Arrigo Brothers, Salinas, CA Judy Huffaker
  • 38. Program Spotlight Edible Schoolyard Martin Luther King, Jr. Middle School, Berkeley, CA The Edible Schoolyard sprouted out of the shared vision of community members and school personnel. They envisioned a garden and kitchen classroom that would transform the learning environment and enrich the lives of the students at Martin Luther King, Jr. Middle School. The first seed was planted in 1994 through a conversation between chef Alice Waters and then King Middle School Principal Neil Smith, with additional seeds sown and nurtured through the planning and hard work of hundreds of students, teachers, staff, and volunteers. Over time, an abandoned, asphalt-covered lot became a thriving classroom. Today, it not only enriches the local community, but also serves as a model for school gardening programs around the world. More than 900 students participate “ ” in the Edible Schoolyard program each year. The program uses food as a unifying concept to introduce students to the larger principles of ecology. Students learn how to grow, harvest, and prepare nutritious seasonal produce through direct experiences in the garden and kitchen classroom. The lessons and activities tie into required curricula for each grade level. They are designed to foster a better understanding of how the natural world sustains us, and promote the environmental and social well-being of the school community. When the hearts and minds of our children are captured by a school lunch curriculum and enriched with expe-rience in the garden, sustainability will become the lens through which they see the world. Program Coordinator Chelsea Chapman notes that the program serves as a “big school community builder” linking students from diverse social, economic, and cultural backgrounds together “through a shared experience.” Garden Manager Kelsey Siegel has also witnessed the magic of the growing environment. “One of my continuing observations is that the garden provides a place that helps level the educational playing field. It helps to subvert some of the disparities that occur within the classroom or even on the playground. By working collectively with each other, teachers, staff, and volunteers, the students at MLK feel safe in a natural space that they have helped create and care for.” The impact of the Edible Schoolyard extends beyond the school’s boundaries. Chelsea explains that one of the most rewarding aspects of the program is to “[watch the] lessons from garden and kitchen going home with the kids.” In addition to recipes, a farm stand Thomas Heinser is set up after school, allowing students to take extra produce home with them. The students return to school with stories of their cooking adventures and their family’s reactions. As former students return as volunteers, the Edible Schoolyard is progressing toward its larger goal of revolutionizing the way individuals view food, agriculture, and their environment. As founder Alice Waters suggests, “When the hearts and minds of our children are captured by a school lunch curriculum and enriched with experience in the garden, sustainability will become the lens through which they see the world.” Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living 37
  • 39. prekindergarten through grade 12, with materials to give students hands-on opportunities to explore, taste and learn about the importance of eating fruits and vegetables and being active every day. Harvest of the Month also provides the opportunity for collaboration among educators, child nutrition staff, school administrators, students, parents, the local media and retail outlets — all of whom are striving toward the goal of increasing knowledge of, access to and preference for fruits and vegetables and physical activity. A training module guides and supports users on how to effectively use all program materials and resources. This module includes a short DVD providing a visual experience of Harvest of the Month in action. Additional tools are included to expand on implementation strategies, explore the kinds of content contained within the monthly educator newsletters, and demonstrate how activities can be linked to several core curricular areas. All materials can be downloaded free on the Harvest of the Month website. Within this site, the Educators’ Corner provides teachers with additional activities, lesson ideas, recipes, student assessments and a wealth of resources to help implement a successful program. www.harvestofthemonth.com United States Department of Agriculture MyPyramid. The United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) has created many resources to help educators introduce basic nutrition education into the classroom, including the MyPyramid.gov tool. Visit www.mypyramid.gov/kids/index.html to download nutrition education classroom activities to supplement activities in the garden. Gardens for Learning: Promoting Healthy Living Summary Through garden programs, students learn skills they can use throughout their lifetime to engage in physical activity and increase their consumption of fruits and vegetables. Teaching students how to incorporate hobbies like gardening into their lives will help fight food-related health problems through adoption of activities supporting better nutritional choices. Use of the garden as a health education tool will have an impact on students’ choices today and well into the future. Check out the California School Garden Network Web site at www.csgn.org and the Resources section of this book (page 93) for additional ideas for using the garden to grow healthy kids. 1 Morris, J., K. Koumjian, M. Briggs, and S. Zidenberg-Cherr. Nutrition to Grow On: A garden-enhanced nutri-tion education curriculum for upper-elementary school children. Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior 34(3):175-176. 2 Foerster, S., J. Gregson, D.L. Beall, M. Hudes, H. Magnuson, S. Livingston, M.A. Davis, A.B. Joy, and T. Garbolino. 1998. The California Children’s 5 a Day Power Play! Campaign: Evaluation of a large-scale social market-ing initiative. Family and Community Health 21(1):46-64. 3 Morris, J., A. Neustadter, and S. Zidenberg-Cherr. 2001. First-grade gardeners more likely to taste vegetables. California Agriculture 55(1):43-46. 4 Morris, J., and S. Zidenberg-Cherr. 2002. Garden-enhanced nutrition curriculum improves fourth-grade school children’s knowledge of nutrition and preferences for some vegetables. Journal of the American Dietetic Association 102(1):91-93. 5 Murphy, J.M. 2003. Findings from the Evaluation Study of the Edible Schoolyard. Center for Ecoliteracy, Berkeley, CA, www.ecoliteracy.org/publications/pdf/ESYFindings-DrMurphy.pdf California Department of Education “ I saw all the people hustling early in the morning to go into the factories and the stores and the office buildings, to do their job, to get their check. But ultimately it’s not office buildings or jobs us our checks. It’s the soil. is what gives us the real ” that give The soil income that 38 supports us all. Ed Begley, Jr., Actor
  • 40. Designing Your School Garden To prepare for the design phase of your school garden, put on your creativity hat, adopt an adventurous attitude, and open your mind to all possibilities. Gather ideas from other schools, botanic gardens, magazines, garden shows, Web sites, and the imagination of your students and garden team. As you plan, remember to look at the future garden through the eyes of a child. Your students and garden team need to be active participants during this phase. Throughout the process, they should feel like valuable contributors. A strong connection during the design process will ensure they become diligent care-takers once the garden is installed. As you plan, there are two very important things to keep in mind: Your school garden should be both fun and functional. Make sure your design will result in a garden that will fulfill your needs and help you accomplish your curricular goals. Keep it simple. Dream big, but start with a plan that is manageable for your school. Consider developing a three- or five-year plan, adding a few components each year. Remember that it is the smiling children learning in the garden that makes it beautiful, not the fancy and complicated planting design. Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden 39 Photos: Western Growers Foundation
  • 41. How to Get Started Begin designing by gathering ideas from existing school gardens either by visiting local schools or by browsing the Web (you can start your search at the California School Garden Network Web site at www.csgn.org). You may also want to visit a local botanic garden or arboretum. Although your group has different spaces and resources available to it, you will get a feel for characteristics that are appealing by visiting these sites. Do you like gardens with sitting areas? Do you like vegetable gardens? What type of paths do you prefer? Next, give your students and garden team a chance to brainstorm. Asking them to draw their idea of the perfect garden is a good place to start. Give everyone a chance to share their drawings and make a list of all the elements included. See if you find common trends. For instance, do a lot of the gardens include birds or butterflies? If so, you might want to establish a garden supporting wildlife. Are there many fruits and vegetables? Maybe you want to focus on edible plantings. The class can choose the best – and most practical – elements of each to incorporate into a final design. As you review these ideas, remind everyone of your curricular goals. Are there any strong connections between the dream ideas and the goals you have adopted? Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden Types of Gardens Although no two gardens look exactly alike, there are some basic planting techniques used for constructing indoor school gardens and some different techniques used for those outdoors. Indoor garden options include windowsill gardens and stands with grow lights. Outdoor options include in-ground beds, raised beds, and container gardens. Indoor Gardens The simplest form of indoor gardening is to grow plants in front of windows that receive a decent amount of sunlight. Windows that face south and west are best, and they usually receive enough light to grow leaf and root vegetables (beets, carrots, lettuce, onions, and radishes) and herbs. East-facing and north-facing windows do not receive as much light, so they will limit planting options mostly to houseplants. Spend a few days monitoring the light available through the window to determine whether there is a sufficient level for an indoor garden. Grow lights (fluorescent tube lights designed to hang low over growing areas) are a more effective way to produce indoor crops. You can purchase prefabricated models or make your own. With grow lights, you control the amount of light your plants receive and can expand your crop options to include fruit crops such as tomatoes and strawberries. Debbie Delatour “ Just by walking by and giving a curious glance, children can passively absorb the lessons of the garden: a pea vine sending tendrils up a pole, a new blossom about to burst open, a seedling pushing through the soil. Teachers walking by can point to pollinators, give an impromptu lesson in ecology, math, weather, botany. A garden in full view can become the heart of the school campus, a place learning, transformation, a place to observe the ” of wonder, and seasons 40 and cycles of life. Marty Fujita Food For Thought Ojai Unified School District Ojai, CA
  • 42. Program Spotlight A joint project of the City of Riverside and the Riverside Unified School District, the Eastside Community Garden was developed as a resource for Emerson Elementary students and local residents. While many schools may struggle to find space for a garden, Emerson’s garden was an already defined 1-acre plot in the back corner of the school. Possibly even more difficult than not having enough space is having too much. In the initial stages of the garden planning, students were invited to submit artistic drawings for a garden theme poster. They were asked to visualize what the garden would look like and what students could do there. Two students’ designs were chosen and their art was included on a T-shirt produced for the garden ground-breaking event. Building on the students’ ideas and working with a Master Gardener from the Cooperative Extension program, the Eastside Community Garden Committee made several design drafts and presented them to the community during the ground-breaking ceremony. A high school drafting student prepared a more formal design. Although several modifications were made, the time invested in the initial planning of the site was extremely valuable. Soliciting numerous ideas about the design of the garden helped people to visualize possibili-ties. The practical issues of the site grade, irrigation, fencing, shade, accessibility, and financial resources also played important roles in selecting the initial design. An important initial design element was to determine which materials to use in building the garden beds. Although sev-eral materials were suggested, ultimately Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden the use of 8- by 8- by 16-inch cinder blocks was chosen. Benefits of using these blocks included: • Cinder blocks can be used to construct garden beds of a variety of shapes and sizes. • The garden design can be changed and the blocks can be reused. • Minimal skill is required to build a garden bed out of cinder block. • The open cells in the blocks can be used to plant invasive plants or flowers. Whereas brainstorming many ideas for the garden design created interest, practicality triumphed when it came to the actual construction. The committee determined that building as many equal-sized beds as possible would help get more gardeners involved in the project. The design made the addition of water faucets and an automated watering system easier to install after the raised beds were constructed. During the course of one year, approximately 17 garden beds were built out of cinder blocks at the Eastside Community Garden. The raised beds have been extremely durable and did not shift even during an extremely rainy winter. The simple design allowed gardeners time to focus on growing vegetables rather than on building and maintaining garden beds. Designing a Large School Garden Emerson Elementary School, Riverside, CA John McCombs The raised beds have been extremely durable and did not shift even during an extremely rainy winter. The simple design allowed gardeners time to focus on growing vegetables rather than on building and maintaining garden beds. 41
  • 43. Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden Outdoor Gardens The traditional outdoor garden is planted in the ground of a schoolyard. During the site analysis described below, you will evaluate your soil and determine whether this is a good option for your class. Unless the area has been cultivated before, you will often need to amend and till compacted soil before you begin planting. Raised garden beds are another option commonly used by schools. Create a raised bed by shoveling soil from surrounding pathways or bringing in new soil or compost to create mounds that are 1 to 2 feet taller than the adjacent paths. The top of the mound should be flattened to decrease soil erosion. Raised beds look nice, support healthy plant growth, and keep people on paths. The loose soil encourages roots to grow strong and deep, and the garden soaks in moisture easily. In areas with cool, wet spring weather, soil in raised beds drains and warms more quickly so you can get started earlier. To create more permanent, defined raised beds, make 1- to 2-foot-tall frames using materials like recycled plastic lumber, rot-resistant wood such as cedar or redwood, stones, or concrete blocks and then fill the frames with soil. Although rot-resistant pressure-treated wood is available for purchase, it should not be used in the garden because of the toxic chemicals on the treated wood. Framed raised beds can be built over soil or on top of concrete or asphalt surfaces. Although making framed raised beds is more expensive than planting directly in the ground, it does offer a number of benefits. Framed raised beds are more permanent and define the garden bed area. You can choose your own soil, making them easier to cultivate and eliminating worries about toxins such as lead. They usually have fewer problems with weeds and drainage. They may help with pest control by making it easier to scout for insects and install gopher wire barriers. Additionally, raised beds can be built high enough for wheelchair accessibility. A third outdoor option is to plant in containers. Examples of common containers are clay and plastic pots, large wooden barrels, and buckets. However, you can use anything that holds soil and has drainage holes. You can even use an old bathtub. If you experience warm days but cold nights, or if you have concerns about vandalism, you can create an indoor/outdoor garden by growing plants in buckets with handles, or pots with wheels, and moving them indoors at night. Site Analysis Once you decide what type of garden will best fit your needs and resources, you need to find a place to put it. It is best to locate your garden in a prominent area of the schoolyard to increase involvement and decrease the likelihood of vandalism. To determine the usefulness of a site, your garden team needs to complete a site analysis. A site analysis involves investigating and evaluating the growing and environmental conditions of potential garden areas. You may conduct several analyses before you find a site that is just right. At some schools, only one site will be available. However, if that is the case, you should still perform the site analysis because it will help 42 Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ Because the gardens are directly outside the classrooms and on the side of the recess area, it is clear that the students visit the gardens frequently on their own time. Often when we go out to the garden during class, we notice lettuce that has been thinned slightly, empty peapods on the ground, or carrot tops in the compost pile. One of the most important aspects of the garden, in our opinion, is this close proximity to where the hang out and spend time day, a visual reminder of being done during gardening Leah Smith Marin Food Systems Project ” students during the the work time. Coordinator Bayside Elementary Sausalito, CA
  • 44. you determine what you can plant. During the site analysis, you need to investigate: Size and Existing Features. The available land at a site is important. Although you may start small, it is a good idea to have room to expand as your program grows. Ask your students to measure the parameters of the proposed site and make note of existing features like plant materials, pathways, fencing, water sources, shaded areas, etc. Using grid or graph paper and an appropriate scale, sketch a garden layout. Soil. A nutrient-rich soil with good texture and plenty of organic matter will help your garden thrive. On the flip side, poor soil will frustrate even the most experienced gardener. Determine the texture of your soil (amount of sand, silt, and clay) and test for pH and nutrient content. Do-it-yourself soil kits are available from most garden centers, or contact your local Cooperative Extension Service office for information on soil testing labs. You may also want to test for lead contamination. Find out as much as you can about the history of the potential garden site. If the site is located in an urban area, previously contained houses or other structures that were painted with lead paint, was once used for dumping, was exposed to lead-based pesticide treatments, or is close to a heavily traveled road, you should test for lead. Call your local public health department office to find out where soil lead testing is available. The presence of lead does not need to deter gardening efforts. If the schoolyard soil is not suitable for gardening, you can garden in raised beds or containers. Sunlight. Most flower, vegetable, and herb gardens need to be exposed to full sunlight for at least six hours a day. Students can check the potential garden site at different times during the day and year to see how much sun it receives. Use a compass to identify which direction is north. Determine the path of the sun throughout the day to anticipate shadows. In wintertime, remember to factor in shade that will be cast by tree leaves in the warmer months. Use shade areas for gathering places or to plant shade-tolerant crops such as lettuce. Water Sources. Access to water is essential for gardening, and the closer the water is to the garden, the better. If a water source is not conveniently located, the job of watering can become time-consuming and limit garden growth. There are various systems to consider: watering cans, garden hoses, drip irrigation, overhead watering. Drip irrigation and water-conserving sprinkler systems are often the most water- and time-efficient. Determine which water systems will be available to you at the potential location. Water Drainage. How water moves through the site is also important. You don’t want to plant a garden in a consistently wet low spot unless you are planting wetland or water plants. Visit the site after a rain. Does the water puddle or does it drain away? Both slope and soil type affect drainage. In addition to low spots, avoid steep slopes; if that’s not possible, consider terracing or raised beds. Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 43
  • 45. Accessibility. It is important for your site to be easily accessible both during class time and outside class. If your garden is a short walk from the classroom, there will be more teacher involvement than if the site is a long trek across the school grounds. A garden close to the classroom is more convenient, more visible, and easier to incorporate into the curriculum on a regular basis. The path to the garden should be level and handicapped accessible, a minimum of 4 feet, and preferably 6 feet, wide (check with your school district for specific accessibility regulations). Also, the garden should be accessible to students when they are not in class so they explore and enjoy it on their own. Finally, place the garden in a visible location so all students, teachers, parents, and community members can enjoy its beauty, thus adding to their support and enthusiasm for the garden. Security and Safety. Do not choose a site near heavy road traffic or close to other potential hazards. If possible, locate your garden within sight of classrooms and neighbors so a close eye can be kept on it. You may want to use fences to help with protection on weekends and during extended breaks. Future Uses. Check with your school principal and administrators about long-term plans for your site. Don’t invest large amounts of energy and money in a site slated to become a new cafeteria or classroom wing. After collecting all this information, decide whether or not the site will work for your school garden. If you have concerns, conduct additional site analyses to see if there are better options. If there are no other options, research plants that will grow in the existing conditions. For instance, if the available area is poorly drained, perhaps a habitat of water plants is the best selection. Although this may lead to a garden that differs from the original vision, it will still be a viable outdoor classroom and will provide an important lesson for the students about choosing sustainable and environmentally friendly landscape plans. Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden Needs Inventory Once you nail down a site, it is time to complete a needs inventory. Start by comparing your brainstorming ideas with the curricular goals. What garden components from the brainstorming list complement those goals? To help you get started, here is a list of common school garden components: Garden Beds. You can create garden beds in various shapes and sizes. If you keep the growing areas no more than 4 feet wide, everyone involved in the program should be able to reach all plants. Although it is common to align rectangular beds evenly in rows, some school gardeners avoid doing so, believing that it leaves little room for creative inspiration. Some try circular gardens, sliced, pie-fashion, by pathways. Others are inspired by the natural world. You might arrange your planting beds in other geometric designs around “ The gardener does not create the garden; the garden creates the gardener. Alan Chadwick Organic Gardening Proponent ” and Founder of the UCSC Alan Chadwick Garden Santa Cruz, CA Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 44
  • 46. Program Spotlight It’s easy to tell when you walk through a garden that children helped make. There are colorful, hand-painted signs and flowers planted in random designs. Vegetables may be planted in old wheelbarrows, watering cans, or even shoes. Gardens that children help design feel child centered, alive, and whimsical. When the Life Lab Science Program began planning the Life Lab Garden Classroom, a model school garden in Santa Cruz, staff worked hard to include children’s visions in the design process. “We wanted a place where children Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden could feel comfortable, and interact with the garden in many ways,” said Life Lab’s education director, Erika Perloff. “So we invited local elementary school students to participate in the design process. We asked them to imagine all the components that they might include in a learning garden, and to draw maps of their ideal gardens. The result was a fantastic collection of ideas for us to draw from. Children wanted the gardens to be full of edible fruits, so we made sure it would produce fruits nearly year-round. They wanted places to hide out, so we put in a vine-covered crawl tunnel, a hidden bird blind, and a weeping tree. They suggested outdoor kitchens, spirals, music-making areas, ponds, animals, and of course lots of places to grow food. We put all these ideas into the garden. Other suggestions included an airstrip, hang gliders, and an underground gopher-viewing chamber. We’re still working on those.…” Visit www.lifelab.org/classroom for more information and a map of the Life Lab Garden Classroom. A Garden Designed for Children, by Children Life Lab Garden Classroom, Santa Cruz, CA John Fisher/Life Lab “ We wanted a place where children could feel comfortable, and interact with the garden in many ways... We asked them to imagine all the components that they might include in a learning garden, and to draw maps of their ideal gardens. The result was a fantastic collection of ideas... ” 45
  • 47. a central meeting area, or scatter beds of different sizes and shapes throughout the garden site. Paths. Paths reduce the risk that plants will get trampled, and they organize traffic flow. Make main pathways 4 to 6 feet wide to accommodate wheelchairs and wheelbarrows. Keep paths distinct and weed-free. If steady foot traffic doesn’t do the trick, you can cover paths with mulch, such as shredded bark or wood chips. To help keep down weeds, lay down sheets of black-and-white newspaper, cardboard, or landscape fabric before mulching (cardboard is often the least expensive and most effective choice). Alternatively, you can plant pathways with grass and mow it, or, in permanent garden sites, you can use asphalt, bricks, pebbles, or crushed stone. Irrigation. Although watering by hand using watering cans and/or hoses is an option, in most areas of California, this job becomes cumbersome and can detract from the garden experience. Drip irrigation and water-conserving sprinkler systems installed before planting will save time and often result in a healthier garden. Gathering Places. In a shady part of the garden, a picnic table, bench, or group of hay bales or logs provides an ideal place for cleaning and sorting vegetables, conducting outdoor lessons, doing arts and crafts, writing in journals, or just getting relief from the sun. Toolshed or Storage Area. A toolshed or storage area is a good central location for cleaning, organizing, and protecting tools and equipment. Compost Areas. If you designate a place for a compost pile, students can convert garden and lunchroom waste into a rich, soil-building ingredient and witness the wonders of decomposition. You can create simple freestanding piles or make an enclosure from chicken wire, wooden pallets, concrete blocks, or lumber. Even an old garbage can with holes punched in it will suffice. Make sure the structure has openings for air circulation. Weather Station. Consider cultivating keen weather watchers by incorporating a weather station into your garden. Students can monitor a variety of conditions and determine how different factors affect garden life. These are just a few component ideas. As you continue the design process, you may add to your needs inventory. Putting Design on Paper With the completed site analysis Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden and needs inventory in hand, take a copy of the garden layout developed in the site analysis and work with the garden team and students Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 46 Monrovia
  • 48. to create a landscape design. Landscape designers begin this process by drawing bubble diagrams. In a bubble diagram, you define uses for spaces rather than laying out detailed plans. Lay a piece of tracing paper over the map or copy it onto an overhead and use additional overheads for sketching. Draw a bubble representing each component of the garden (beds, sitting area, pathways, etc.). Bubbles can be drawn quickly and in different colors. The idea is to experiment by putting the bubbles in different configurations (e.g., placing the sitting area in the middle of the garden versus placing it on the side), shapes (e.g., circular beds versus rectangular beds), and sizes (e.g., a few large garden beds versus multiple small beds) until you develop a general idea of where to place the different components. Once there is an idea of where to place things, create a more detailed design. Begin by defining beds and walkways. Be sure to draw the plan to scale so that you are accurate in the use of space. Also create a plan for irrigation. Although you will need to leave room to be flexible, careful planning is important to help determine supply and material needs. The last step will be to select plants. You and your class should choose plants that can grow successfully in your region and that can be properly cared for and harvested when the students are around. When possible, incorporate drought-tolerant and native plantings; they will ease maintenance and serve as a tool for teaching sustainable landscape practices. Deciding where to place the plants in your garden takes some consideration. Plants have different space, light, and temperature requirements. Use books and Web sites to research potential plants. You may also want to seek advice from local garden center employees, other school garden coordinators, plant nursery workers, or your local Master Gardeners and Cooperative Extension office. Although the designs do not need to be complex, if you have a large project, you may want to consider finding a local landscape designer who is willing to donate time. He or she can make sure you’ve considered all available options and potential problem areas and help you move the design forward. Try to find someone who will engage students and the garden team in the planning and design process. Gardens for Learning: Designing Your School Garden Focusing the Design There are such a wide variety of plants and activities you can incorporate in your school garden that the design process can sometimes feel overwhelming. Your team may provide tons of great ideas and suggestions, and, in trying to incorporate them all, you may end up with a garden requiring extensive funding and maintenance. One method to help focus the garden design process is to decide on a central theme. Designing a garden around a theme allows the team to create a meaningful space using a slightly narrowed vision. Inspirations for themes can come from topics within the curriculum, the interests of the students, specific plant materials, or even a favorite book or movie. Some examples of popular theme gardens: • Alphabet garden • Butterfly garden • Children’s literature— based gardens (e.g., Peter Rabbit garden) • Cut flower garden • Edible garden (note: any garden on this list can include edible plants) — Herb garden — Pizza garden — Salad garden — Salsa garden — Soup garden — Stir fry garden • Historical garden (e.g., California Mission garden, Victory garden) • Native American garden • Native plant garden • Multicultural garden • Peace garden • Rainbow garden • Sunflower garden In addition to helping with the design process, a theme may also provide you with creative press release ideas and fundraising connections. Involve your students and garden team to help choose your garden theme. Make sure the theme creates excitement and enthusiastic support to continue your school garden’s momentum. Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 47
  • 49. Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden For those planning youth gardens, there is never a shortage of ideas for programs and activities. But do you find the room quiets when the topic switches to funding the project? The good news is that a gardening program does not need to be huge to be successful – students can learn as much from a 4- by 8-foot raised bed as from a half-acre plot. But even on a small scale, your gardening program will need basic supplies like soil, tools, and plants, of course. So where can you go to find these materials? Finding the resources necessary to begin and maintain a youth garden is always a challenge, but it does not need to be a roadblock. Think of your funding search as an opportunity to provide additional community members a chance to participate in an extraordinary and powerful youth program. Search out people and organizations who share your love for children and who can benefit from being a part of your success. Identify Supply and Material Needs First and foremost, do not search for funds until you complete the preliminary planning and design steps. Donors and funding organizations want to invest in long-term ventures and will look carefully at your support network and plans for implementation to determine whether your program will last. Create a firm foundation before you gather the supplies to build. Once you have in place a garden team, a set of clear goals, and a design, develop a list of resources needed to implement the program. Although miscellaneous needs will arise, you should be able to develop a detailed list of the supplies and materials you will need to make your garden a reality. Make sure to estimate your needs as accurately as possible. Remember to include expenses for the site development and improvement, operation, curriculum, and miscellaneous items. Why is this list so important? You don’t want to be missing important supplies that delay garden implementation, nor do you want to end up with supplies you cannot use. A vague request for supplies for a new school garden could result in 10 garden hoses and one shovel, when what you really need is 10 shovels and one hose. Having this list in hand as Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 48 Left: Western Growers Foundation; top: Monrovia
  • 50. you search for support will also demonstrate the organized and professional nature of your garden and give potential sponsors confidence in both you and the program. The needs of each garden will vary on the basis of location (indoor versus outdoor), size, number of students participating, and plantings. Common items needed by school gardens follow. Plants. It is not a garden without plants. Plants may be started from seed, grown from cuttings, or purchased as mature plants. Most classrooms begin their gardens by planting seeds because they are relatively inexpensive, and their growth helps students to visualize the full life cycle of a plant. It is also easy to find donations of seeds from local garden centers or seed companies near the end of the summer because many companies want to get rid of excess stock then. Seed packages are dated, and even though most garden centers and seed companies will not sell seed with older dates, packets kept in a cool and dry location will have high germination rates for many years. Curriculum Books and Resources. There are a lot of solid resources available to aid you in this process. A list of resources is included on pages 93 to 96. A detailed, prewritten curriculum is especially valuable if you are using volunteers to aid in the teaching process. Also visit the California School Garden Network Web site at www.csgn.org for online links. Soil and/or Compost. Whether you are gardening in the ground or in containers, you will need rich, high-quality soil and compost for your plants. Many municipalities where green waste is collected give compost and mulch to residents. Irrigation Supplies. Plants need water. Irrigation supplies include watering cans, hoses, and sprinklers. Experienced gardeners know that automatic irrigation – for instance, drip irrigation systems or sprinklers – is an important asset for school gardens. If you plan to water with watering cans, make sure they are small enough for students to carry when full. Child-Sized Garden Tools. It is important to use the right tools for the job. Although you may want a few adult-sized tools for parents and volunteers, smaller and more lightweight tools are safer for children to use. When selecting tools, look for durable, well-made, properly sized products. Watch out for donations of poorly maintained or unsafe garden tools. Examples of tools you may need: hoes, rakes, digging forks, digging spades, shovels, hand trowels, hand cultivators, buckets, and a wheelbarrow or garden cart. Child-Sized Gloves. Soil is teeming with life, which is important for the health of your plants. However, it may also include organisms or trash items that are not beneficial for your students. Gloves help protect students from sharp rocks or trash buried in the soil and prevent undesirable organisms from getting under fingernails or into cuts. Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 49 Western Growers Foundation Debbie Delatour
  • 51. Fertilizer. Even with the most fertile soil, your plants will probably need additional fertilizer for healthy growth. Let the soil test results from your site analysis and the plants’ needs be your guide. Nutrients may be added by applications of compost, organic fertilizers like fish emulsion, or synthetic fertilizers like slow-release pellets. Always read and follow the warning labels on fertilizer products and store in a secure location. All fertilizers should be handled by adults or under close adult supervision. Garden Stakes and Row Markers. Label your plants to keep track of what, where, and when you plant. Although at the time of planting, you may think you will remember this without writing it down, once you expand your garden and begin different classroom experiments, it is easy to forget. Mulch. Outdoor gardens benefit from the addition of 2 to 3 inches of mulch added to the soil. The mulch helps to slow water loss from evaporation, moderate soil temperatures, decrease soil erosion, and decrease the spread of soilborne diseases. There are a number of different materials you can use as mulch, including shredded wood, straw, plastic, and newspaper. Many tree service companies will donate wood chip mulch to worthy projects such as school gardens. Money. Sometimes there are items or services you will need funds for, such as renting a tiller or paying a water bill. Also, you may run into miscellaneous expenses that you did not originally anticipate. It helps to have a small amount of cash available to your garden project to accommodate fees and surprise expenses. Once you have a list of needs, where do you begin your search? First, determine whether or not your school or school district has internal supply funds to help with your program. Internal funding may be limited, but it never hurts to try; after all, you are competing for funds with a smaller number of people. Next, look for additional local resources within your community. Businesses like to support local initiatives because it helps them strengthen their ties to the community, closely track the progress of their investment, and reap public relations benefits from their generosity. For instance, a garden business that donates plants hopes the students’ parents will acknowledge the investment made in their children and respond by shopping at that store. After looking locally, expand your search to regional, state, and national opportunities. Most school gardens use three main approaches to seek funds: donations, grants, and fundraising projects. You will probably want to use a combination of these strategies to secure the funds needed to begin and maintain your garden program. Donations Seeking donations is a task that many people dread because they often hear “no” numerous times before getting a “yes.” Before you begin your quest, create project folders for your school garden that you can take Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden “ At my son’s school, we identify the number of bolts, 2-by-4s, etc. with the price per unit that we need for a project. We ask parents to donate what they can. They love it – they get a range of prices to choose from and thus can participate without breaking the bank, and we get participation ” 50 and our project funded. Deborah Tamannaie Nutrition Services Division California Department of Education Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
  • 52. Program Spotlight One can drive through town and Avenue of Scarecrows “ Davis Joint Unified School District, Davis, CA ” Found in gardens and fields for centuries, scarecrows are installed to protect the harvest by scaring away creatures like birds that might snack on ripening produce. Creating a garden scarecrow is a fun project for students. It invites them to exercise their artistic talents by creating whimsical garden decorations. In the process, students can learn about historic garden practices, the use of straw as a mulch, and alternative pest-control methods. Schools in the Davis Joint Unified School District (DJUSD) have added another function to scarecrow creation – they use it as a way to raise funds for gardening programs. Through the DJUSD Avenue of Scare-crows program, preschool to high school classrooms construct scarecrows to sell during a silent auction at the local Farmers Market Fall Festival. The festival, held on the Saturday before Halloween, attracts more than 2,000 community members. The event began in October 2000, and it has grown in size and scope each year. In 2005, the auctioning of 70 scarecrows resulted in $1300 being raised for local school garden programs. A local farmer provides straw for the scarecrows, but each class makes its own frame and collects clothes and other decorative items for the scarecrow. Most schools use a standard wooden T-frame about 6 feet tall with a crossbar about 4 feet long. Some smaller scarecrows are also produced appropriate for table decorations and party favors. Participants are encouraged to be creative in the constructions. Teachers begin designing the scarecrows with their students in early September using brainstorming sessions and teamwork. They note that discussing scarecrow design ideas is a great bonding exercise for the class. Dorothy Peterson, district garden coordinator, promotes the event as an excellent opportunity “to tie school gardens into the whole community – farmers’ markets, businesses, agricultural groups, churches, the chamber, and service organizations. One can drive through town and see our scarecrows in yards and on porches. It’s a total community buy-in.” In addition to the fundraising, the district uses the festival to share information about the Davis Educational Foundation’s Farm to School program by highlighting the concepts of seed to table through educational displays placed alongside the see our scarecrows in yards and on porches. It’s a total community buy-in. scarecrows. “It is the major event at which the Farm to School group showcases gardening for the entire community.” An important component of the program is its connection to classroom curriculum. Teachers tie interdisciplinary lessons into the planning process and observe positive results as “students work and problem-solve in group discussions about clothing, theme-based characters, and more.” Each classroom takes a photo of its scarecrow and collectively writes a story about Dorothy Peterson it. All the stories are printed and bound with the help of a sponsor, then sold at a school gardening event or as a fall fundraiser for $1 more each than the cost of printing. Older students expand on the concept by writing spin-off chapters and creating adventure stories involving their class scarecrow. Additionally, students research the history of local and global customs, celebrations, and folklore involving the harvest season. The Avenue of Scarecrows program demonstrates that fundraising programs can be educational and fun while generating important financial support. After the auction, all leftover straw is used to cover garden pathways, reducing winter weed growth and decreasing the amount of mud tracked into the school building. This is a program that students, teachers, parents, and community members look forward to each year. Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 51
  • 53. with you and leave with each potential donor. The folders will show that your effort is well organized and that the program has the full support of the school administration. The project folder does not need to be flashy, but should include an enthusiastic endorsement letter from the director, principal, or coordinator; a one-page project description; a garden plan; a list of people who support the project; a list of garden needs; and personal appeals like quotes or drawings from students. Here is a list of tips to make sure your donation search is rewarding rather than frustrating: • Begin with the parents of your youth. They are strongly invested in your program and may be able to donate the items you need or may have community connections that can fulfill your needs. Reach parents in parent volunteer meetings, school newsletters, and e-mail appeals. • Identify potential donors by matching your needs with their services and products. Meet with potential donors in person, if possible. • Know the tax status of your school or organization and the name businesses should use when making out checks. • Businesses receive requests for donations all the time, so be professional and organized. Ask only for appropriate amounts of cash and specific materials. • Remember that businesses need to sell their products and make a profit to survive. Be ready to tell them why they should invest in your school garden project and how you will recognize them if they do support it. • Money may be the first gift that comes to mind, but other donations can be just as valuable. These may include plants and seeds, lumber, soil, amendments, fencing, tools, release time for employees who wish to participate, and in-kind gifts like use of equipment. • Acknowledge all donations, large and small, in the form of notes, posters, banners, and so on. Include students in the acknowledgment process. • If you do not like to ask for donations, find someone on your garden team who is more comfortable doing so. Donors pick up on hesitation and are more likely to say “no” to a person who lacks enthusiasm and confidence. When people say “no,” accept it gracefully and thank them for their time. Who knows? They may change their mind or you may need to approach them about other opportunities in the future. Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden Grants A number of grants are available that provide money and materials to help fund youth gardens. A great place to start searching for them is on the California School Garden Network Web site, www.csgn.org. Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 52
  • 54. Grants generally require completion of an application, and may or may not result in funds being awarded. Grants come from a number of sources, including public funds (local, state, and federal government) and private funds from foundations (general, community, corporate, family), corporations, and other resources. Here are a few tips for finding and applying for grants: • Find grants with requirements that match your needs. • Do your homework. Research the programs supported in the past and the current priorities of the organization. • Submit a professional application, making sure to follow all instructions, answer questions thoroughly, keep text concise and meaningful, and provide as much detail as possible, including plans for sustainability. • Ask someone to proofread your application before you submit it. • Make sure the application is easy to understand. If you handed it to a stranger, would he or she be able to translate your goals and purpose? • Submit the application before the deadline. Fundraising If you’ve already got a school garden, using garden projects to raise money not only provides funds for future expansion or special projects, but also provides students with business experience. Fundraising projects can be used to prepare students for a career in horticulture, engage students in authentic problem-solving challenges, involve students in educating the public, help students develop positive job-related or social skills, teach economics and math, help revitalize a community, and build school/community partnerships. Here are a few fundraising ideas: • Plant and sell vegetable, herb, or flower seedlings. • Create and sell craft projects from the garden, such as potpourri, pressed flower stationery, or dried flower arrangements. • Sell cut flowers or blooming potted plants for special occasions. • Save and package seeds to sell. • Make an edible product like salsa or jelly. • Host a silent auction or raffle. Combine with a dinner or special event like a garden tour. Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden 53 Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
  • 55. • Hold a spring garden sale with plants started by students or donated by local gardeners and nurseries. Before organizing a fundraising event, seek approval from school administrators. Also, check with governmental offices to see if you will need a special license (such as a nursery license or food handlers’ license). Finally, before the event takes place, establish financially sound procedures for handling and depositing money. Follow-Up Activities It is extremely important to follow up with your donors not only to show appreciation, but also to update them on your progress. If you create a sense of involvement in the program, they will want to contribute again in the future. Many grants require submission of an annual report. Make sure you know and complete all the requirements. Regardless of the requirements, however, when you receive a donation or grant (no matter how small) make sure that you send a thank you note written either by you or by one of the students involved in the program. Some additional ideas for follow-up: • Post a sign or plaque in your garden recognizing all contributors. • Plan a formal dedication ceremony for new gardens to recognize contributors and involve the community. • Create a Web site so donors can track progress. Include an acknowledgment of their contribution on your site. • Send a regular print or e-mail newsletter. • Send a card with an update on progress, such as a “First Day of Spring” card. • Host a garden party and invite all funders and sponsors to participate. • Recognize contributions in a school newsletter or newspaper article. • Create small gifts from the garden to give, such as a basket of fresh vegetables or potpourri from dried flowers. These tips should help as you search for support for your school garden program. Also remember your “C’s” – be creative, clear, concise, concrete, consistent, complete, cohesive, compelling, confident, convincing, and competent. Finding supplies and securing funding are activities you will engage in not only at the beginning of your school gardening pursuits, but also continuously to help sustain your garden (see Chapter 9, Sustaining Your Garden, for more information). A positive attitude will serve you well in your pursuit. Gardens for Learning: Finding Supplies and Funding Your Garden Dorothy Peterson 54
  • 56. Planting Your School Garden A fter planning and preparation, the excitement builds to the day when everyone can really “dig in” and get their hands dirty. Watching the garden design magically come to life sparks curiosity and amazement in both youth and adult participants. Although planting involves a lot of hard work, gardeners are usually too captivated by the activity to notice. This chapter offers some planting basics and tips for garden installation. It is important to remember that your focus is on creating an educational tool, and planting is just part of the learning process. Planting Day should be the beginning of a wonderful exploration. Base planting decisions on researched methods, but leave room for students to experiment. Some of your team’s design ideas may thrive and others may fail; just keep trying until you are successful. If you approach the garden with a positive and adventurous attitude, the students, parents, and other garden team members will follow. “ When I get into the garden, I feel like I am in another ” world. I feel special because [the garden] has a part of me. I planted something. Student Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Academy Salinas, CA Debbie Delatour Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 55 Western Growers Foundation
  • 57. Preparing the Soil and Beds Your team’s first step will be to prepare the soil and beds. This procedure will vary greatly in time and intensity depending on the size of the project and the location and type of the garden. Indoor Garden If your class is creating a windowsill garden, the main preparation for installation will be to find a way to protect the windowsill or table from water damage. Place pots in individual plant saucers or in a large plastic tray to catch drainage. If installing grow lights, follow the directions included with the materials or research an approved design. Be sure to follow all safety precautions and, if possible, ask your school district’s electrician to review construction. For indoor gardens, your team will need to obtain a supply of containers and soil. A wide range of pots can be used. Just make sure they have drainage holes at the bottom to avoid waterlogged plant roots. Plastic pots are the most common containers because they generally are inexpensive, can be reused, and are lightweight. You could also use clay pots, fiber pots, school milk cartons, growers’ flats or market packs, egg cartons, plastic planting bags, and plastic soda bottle bottoms. Students may be able to bring many of these items from home. The growing medium in which you raise your plants is important. It anchors the roots so the plants don’t fall over and serves as a reservoir for the water, air, and nutrients taken up by the roots. The best medium to use is soilless potting mix, made from peat moss (or coco peat), vermiculite, and/or perlite (it does not contain any true soil). Soilless potting mix is light enough to allow for good water drainage, root aeration, and root movement, yet heavy and spongy enough to provide anchorage and to hold on to adequate water and nutrients. Additionally, it is easy to transport and readily available in most garden stores. Another good feature of such potting mixes is that most are sterilized so that they do not contain weed seeds, insects, or diseases that could flourish in the favorable conditions of an indoor garden. And soilless mix doesn’t produce mud, so if it gets on clothing, it brushes off easily. Outdoor Garden Container Gardens. For smaller planting projects, preparing container gardens is much easier than in-ground or raised beds. First, obtain appropriate containers. Your class can use just about any container that will hold soil and has holes for drainage. Examples of common containers: clay and plastic pots, wooden barrels, window box planters, and plastic or metal buckets. Your team can also be creative and use items like bathtubs, wheelbarrows, shoes, and hollowed-out pumpkins or gourds. Smaller containers will need more frequent watering and fertilization than larger containers. Just make sure, if you are planting fruits and vegetables, that the containers were never used to hold toxic materials. Jonnalee Henderson California Department of Education 56 Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden
  • 58. Fill your chosen containers with a good potting soil mix. Although you can use garden soil, it tends to compact in containers, making it heavy and poorly drained, so it is best to use potting soil designed for containers. Potting soil can be obtained from garden centers. Most common garden plants will need 8 to 12 inches of soil at the most, so if the chosen containers are deeper than that you may want to add a layer of rocks (will add weight) or Styrofoam peanuts (make sure they are made from plastic, not biodegradable materials) at the bottom. This layer can help with drainage in addition to decreasing the amount of soil needed. Raised Beds. As mentioned in Chapter 5, Designing Your School Garden, there are two different ways to make raised beds. The simplest way to create a raised bed is to measure and stake each planting area (use a string from stake to stake to better delineate the garden bed), then loosen the existing soil with a spading fork and add soil, compost, or both until the bed is 8 to 12 inches high. The soil can be brought in from another location or taken from surrounding areas. Rake the surface smooth to create a flat-topped bed, which increases water retention and decreases soil erosion. To create permanent, well-defined raised beds, create frames using rot-resistant wood, such as cedar or redwood, or other materials, such as recycled plastic boards, bricks, rocks, or cement blocks. When installing framed raised beds, consider installing landscaping fabric to suppress weeds from growing up in your bed and/or gopher wire as a barrier. Avoid pressure-treated lumber; it has been treated with toxic chemicals. Fill beds with soil or a mixture of soil and compost. Raised beds have numerous benefits. They look neat, support healthy plant growth, and help keep young students on paths. The loose soil encourages roots to grow strong and deep, and moisture soaks in easily. In areas with cool, wet spring weather, soil in raised beds drains and warms more quickly, allowing gardens to be started earlier. Conversely, in arid areas, raised beds soak up available moisture well, but they also dry out more quickly. Beds that are constructed slightly below the soil surface conserve moisture more effectively than do raised beds. In-Ground Beds. If your team is installing an inground garden, begin by tilling the ground to loosen the soil and help in removal of weeds. Tilling is a process of turning the soil to improve its structure. It is also called cultivation. You can till the soil by hand using shovels or digging forks, or mechanically using a tiller. Soil is composed of sand, silt, and clay particles and has pore space reserved for water and air. An ideal garden soil is made up of 50 percent soil particles and 50 percent pore space (half filled with water and half filled with air). How the soil particles and pore space are configured is called the soil structure. Over time, as we walk on the soil, and through other environmental forces, the soil becomes Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden “ ” Give back to the garden University of California Department of Agriculture and Resources 57 more than you take and you will be rewarded with glorious abundance. Alan Chadwick
  • 59. compacted and the structure loses important pore space. By tilling the soil, we decrease compaction and increase the pore space. This improves the soil structure and makes it easier for you to plant and for plants to establish their roots. Avoid tilling excessively wet or dry soil. If the soil is too dry or too wet, tilling can actually damage the soil structure rather than improve it. To test soil moisture, scoop up a handful of soil and try to create a ball. With perfect moisture, the soil will form a stable ball but will crumble easily when touched. If it is too dry, it will not stick together. If it is so tightly stuck together that it will not come apart when touched, it is probably too wet. Tilling dry soil is backbreaking work that results in a dusty mess and drifting soil particles. If the soil is dry, water the garden thoroughly one to three days before tilling. Wet soil, on the other hand, will stick to shoes and tools. Tilling in this condition will destroy air pore space; the weight of the wet particles will cause them to collapse into each other when turned. If the soil is too wet, give it time to dry out before tilling. If your area is experiencing heavy rainfalls, your class may need to cover the soil with plastic to decrease water exposure. If the garden is fairly small, the soil can be tilled by hand with a shovel. This is a great activity for students with excessive energy. Try to turn the soil to a depth of 1 to 2 feet if possible. One method used to ensure a thorough tilling of soil by hand is called double digging. To do double digging, begin by having students dig out a row of soil in the garden approximately 1 foot wide and 1 to 2 feet deep and place the soil in a wheelbarrow. Next, dig out another row of soil 1 foot wide and 1 to 2 feet deep, and move this soil into the first empty row. Have students continue to move across the bed until they reach the end and then dump the wheelbarrow full of soil from the very first row into the last empty row. Although double digging is a lot of work initially, it ensures a thorough job of turning the soil and a bed that is easy to work in. Your class can also till the soil mechanically using a tiller. Tillers are like small plows that work to loosen and turn the soil with blades powered by gas or electric engines. They come in a wide range of sizes and can often be rented from local landscape centers. If your site is larger than an acre, consider using a farm-sized tractor with plowing attachments to break up the soil. The difference between using a shovel and using a tiller is like the difference between using a spoon and using an electric mixer when you’re mixing cake batter. Both will get the job done, but they vary in the time and energy needed for completion. Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden Cathy Reinhart/UCSC CASFS 58 STEPS FOR DOUBLE DIGGING
  • 60. If you are concerned about the composition or nutrient content of the soil, add a layer of compost when tilling. Compost is made up of decaying organic matter. The organic matter increases the moisture retention of the soil, and as it breaks down, it releases important nutrients. Also, as it decomposes, it provides additional pore space, improving the soil structure. First, till the garden once to break up the compacted soil. Next, add a 2- to 4-inch layer of compost to the surface and then till the garden again to incorporate it into the soil. Tilling should be done several weeks before the planting season and again right before Planting Day if possible. Add any soil amendments such as compost or topsoil during your first till. Remove weed and grass plants during tilling. Grass and weeds will compete with garden plants for water, nutrients, and space. After tilling, rake the garden soil smooth, being careful to avoid walking through the beds so as not to compact the soil. Although the landscape plan provides a general idea of the shape of the beds before tilling, after preparing the soil, you should stake out the beds. If planning straight rows, position stakes in the corners of the future beds and connect them with a length of string. For beds with a curved outline, lay a garden hose or length of rope on the ground as a guide. Remember to keep beds narrow enough so that kids can reach the middle of the bed without stepping in it. After outlining the beds, install the irrigation system, if any. The next step will be to add the plants. Obtaining Plants Plants may be started from seed, grown from cuttings, or purchased as mature plants. Most classrooms begin their gardens by planting seeds because they are relatively inexpensive and their growth helps students to visualize the full life cycle of a plant. Sowing Seeds Seeds may be planted outdoors directly into the garden or started inside on a windowsill and later transplanted to an outdoor garden (or remain as indoor plants). At the end of this chapter are fall and spring planting guides with information about common vegetables, fruits, herbs, and flowers planted from seed in school gardens. Planting Seeds Outdoors In moist, but not wet, soil, have students make holes or shallow trenches, place seeds in these holes, and then cover them with soil. In most cases, they will find proper seed spacing and depth information on Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 59 Debbie Delatour Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab
  • 61. the back of the seed packets. If this information is not available on the packet, check planting guides for more details. It is important to avoid planting seeds too close together. Crowded seeds compete for resources as they grow. Place a label with the date and crop or variety name where it can easily be seen. After planting, ask responsible students or adult volunteers to water the seeds with a gentle spray. If the water spray is too forceful, the seeds will move from their original planting spot, and seedlings will emerge in clumps. Make sure the initial watering is thorough enough to moisten the soil to the depth of the planted seed. They may have to provide a succession of gentle sprays to moisten the soil appropriately, allowing the water to soak into the soil before applying another gentle spray. Flooding newly planted areas can cause the soil to slick or form a “crust” that will inhibit germination. Overwatering causes a shiny soil surface; this is a sign to stop and let the water soak in before applying more. After planting, it is important to keep the soil constantly moist so the seeds will germinate. However, too much water will encourage disease and decrease germination rates. Planting Seeds Inside to Transplant Outdoors Starting seeds indoors extends the growing season, allows greater variety in plant choice, simplifies care of newly germinated seeds, and produces a lot of plants for less money. In most growing regions in California, it is a good idea to start vegetable seeds indoors to get a jump on spring planting so your class will have more mature plants to harvest by the end of the school year. Some vegetables, such as beans, carrots, and squash, prefer to be sown directly in the garden. Others, such as basil and lettuce, can be started indoors or direct seeded. Refer to the planting guides at the back of this chapter or read the information on seed packets for more information on growing time. When to Plant. The best time to start seedlings depends on the crop and the climate. Generally, seeds should be started three to eight weeks before the typical last frost date for your area, or so that plants mature before excessive heat arrives. Containers. Any container at least 3 inches deep will work for seed starting. Students can collect plastic yogurt containers, milk cartons, and plastic milk jugs and poke holes in the bottom for drainage. Commercial peat and plastic containers come in standard sizes, and some are reusable. Potting Mix. Use a soilless seed-starting mix, available at any garden center. These contain a blend of finely ground materials that provide adequate moisture retention and aeration. Many also include a small amount of fertilizer to help seedlings get off to a good start. Temperature and Light. Indoors, most seeds germinate best at soil temperatures between 70 and 75 degrees and air temperatures between 65 and 70 degrees. Once they’re up, seedlings need lots of light, or they’ll grow tall and weak. Relying on sunlight may limit seed options; grow lights and fluorescent lights provide more control over light availability. If you use grow lights, keep the Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ ” The nation that destroys its soils, 60 destroys itself. Franklin Delano Roosevelt
  • 62. Program Spotlight “ Transforming Schoolyard Soil Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Academy, Salinas, CA ” In 2003, when Alisal Union School District’s 5 a Day nutrition education program initiated a school garden laboratory at the Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Academy (MLK), it faced numerous planting challenges. The quarter-acre location had previously been the site of a drive-in theater and flea market, and it had severely compacted and heavy clay soil. The group’s original plan was to bring in a small tractor to till the soil during a ground-breaking ceremony, but after evaluation, they found the soil was too dry and hard for cultivating. So in order to begin gardening, they constructed 18 hexagonal raised beds, each 2 feet deep and 6 feet in diameter. Although a hexagonal bed is somewhat complicated to build, the design allows students to work together in a more circular fashion, facilitating interaction and cooperative work. Garden Coordinator Debbie Delatour notes that the beds “have been extremely successful at our site.” They are divided into six triangular sections, and students work in pairs to design and install their own “plant part” garden. Students must plant crops with edible roots, leaves, stems, and flowers. Peas are planted in the center to represent fruit/seed crops. While gardening in the raised beds, students worked on improving the rest of the soil to increase the amount of available growing space. They added gypsum throughout the garden to begin the longterm process of softening the soil. Debbie also coordinated a number of parent workshops during which parents used pickaxes and shovels to remove heavy soil from the perimeter area and inner fence line; it was replaced with a compost/topsoil mix. These areas were used to plant borders of annuals and perennials, climbing peas, sunflowers, tomatoes, and a strawberry patch. The soil was not the only challenge. An adjoining grassy area sloped into the garden, creating serious flooding and drainage problems. After some trial and error, the group found the best solution was to plant on mounded soil and bring in loads of wood chips for mulch and walkways. Debbie says that during the first year, “I think wood chips solved almost all of our problems! The fourth graders really enjoyed moving wheelbarrows full of wood chips and soil. They worked together very well with a purpose and great enthusiasm, The garden is an oasis ... in the midst of a gang-torn neighborhood, where [these kids] can experience the beautyand bounty of nature and the joy of working together to make a difference. and they felt like they had accomplished something. Wood chip moving brought out the best in them.” All of the sweat and time spent on bed preparation has paid off. “Now that we are in the third year of our garden, we rarely feel challenged by our soil,” Debbie adds. “The layers of wood chips have decomposed over the years and seem to have lots of worms. When we need to reclaim more land for Thomas Heinser planting, we move aside the wood chips and add compost to what is now more workable soil.” Watching and participating in the soil transformation process provided valuable lessons on decomposition and increased students’ understanding of the importance of good soil in agriculture, fitting into the program’s focus on science and nutrition. In addition to academic and horticultural success, Debbie explains, “the most touching element of this project is the children’s love for the garden and their ongoing enthusiasm for taking care of it. During their lunch recess they literally arrive in droves (at times I have counted 60 kids) to water, cultivate, weed, and move wood chips and compost. The garden is an oasis for them in the midst of a gang-torn neighborhood, where they can experience the beauty and bounty of nature and the joy of working together to make a difference.” Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden 61
  • 63. tops of the seedlings within a few inches of the bulbs and leave the lights on for 12 to 16 hours a day. Check seedlings daily and raise the lights as they grow taller. Water and Fertilizer. Until seeds germinate, keep the soil moist by spraying it with a pump sprayer or mister. Cover the pots with clear plastic to preserve moisture. Once the first seedlings germinate, remove the plastic and place the container under lights. Consistent moisture is very important, but be careful that soil doesn’t get too wet, because excess moisture can cause rot. Begin fertilizing the seedlings when they have their second set of true leaves. (The first leaves that emerge upon germination are seed leaves, also called cotyledons; they do not have veins as the true leaves do.) Use a mild fertilizer diluted for seedlings as directed on the product label. Some seed-starting mixes contain fertilizer, but your seedlings may use it up before the class is ready to transplant them. Always follow the warnings on fertilizer products and store them in a secure location. Transplanting. A week before transplanting seedlings into the garden, begin to acclimate them to the outdoors (a process known as hardening off). Have students place containers outside each day that week, gradually increasing the number of hours they spend outside. Start by placing them in a partly shady spot sheltered from the wind; each day, expose them to more sun and wind. By the end of the hardening-off period, they should be able to withstand full sun and stay outdoors overnight. When it’s time to transplant, water the seedlings well beforehand. Have students dig a hole for each transplant, spaced as noted on the seed packet. As they plant, your class may want to incorporate compost or fertilizer beside the plant to add to soil fertility (if using liquid fertilizer, read the label carefully; seedlings require a weaker solution than established plants). Instruct students to firm the soil around the root ball, water it well, and mark the bed. To reduce transplant shock, avoid transplanting in midday heat. Planting Seeds Inside for Indoor Gardens Use the directions above to start seeds for indoor gardens. However, instead of transplanting them outside, replant them in larger pots as they grow. Many plants can be grown from seed in indoor gardens. Low-light plants for windowsill gardens include vegetable plants with leaf or root crops, such as beets, carrots, collards, lettuce, mustard greens, parsley, radishes, Swiss chard, and turnips. With grow lights, your class can also raise beans, cucumbers, eggplants, peanuts, peas, peppers, and tomatoes. Some flowering plants you might want to try indoors: ageratums, alyssum, coleus, impatiens, marigolds, morning glories, nasturtiums, petunias, snapdragons, and zinnias. Many herbs can also be started from seed indoors. These include basil, catnip, coriander, chives, dill, marjoram, spearmint, oregano, sage, summer savory, and thyme. Indoor plants are usually smaller than outdoor plants and have lower production rates; however, they still provide excellent learning opportunities for your students. Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 62
  • 64. Garden Installation Although you can add plants to your garden at any time, many schools dedicate one day to a majority of the installation. This allows students to come prepared and helps in coordinating volunteer recruitment efforts. Careful planning is needed to ensure a successful Planting Day. Prior to Planting Day: • Ask your students to research the growing needs of the plants you are planning to include in the garden. This will increase their involvement and understanding of the planting process. • Recruit members of the garden team and additional adult volunteers to help on Planting Day. It is important to have extra hands and eyes to keep up with all the activities. Talk to the volunteers about how important it is for each child to be an active participant in the project. • Publicize Planting Day to keep the community informed of your project. Newspapers love to run community-interest stories, and installing the garden provides wonderful photo opportunities. • Make a list of all the tasks to be completed on Planting Day and be prepared to divide them among multiple small groups of volunteers and students. • Take a “before” picture of the site for class archives. On Planting Day: • Encourage students to apply sunscreen and wear hats. Require everyone to wear closed-toe shoes. • Begin your day with safety instructions and ground rules. Teach students how to use the tools, how to hold tools with sharp edges pointed down, and that they must walk, not run, when carrying them. Remind students Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation “ ” The soil is the great connector 63 of our lives, the source and destination of all. Wendell Berry The Unsettling of America, 1977
  • 65. to keep tools below the waist when working in the garden and to leave rakes, hoes, and shovels pointed down and out of pathways when not in use. Provide the right size of tools and gloves for your students. • Go over the design of the garden with the students and volunteers to make sure everyone knows how the garden is supposed to be installed. Lay out the beds as a group to avoid confusion, and have hard copies of the design available. If the area is large, lay out the beds prior to Planting Day to save time (make sure to involve students; this is a great math activity). • Demonstrate proper planting and watering techniques and describe all the plants to be installed in the garden. If you do not feel comfortable with the demonstrations, recruit an experienced gardener or a member of the garden team to serve as a guest speaker. • Divide the students into groups and have an adult volunteer available to work with each small group. Make sure the volunteers understand what their group should work on. Installation should be a hands-on experience for all students; working in small groups ensures that everyone will have a chance to participate. • Keep a first-aid kit in the garden and provide plenty of drinking water to prevent students from getting dehydrated. • Take lots of pictures to chronicle your work. • Remember to HAVE FUN! Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden After Planting Day: • Water plants with a gentle spray and check to see that the plants’ root zones are moist. • Make sure to clean all tools and store them in a safe location. • Thank all students and volunteers for their hard work. • Take “after” pictures of the newly planted garden. • Share details from Planting Day with school administrators, sponsors, and the community through letters, the school Web site, and newsletter and newspaper articles. Thank them for their support. This follow-up will allow supporters to see the result of their contributions. • Incorporate the garden into the curriculum and continue with basic maintenance activities. John Fisher/Life Lab “ ” The earth laughs in flowers. 64 Ralph Waldo Emerson
  • 66. School Garden Planting Guide Key to Planting Guide Headings Crop. This guide provides detailed information about crops commonly planted by seed in school gardens. We encourage you to experiment with additional plants that grow well in your area. Check with local gardeners, your Cooperative Extension Service office, and garden center employees for suggestions. Plant Seeds Indoors. Many seeds can be started indoors and then transplanted to outdoor gardens. This column provides you with the weeks to plant your seeds indoors relative to your first or last frost date. Your Cooperative Extension Service office can tell you the frost dates in your area. Plant Seeds or Transplants Outdoors. Some seeds can be planted indoors or outdoors. Other seeds will not transplant well and should be sown directly into outdoor gardens. This column provides you with the weeks to plant your seeds in outdoor gardens and also the approximate time to plant seedlings started indoors in outdoor gardens relative to your first or last frost date. Your Cooperative Extension Service office can tell you the frost dates in your area. Planting Depth. Generally, seeds should be planted at a depth that is two to three times their width. This column lists specific planting depths in inches. Some of the crops listed either require light to germinate or are too tiny to be buried under soil. A “0” appearing in this column indicates that the seeds should be planted on top of the soil and pressed down lightly with a smooth surface, but not buried. Spacing of Plants. Plants should be grown a certain distance apart to ensure they do not crowd each other and inhibit healthy growth. This column gives the recommended spacing for mature plants in inches. Since not all seeds will germinate, seeds should be planted closer than the distance needed by mature plants. Follow the spacing recommended on the seed packet when planting seeds outdoors. If more seeds germinate than expected, you may need to thin the crop. Days to Germination. This column tells you approximately when seeds will sprout given reasonable conditions. Temperature and moisture can greatly affect this rate. Days to Harvest. This column tells you approximately when plants will be ready to harvest. Temperature, water, and a number of other environmental factors can affect this rate. Good Source Of. This column gives information on vitamins and minerals provided in substantial amounts for fruit and vegetable plants. 65 Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden
  • 67. SPRING FRUIT AND VEGETABLE PLANTING GUIDE Plant Seeds or Plant Seeds indoors Transplants Outdoors Planting Spacing (weeks before or (weeks before or Depth of Plants Days to Days to Crop after last frost) after last frost) (inches) (inches) Germination Harvest Good Source of Beans 1 week before 1–2 weeks after 1 6–8 4–10 60–80 Vit. C, fiber Beets * 2–4 weeks before ½ 2–4 7–10 50–75 Greens high in Vit. A, C, iron calcium Broccoli 4–6 weeks before 2 weeks before ¼ 15–18 5–10 60–75 Vit. A, C, folate, calcium, magnesium, fiber Cabbage 4–6 weeks before 4 weeks before ¼ 18 4–10 60+ Vit. C, fiber Carrots * 2–4 weeks before ¼ 2 10–17 60–80 Vit. A, fiber Cauliflower 4–6 weeks before 2 weeks before ¼ 15–18 5–10 60–72 Vit. C, folate, potassium Celery 8–10 weeks before 2–3 weeks before ¼ 6 7–12 75–100 Fiber Corn 1 week before 1–2 weeks after 1 12–15 3–10 50–95 Thiamine, folate, potassium Cucumbers 1–2 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1 12–24 3–8 60–80 — Garlic * 6 weeks before ½ 4–6 10–15 90–120 Vit. A, C, folate Lettuce 4–5 weeks before 2–4 weeks before ¼ 10–12 4–10 45–60 Vit. A, K, calcium through 3 weeks after Onions * 3 weeks before ¼ 4 4–12 60–85 Vit. C through 2 weeks after Peas 4–6 weeks before 4–6 weeks before 1 4 6–15 55–75 Protein, Vit. B1 through 2–3 weeks after Peppers 6–8 weeks before 1–3 weeks after ½ 10–12 8–20 70+ Vit. C Potatoes * 4–6 weeks before 6 10–12 10–15 70+ Vit. C, B6, niacin, copper, potassium, fiber Pumpkins * After last chance of frost 1 36 7–10 90+ — Radishes * 2–4 weeks before ¼ 1 3–10 25–40 — Spinach 3–4 weeks before 1–3 weeks before ¼ 4–8 6–14 40–60 Vit. A, C, K, iron Squash, * 1–4 weeks after 1 15–24 3–12 60–85 Vit. A, C, fiber Summer Squash, * 2 weeks after ½ – 1 24–36 4–10 80+ Vit. A, C, potassium, fiber Winter Tomatoes 6–8 weeks before 2–4 weeks after ¼–½ 18–24 6–14 65–85 Vit. A, C, potassium, fiber Cantaloupe 2 weeks before 2 weeks after 1 24–36 7–14 60–90 Vit. A, C, thiamine, potassium Strawberries 3–5 weeks before * 1/8 6–8 20 85+ Vit. C, fiber (Alpine) Watermelon 2 weeks before 2 weeks after ½ –¾ 24–36 5–10 70–90 Vit. A, B6, C, thiamine *Not Recommended G6a6rdens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden Photos: 5 A Day
  • 68. Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Gar6de7n SPRING HERB PLANTING GUIDE Plant Seeds or Plant Seeds indoors Transplants Outdoors Planting Spacing (weeks before or (weeks before or Depth of Plants Days to Crop after last frost) after last frost) (inches) (inches) Germination Basil 4–6 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1/8 6–12 7–10 Catnip 6 weeks before 2–4 weeks before 1/8 12–18 5–14 Chives 6 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼ 8–12 5–14 Cilantro * After last chance of frost ½ 12–18 10–15 Dill * 1–2 weeks before ¼ 3–12 20–25 Oregano 6–8 weeks before 2–4 weeks before 1/8 8–12 8–14 Parsley 4–6 weeks before 1–2 weeks before ¼ 6 11–27 Sage 4 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼ 12 14–21 Spearmint 6 weeks before After last chance of frost 1/8 18 10–16 Thyme 8 weeks before 2 weeks after 1/8 6–12 20–30 *Not Recommended Spring Flower Planting Guide Plant Seeds or Plant Seeds indoors Transplants Outdoors Planting Spacing (weeks before or (weeks before or Depth of Plants Days to Days to Crop after last frost) after last frost) (inches) (inches) Germination Harvest Edible? Bachelor’s 4–5 weeks before 1–2 weeks before 1/4 12–14 7–14 50–60 Yes, petals Buttons Borage * After last chance of frost ¼–½ 12 5–10 45–50 Yes Calendula 6–8 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼–½ 10–12 5–15 40–50 Yes Cosmos 4 weeks before After last chance of frost ¼ 8–24 5–7 90–100 No Hollyhocks 6–8 weeks before Early summer 0 (press into soil) 24 10 120–150 Yes Love-in-a-mist 4–6 weeks before 2–4 weeks before 1/8 6–12 10–15 60 Yes Marigolds 8–10 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1/8 10–12 5–10 70–80 Yes Nasturtiums * After last chance of frost ½ 6–12 7–14 40–60 Yes Sunflowers 3–4 weeks before 2 weeks before 1–2 12–24 7–14 80–120 Yes, seeds Tithonia 6–8 weeks before After last chance of frost 0 (press into soil) 24 10–15 75–105 No Zinnias 6 weeks before 1–2 weeks after 1/8 6–12 5–10 70 No *Not Recommended Gardens for Learning: Planting Your School Garden
  • 69. Fall Fruit and Vegetable Planting Guide Plant Seeds indoors Planting Spacing (weeks before Depth of Plants Days to Days to Crop first frost) (inches) (inches) Germination Harvest* Good Source of Beets 8-10 weeks before ½ 2-4 7-10 50-75+ Greens high in Vit. A, C, iron calcium Broccoli 13-14 weeks before ¼ 15-18 5-10 60+ Vit. A, C, folate, calcium, magnesium, fiber Cabbage 13-14 weeks before ¼ 18 4-10 60+ Vit. C, fiber Carrots 13 weeks before ¼ 2 10-17 60+ Vit. A, fiber Cauliflower 14 weeks before ¼ 15-18 5-10 60+ Vit. C, folate, potassium Garlic Sept. – Nov. with mulch depth of clove 4-6 160-200 Vit. A, C, folate Lettuce 6-8 weeks before ¼ 10-12 4-10 45-65 Vit. A, K, calcium Onions Depends on variety ¼ 4 4-12 60-120 Vit. C Peas 12 weeks before 1 4 6-15 55+ Protein, Vit. B1 Radishes 7 weeks before ¼ 1 3-10 25+ — Spinach 6-8 weeks before ¼ 4-8 6-14 40-75 Vit. A, C, K, iron Strawberries 5-8 weeks before 1/8 4 20 Next spring Vit. C, fiber (Alpine) *Maturity rates of overwintering vegetables vary depending on temperature and available sunlight. G68ardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden Gardens for Learning: Plant ing Your School Garden 5 a day Planting Guides adapted from: Jaffe, Roberta, and Gary Appel. 1990. The Growing Classroom. Menlo Park, CA: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. Pranis, Eve, and Jack Hale. 1988. GrowLab: A Complete Guide to Gardening in the Classroom. South Burlington, VT. National Gardening Association. NC State and Herb Fact Sheets: www.ces.ncsu.edu/depts/hort/consumer/factsheets/herbs/ herbindex.html NC State Annual Fact Sheets: www.ces.ncsu.edu/depts/hort/consumer/factsheets/annuals/ annual_index.html Western Growers Foundation
  • 70. Maintaining Your School Garden The excitement of Planting Day is hard to top, but it is the continual care and observation of plant growth that strengthens students’ connection to the land and broadens their understanding of the environment and food systems. Once plants are in the ground, you will need to maintain the garden through regular activities such as watering, thinning, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, composting, and monitoring for pests. These activities promote healthy plants by providing for their needs. The five basic needs of plants are water, light, nutrients, air, and a place to grow. Water. Plants use water for a number of important processes, including photosynthesis (production of food) and transpiration (evaporation of water from the leaves into air that cools the plant and creates pressure to move water from roots to leaves). Water also aids in the absorption of some nutrients. Light. Energy from light is captured to use during photosynthesis. Nutrients. Just as people need vitamins, plants need special nutrients to help them grow properly and for their biological processes to function. The top three essential nutrients for plants are nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. Most plant nutrients are provided by the soil, and we increase their availability through fertilization. Air. Plants take in carbon dioxide and oxygen to use during photosynthesis. A Place to Grow. Plants need a place to call their own with room to grow to maturity. The need for each of these components varies by plant. Research your school garden plants to learn how to care for them properly. Plants also provide signals when they have a need. For instance, a plant needing water will wilt, and the leaves of a plant needing nitrogen will turn yellow. It is important for your students to discover and understand these signals. This chapter provides background information on some of the techniques your team will employ to maintain the garden, along with an overview of seasonal garden tasks. It concludes with tips for dealing with such common challenges as how to maintain the garden during summer breaks and how to deal with vandalism. Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden California Department of Education 69
  • 71. Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden Watering As a general rule, during active growth most plants require about 1 inch of water (from rain or irrigation) per week. In hot, dry, and windy conditions they need more. In cool and humid conditions they need less. Feeling the soil around the plants is the best indicator of when it is time to water. The soil should be moist, but not too wet. Poke your finger about 1 inch down in the soil. If the soil feels dry, then it needs additional water. Plants wilt when not enough water is getting to the leaves. However, do not automatically assume that you need to water wilted plants, because they may also wilt when there is ample or excessive water. Test the soil first. If the plants are wilted but the soil is wet, it is still a sign that the leaves are not getting enough water – but it is a root problem. If the plant is new or recently transplanted, it may just need some time for the root system to become established. Sometimes new roots cannot keep up with the water demands of the leaves. If the problem continues, it could mean the roots have a fungal disease. In this case, remove the plant and the soil around it to prevent possible disease spread. When you or your students water, apply the spray to the base of the plant and avoid excessive moisture on the leaves. The plants are absorbing water through their roots, so the water needs to be in the soil. Additionally, water on leaves can lead to a number of disease problems. Water plants in the early morning to cut potential losses by evaporation. Apply water slowly to give it time to sink into the soil. If water is applied too quickly or with too much force, it will run off into drainage areas along with loose soil and new seeds. Children often water until the soil looks moist on the surface, but that might not be enough to benefit the plant. After watering, it is always a good idea to check the soil by poking a finger into the soil around the plant’s roots. A number of watering tools are available. Watering cans and garden hoses are the least expensive alternatives. However, they take quite a bit of time and close monitoring. Other alternatives are soaker hoses, drip irrigation, and sprinkler systems. These require less time and can be linked to automatic timers, easing the chore of watering during weekends and long breaks. These tools are more expensive, however, so you may need to look for additional funds or donations. Thinning Many times more seeds are planted than can grow to maturity in the available space. Once the seeds germinate, you and your students need to “thin” your crop by removing some of the seedlings growing too close to each other. Although it is never easy to remove plants, if you leave too many plants in a small space they will compete for resources and will not be able to grow to their full potential. When your students thin, instruct them to identify the healthiest seedlings and remove the others. One technique is to pull out the less-healthy seedlings. However, doing so risks disturbing the roots of the plants you want to keep. An alternative is to cut the tops off the unwanted seedlings, after which the roots will eventually decompose. Thinning can be a challenging activity for younger children, and they may need close guidance. Western Growers Foundation 70
  • 72. You can place thinned plants in a compost pile or worm bin. Also, some vegetable sprouts are edible and full of nutrients – perfect for a great nutrition lesson and tasting activity. Weeding Weeds are plants growing in the wrong place. You should remove all such plants because they will compete for space, light, and water with your intended crops (and many times weeds will win, because they are well adapted to your conditions). First, you and your students need to learn how to identify the seedlings of your crops. After students know what to keep, they will know what to remove. Pull weeds by hand or remove them by hoeing or cultivating around the plants, staying far enough away to prevent damaging the wanted plants or their roots. With either approach, make sure the roots of the weed are completely removed. To ensure that weeding does not become an overwhelming job, encourage students to monitor the garden continuously and remove weeds when they are small. If weeds are allowed to grow for too long, they will flower and spread seeds, which will escalate the weed problem. One simple way to decrease weed problems is to apply a layer of mulch to the soil. Mulching Outdoor gardens benefit from the addition of 2 to 3 inches of mulch on top of the soil. The mulch helps to slow water loss from evaporation, moderate soil temperatures, decrease soil erosion, and decrease the spread of soilborne diseases. You can use a number of different materials as mulch, including shredded wood, leaves, straw, plastic, and newspaper. The various mulches offer different benefits. For instance, organic mulches (shredded wood, leaves, or straw) will eventually break down and help improve soil structure. Plastic mulches will increase the soil temperature. Choose mulch according to your plants’ needs, mulch availability, and visual preferences. Fertilizing For healthy growth, all plants require certain nutrients. The three they need in the largest quantities are nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P), and potassium (K). Nitrogen is important for stem and leaf growth and for the photosynthesis process. Phosphorus promotes root growth and improves flowering and fruiting. Potassium contributes to root development, the overall growth of the plant, and disease resistance. Other essential nutrients are equally important, but plants require them in much smaller amounts. Plants acquire most nutrients from the soil by absorbing them through their roots. During the site analysis discussed in Chapter 5, Designing Your School Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden Western Growers Foundation 71
  • 73. Garden, you completed a soil test that provided information on the nutrient con-tent. It is common to find that your soil is low in nutrients, especially the “big three.” Since nutrients aren’t always abundant enough in soil to support healthy plant growth, gardeners make up the difference by adding fertilizer. A number of different types of fertilizers are available. Some deliver nutrients to your plant immediately; others release nutrients slowly over time. Examples of com-mon fertilizers are liquid or solid synthetic fertilizers, slow-release pellets, compost, fish emulsion, and dried manure. Any product sold as a fertilizer will have a nutrient analysis on the label with three numbers. The numbers represent what percentage of the three major nutrients – nitrogen (first number), phosphorus (second number), and potassium (third number) – the fertilizer contains. The product label should also tell you how much to use for different crops and areas. Check with school administrators to see if there are any restrictions on the type of fertilizer your class may use in the garden. Always follow the warnings on fertilizer products and store in a secure loca-tion. Fertilizers should be handled by adults or under close adult supervision. You might think that if a little bit of fertilizer will help your plant grow, a lot of fertilizer will result in an even better harvest. However, the phrase “the more the better” is not applicable to fertilization. Excessive fertilizer can contribute to plant diseases and lead to runoff of the extra nutrients. So make sure to apply only the amount you need. Fertilizing is not a one-time event. As plants grow, they deplete the soil’s available nutrients, so you will need to constantly monitor nutrient levels and provide additional fertilizers when needed. Keeping soil healthy is the key to maintaining healthy and productive plants. Composting In the natural world, decomposers such as earthworms, sow bugs, slugs, molds, mushrooms, and bacteria use dead plants and animals as food, breaking them down into smaller particles and thereby releasing nutrients back into the soil. In the garden, we simulate this decomposition process by creating compost piles. Compost piles are made up of garden waste and other organic matter high in carbon and nitrogen and exposed to moist conditions to attract decomposers. As the decomposers use the composted organic matter for energy and maintenance, they break it down into simpler molecules. This process gives off heat, which in turn speeds up decomposition. Compost can be made in freestanding piles (3- by 3- by 3-foot is an optimal size) or contained in special bins as long as it receives proper water and air movement. Once the materials are broken down, the compost can be incorporated into the soil to increase the nutrient content and improve the structure. Check the California School Garden Network Web site at www.csgn.org for more information on creating a compost pile, or contact your local Cooperative Extension Service office. Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 72
  • 74. What to Do When Things Go Wrong? Extended Learning Program, R.D. White Elementary School, Glendale, CA what had happened to their hard work! “Some of them were crying, and others were angry or dumbfounded. ‘How could someone be so mean?!’ ‘Didn’t they know how hard we had worked?’ ‘Didn’t they have any respect for our garden?’ You can just imagine the sadness that we felt. “‘What shall we do now?’ I asked. Some of the children said we should rip the stalks out. What was the use in leaving them there? Others wanted to let them grow so that we could find out what they would do without their heads. We decided Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden to leave them in and see what happened. After a few days, we noticed that each of the stalks had grown four heads at the top! How amazing! Even though the four heads were much smaller than the original head, the plant had taught us a very important lesson. Even when things don’t work out the way one plans, something can be learned from allowing space and time for the project. If the head hadn’t been taken, we might never have known that a plant doesn’t give up – it fights for its life. Plants are very tenacious. The children might not have experienced one of life’s many wonders. I wouldn’t be able to tell you this wonderful story that might bring you enough confidence to keep trying, even when things go wrong. “Gardening with children needs to be a learning and growing experience. Remember that even farmers are not always successful at their farming. Crops do fail. Unexpected things happen. Yet life goes on. Success is wonderful, but knowing that things don’t always go the way we plan is a very important lesson for all of us. It is often what you do with what life hands you that teaches you your best lessons.” Program Spotlight Gardening is an exciting adventure for you and your students, but it is not without its challenges. The good thing is that students can learn as much (and sometimes more) from garden problems as they can from garden success. Garden Coordinator Mary Landau shares her story of garden challenges at R.D. White Elementary School: “When you garden in a school setting, things don’t always go as you have planned. When I first started gardening with the children at my grade school, we had to hand-water a very thin strip of ground on the east side of a building that was about 60 feet long. We decided to plant a row of sunflowers. The children wanted to grow the sunflowers, and were happy to carry the water to them every day for two months. What a pretty sight to see the row of plants against the white wall. It was time for them to blossom, and we were all very excited! The next day we just knew that the flowers would open up and smile at us. “We went out to water them in the morning, expecting to see the yellow petals smiling at the sun. Instead, we saw that someone had come along the night before and had chopped off every one of their heads. The children couldn’t believe “ Even when things don’t work out the way one plans, something can be learned from allowing ” space and time for the project. Western Growers Foundation 73
  • 75. Monitoring for Pests Your garden ecosystem is home to many insects and other organisms, and only a handful of them are actually harmful to plants. Even when plant pests are present, they are not necessarily a threat to the garden. Like healthy people, healthy plants are usually able to ward off some stress and handle minor damage while continuing to perform well. In order to keep pest problems to a minimum, the best practice is to moni-tor the garden regularly. Insect and disease problems are easiest to fix if caught early. Check the plants for plant-eating insects like aphids and scale (they often hide under the leaves). If found early, their populations can be controlled through handpicking or using a high-pressure water spray. Also look out for leaf spots, which can be a sign of fungal or bacterial disease. Remove leaves with signs of disease so it does not spread through the bouncing of irrigation and rainwater. Place plants you suspect of being diseased in the trash rather than a compost pile. When you find signs of pests, your first step should be to identify what is causing the problem. This can be an exciting investigative activity for your students. Once your sleuths identify the problem, you need to decide whether the damage is significant enough to warrant any action. Tolerate some plant damage. Observing the interactions in a garden ecosystem is an important part of the learning process for your students. Many plant pests have natural predators, and if you remove the pests, your students will never get to see the predators in action. For example, ladybugs are ferocious aphid consumers. However, if you don’t have any aphids, then you also won’t attract any ladybugs. If the damage becomes more severe, decide whether or not the plants are worth keeping. Disease problems are often a sign that the plants are not well adapted to the environment, so pulling them up and replacing them with crops better suited to the location may be the easiest solution. If you feel that more control is necessary, such as the use of pesticides, check with school administrators and maintenance personnel. Schools have strict pest control regulations. In addition to monitoring the plants and providing proper maintenance to promote good plant health, here are some additional techniques to minimize pest and disease buildup in the garden: Practice crop rotation. Pests and diseases that affect cer-tain crops (or families of crops) build up in the soil if the same crop is grown in a particular bed year after year. By planting a different crop in the bed each year on a three-year cycle, you can avoid many problems. Discourage excess moisture on foliage. Most fungal and bacterial diseases can infect plant surfaces only if there is moisture present. In regions where the growing season is humid, provide adequate space among plants so that air can circulate freely. Try to keep students out of the garden when it’s wet so they don’t spread disease organisms. Plant disease- and pest-resistant varieties. Some varieties of crops are naturally less susceptible to problems, and Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden Western Growers Foundation Common Pest Problem: Gophers Gophers are small, grayish-brown, thick-haired 74 burrowing rodents. They live and travel in underground tunnels that they dig with their large claws. Gophers eat plants from the roots up, pulling them into their tunnels. The best way to control gopher damage in a school garden is to install gopher wire as a physical barrier. Use gal-vanized mesh wire with openings no larger than 3/4 inch. Bury it in the soil at least 1 foot deep, and make sure you have enough wire so that the edges come up to ground level. If you need to overlap pieces of wire, overlap them by 1 foot. In a raised bed, staple the wire to the bottom of the frame. The deeper you bury it, the less the chance of catching or tearing it with digging tools.
  • 76. plant breeders have developed many others. Look for resistance information in variety descriptions in catalogs and on seed packets. Plant appropriate varieties for your area. Many plants will not thrive if they are grown in the wrong climate zone. Clean up your garden. Diseases and pests can remain on infected and dead plant material, making it easy for them to attack other plants. Remove infected plant leaves, keep weeds to a minimum, and clean up the garden at the end of the growing season. Encourage beneficial organisms. Make the garden inviting to pest predators such as ladybugs, wasps, lacewings, and birds. Flowers and herbs provide nectar to predatory insects, and a water source such as a fountain or bath will attract birds. Growing perennial plants (those that last two or more seasons) helps to provide year-round habitats for beneficial organisms. Install barriers. You can place floating row covers made of lightweight fabric over plants to protect them from invading pests. The fabric allows light, moisture, and air to pass through. However, if you cover a crop that requires insect pollination in order to bear fruit, you will have to remove the covers when the plants begin to blossom. Row covers may also deter some animal pests, but fences are often the only way to keep large, persistent creatures out of the garden. Use netting to protect fruit crops from hungry birds. A collar of newspaper, stiff paper, or boxboard circling seedling stalks and extending 2 inches above and below ground prevents cutworm damage. Summer Maintenance Maintaining a school garden during the summer amid vacation plans is a common challenge. You want to enjoy the break to renew your spirits, but you don’t want to see all the hard work from the school year transform a beautiful garden into a jungle of weeds. Here are a few ideas: Choose low-maintenance plants to begin with. Focus on growing plants that will thrive on their own without much attention. Two characteristics to look for are drought tolerance and vigorous foliage that will smother or out-compete weeds. Choices vary by region and with the amount of rain or irrigation available to the garden. Check with your local Cooperative Extension Service office for a list of plants recommended for your area. Use mulch. A thick layer of mulch reduces weed growth, maintains soil moisture, and enriches the soil as it decays. In vegetable and annual beds, use inexpensive organic mulch such as newspaper topped with straw. In perennial beds, add a 2- to 3-inch layer of more durable organic mulch, such as shredded bark. Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden Western Growers Foundation 75
  • 77. Install irrigation. Drip irrigation equipment is available at most home improvement stores, and you can set it up to run on inexpensive timers. Find volunteer help. Enlist the help of parent volunteers or service organizations such as FFA, 4-H, Scouts, and church youth groups. Create a schedule so that the grounds are checked regularly. Provide detailed care instructions. If your class has planted summer crops, you can offer the harvest to the volunteers as a reward. You may want to hold a work day one Saturday per month to knock down weeds or perform other large tasks. Host a summer camp. Many schools offer summer school classes or children’s summer camps. Get in touch with teachers or summer camp counselors to see whether they are interested in taking advantage of your outdoor classroom facilities during the summer months in exchange for upkeep. Harvest in the spring. Pick and use or distribute as much of the vegetable harvest as is ready. Pick flowers and press or dry them for art activities in the fall. Before leaving for the summer, remove all the plants and then do one of the following: — Cover it up. Cover the garden with a thick layer of mulch to discourage weeds and decrease water loss. The mulch will break down over the summer, providing organic matter and enriching the soil for next year’s crops. — Solarize. Solarization is accomplished by covering moist soil with clear plastic to use the sun’s energy to kill weeds and soil-dwelling pests. — Plant a summer cover crop. A cover crop, sometimes called green manure, is a short-lived legume (e.g., beans) or grain (e.g., buckwheat) that you plant to prevent weeds, reduce soil erosion, and boost organic matter. It also helps maintain or even increase the nitrogen content of the soil. The next fall, till the cover crop into the soil and plant the new garden. — Plant for fall. If there is not going to be much activity in the school garden during the summer, it might make Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden Additional Garden Tasks In addition to ongoing maintenance, there will be seasonal garden tasks for your students to complete. Examples of these tasks: Fall — Plant and harvest fall vegetable crops — Plant native and drought-tolerant plants — Save seeds from summer-blooming annuals and perennials — Gather leaves for composting — Remove summer crops — Plant spring-blooming bulbs — Plant cover crops — Mulch to provide protection against winter weather Winter — Plan the spring garden — Force bulbs indoors — Grow indoor plants from cuttings — Obtain spring garden supplies — Plant bare-root trees — Start seeds indoors — Prune fruit trees and perennial shrubs Spring — Clean out winter debris — Prepare soil for planting — Transplant seedlings — Direct sow seeds — Harvest spring vegetables Summer — Plant summer vegetables or prepare garden for 76 summer break — Schedule volunteers to help with summer care — Keep weeds under control — Deadhead flowers and harvest vegetables — Collect supplies for fall garden For more information on seasonal gardening tasks, sign up for a regional e-mail reminder from such organizations as the National Gardening Association, www.garden.org, or Rodale, www.organicgardening.com. They will send timely reminders of seasonally appropriate gardening tasks. Monrovia
  • 78. sense to plant a garden in late May or early June that will be ready for harvest in the fall. Many vegetable varieties have varied “days to harvest” times. For example, some corn varieties take 70 days to harvest and others need close to 100 days. Choosing crop varieties with long “days to harvest” times, like winter squash, pumpkins, popcorn and other grains, soybeans, tomatoes, peppers, and eggplants will provide a bounty when you return to school. Vandalism There is nothing more discouraging to the students than to watch their garden become the victim of vandalism. After all the time and sweat poured into the garden, it is very frustrating to discover senseless damage. In addition to damage, sometimes a harvest is stolen, robbing students of the chance to taste the fruits of their labor. To decrease the incidence of vandalism: Choose a site in a protected or highly visible location. Perhaps your school has a courtyard or an area protected by a fence. Although students should have the opportunity to explore the garden during the day, you can secure it at night and over weekends and breaks. Placing your garden where it is a centerpiece of the school can often deter vandals. Post signs with information about the garden. Posting signs expresses a sense of ownership and lets outsiders know the purpose of the garden and who is maintaining it. Although it is not a foolproof security system, a sign that reads “Do Not Pick” or “Please Let Our Plants Grow” may deter unauthorized harvesting by invoking a sense of wrongdoing. Create a mobile garden. Grow plants in containers with handles or wheels that can be moved out into the sun during the day, but secured indoors after school hours. Involve neighbors in the project. The school’s neighbors can help keep an eye on the garden when teachers and students are not around. Identify potential vandals and involve them in the garden. If they feel like they are part of the garden, not only will that keep them from vandalizing the garden, it may also make them more protective of it. Gardens for Learning: Maintaining Your School Garden Western Growers Foundation 77 Becky Button
  • 79. Sustaining Your Garden Completing the installation of a school garden is a huge feat. Take time to appreciate your accomplishments and acknowledge the contributions of others to the garden effort. Bask in your success and take the opportunity to recharge your batteries. Appreciating the moment will help energize you for the next stage of garden development – adopting a plan for sustainability. In addition to establishing a schedule for garden maintenance, your team needs to plan intentional activities to help sustain the garden. The garden should play an important role in the academic lives of your current students and also be a useful tool for future students. To truly sustain the garden program, you must tie it closely to your curriculum, maintain the approval of your administrators, attract additional garden team members and volunteers, and find new sources of financial and material support. Most importantly, the garden should continue to inspire excitement in your students, their parents, other teachers, administrators, volunteers, and the community. This chapter offers suggestions for activities to help maintain the momentum and sustain the school garden program. As with the previous stages of garden development, you would do well to create a plan for sustainability, outlining specific steps to take and a timeline for their execution. Garden activities promoting sustainability do not spontaneously occur. They must be carefully planned and purposefully implemented. Using Your School Garden It seems obvious, but in order to sustain the garden, your team must actively use it. Plan garden time into the weekly schedule. Implement lessons around garden activities and experiments. Encourage other teachers and youth groups to use the garden, too (after establishing some basic guidelines for use). Increased involvement will add value to its role as an educational tool. To use the garden effectively, make sure to match lessons and activities with your curricular goals, adopt good outdoor classroom management techniques, create measurements for success, and document all your efforts. Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden Top: Western Growers Foundation; above: Debbie Delatour 78
  • 80. Integrating the Garden into the Curriculum In today’s educational climate, teaching mandatory curriculum standards and passing related standardized tests are top priorities. A school garden can be a natural tool for teaching these standards, and promoting that use of the garden helps to secure administrative support. Review Chapter 3, Linking Gardens to School Curriculum, to remind yourself of the possibilities. Share your activities with other teachers and your principal on a regular basis so they are informed of the academic benefits of the garden. Outdoor Classroom Management Working with students in an outdoor learning environment is different from teaching in a traditional classroom setting. To make sure your time in the garden is both productive and enjoyable, here are a few tips on classroom management: Establish garden rules. Create a set of simple rules and share them with students before you go out to the garden. Additionally, post the rules in the garden as a reminder. Try to phrase them in a positive way. Rules may include items like remembering to walk on paths, asking before you pick, and remaining in the garden area during class. Keep the list short so rules are easy to remember and follow. Train students on using tools. Before going out to the garden, show students all the different tools they may use and demonstrate the proper way to use them. Make sure they know to carry the working end of the tool below their waist and not to run while holding tools. Also discuss proper storage of the tools and why it is important not to leave them lying in pathways. Recruit help. You will need at least one other adult in the garden to be prepared for emergencies (if one child needs special attention, you cannot leave the rest of the class outside alone). Depending on the size of your class, it may be preferable to have three or four adult volunteers. Keeping the activities hands-on is Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden Monrovia “ ” I generate garden guidelines by asking children such questions as, ‘How can we learn science together in the garden so that we, and all other living things in the garden, feel safe?’ Then I take notes, type up their words, and post them. Caprice Potter, Garden Coordinator 79 Tips on outdoor classroom management From Karen Nordstrom, Teacher, Mintie White Elementary School, Watsonville, CA Gateway Elementary School Ridgecrest, CA Provide a shady space for students so they have a place to listen, write, and retreat from full-sun days. Use clipboards with pencils attached so that papers and science notebooks don’t blow away, get lost, etc. (Having someone in charge of the portable pencil sharpener is helpful too!) Rotate responsibilities among small groups or individuals, e.g., watering, garden hose pickup, toolshed key security, etc. Preview/review your strategy. Before going out to the garden, discuss what will be done, review which teams are in charge of what, and preview academic science content. After gardening, review what was accomplished, how things went logistically, and what were the ties to additional lessons. Linking garden activities to classroom learning reinforces the importance of taking garden time seriously. Build opportunities for free exploration into garden activities where possible. This is an important part of inquiry-based learning, and kids are naturally going to stray from focused activities when drawn to some phenomenon of their own interest. I’ve found that if they know that they will have a set time in the garden to freely explore their individual interests, they’ll remain more focused during more formal instructional activities.
  • 81. an important aspect of learning in the garden, and this is hard to accomplish without plenty of volunteer support. Divide your class into small groups. Smaller groups allow for more hands-on experience. It is best if you have a volunteer to lead each group, but if that is not possible, provide clear instructions for what each group should accomplish. Choose the groups carefully, taking care to match up students who will work well together. Provide a comfortable sitting area. If you are planning to talk to the class as a whole for an extended time in the garden, use an area where they can comfortably sit to listen. Trying to talk to the group in a small space with obstructed views turns into a frustrating experience, and students quickly lose interest. It is best if this area allows them to sit in a circle or semicircle so they can clearly see you and feel connected to the rest of the group. Some schools create sitting areas with benches, hay bales, or even a well-maintained lawn area. If you do not have a good sitting area in your garden, deliver all group presentations or demonstrations in the classroom and reserve the garden for the smaller group activities. Be prepared for emergencies. Always have a first aid kit in the garden. Know if any of your students have special health concerns, such as asthma or an allergy to bee stings. Creating Measures for Success It is important for you to measure the impact of the garden on your students, as with any other education program. In the early planning stages, you developed a list of goals for the garden. In the sustaining stages of the program, review these goals and develop a method to determine whether your efforts are meeting them. Create two or three different measures of success. For example, if one of your goals was to improve science achievement, consider creating a pre- and post-knowledge test for your students or compare student science grades. Written test scores are the most common way to quantify achievement in our society, but you can also use methods like tracking change in disciplinary actions and attendance records (signs of personal behavior change) or recording changes in the amount of fruits and vegetables discarded from lunch trays (signs of nutritional behavior change). Consult with expert school district personnel and local researchers for ideas on ways to measure the benefits of the school garden. Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden “ A typical class for us includes assembling on the stumps by the solar fountain, discussing our scope and sequence for the day, and breaking up into stations with small groups rotating on a 10- to 15-minute basis. As we cannot always rely upon parent one of our stations is “reflective,” where the students write in their journals about their ” help, or draw garden Western Growers Foundation 80 experiences. Laurie Fannin, Garden Coordinator Carmel River Elementary School Carmel, CA
  • 82. Sustaining the Garden Green Acres Elementary School, Santa Cruz, CA “ ” The most important thing to pass However, she notes the garden program “always had the support of the site administration, and over the years the program and garden have gained support from the district administration.” Trish credits “strong support from parents, teachers, staff, community, and the students” as the key to the sustainability of the garden. Sally Kiff Although district funding for the garden has varied, the program has received consistent support from the Student Site Council, demonstrating the importance along to educators is the message that ‘gardens in schools are worth the effort!’ Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden of the garden to the parents and students. The garden team has used a combination of fund-raising efforts, including donations and raffles, and has adapted the program to fit the resources available. For new gardening programs, Trish urges educators to “have patience, look at books, but mainly speak to an experienced garden teacher! Someone who has been there, done that, is going to give you invaluable, fast information.” For educators struggling to maintain a garden, she recommends building strong community ties. “Create a newsletter or other means of communication within the parent community and the broader community as well,” she suggests. For those having trouble maintaining financial support, her tip is to “get creative, go to the community and ask for big-ticket items to raffle, ask the PTA for money – even suggest it raise the cost of joining the PTA.” Trish has many vibrant memories of the garden, including watching children enjoy the taste of new vegetables and observing their love for gardens grow as they chose to care for their plants instead of playing during their lunch recess. She feels the most important thing to pass along to educators is the message that “gardens in schools are worth the effort!” Program Spotlight In 1978, teacher Ruth Antolini and her class at Green Acres Elementary School transformed an asphalt-covered lot into a thriving growing classroom. Twenty-eight years later, the garden continues to be an integral part of the school campus and curriculum. Former Garden Coordinator Trish Hildinger explains that the garden has faced many challenges, particularly with changes in financial support. For example, at times the school maintained a full-time garden coordinator position, but now it is able to provide only a part-time position. Sally Kiff 81
  • 83. Documenting Efforts In the midst of an active garden program, it is easy to neglect the job of recording your efforts. But keeping track of your progress is critical. Keep a notebook of your activities with detailed descriptions and photos. Track all donations of funds and materials along with the names of the donors. Also log all the positive feedback you receive from students, parents, and community members. You will draw on this information as you share your work with administrators, look for additional funds, and recruit new volunteers. Communicating with Your Support Team Clear communication with administrators, parents, the garden team, additional volunteers, and donors will play an important role in sustaining your gardening program. All of these stakeholders were integral to the creation of the garden, and they will continue to be strong supporters as long as they feel that their contributions are valuable and that they know how they can continue to support you. Clear communication gives them a sense of ownership of the garden, and in turn they will feel responsible for keeping it alive. A way to foster this connection is to set up a regular system of communication. Some ideas for communicating with your group: • Write a monthly or quarterly newsletter (sent through mail or e-mail) with summaries of the recent events and a calendar of upcoming events. Be sure to include student-written articles and photos. • Establish a garden Web site that is updated regularly. Send out a monthly e-mail to notify supporters of updates and remind them to visit the site. • Hold monthly or quarterly garden workdays to provide hands-on involvement. • Hold a semiannual or annual garden party to recognize donors and volunteers. • Find a way to communicate with supporters that is comfortable for you and is accessible to your audience, and then stick to it on a regular schedule. If possible, decrease the workload by finding a reliable volunteer to help you develop your communication pieces. Promoting the Garden to the Community In addition to communicating with your support team, communicate success with community members who are not directly involved in the garden. Promoting the school garden in the community helps to establish a solid reputation, which not only validates the efforts of your current team, but also helps with recruitment of new members. You cannot rely on a small number of volunteers and donors to sustain your gardens year after year because interests and time or funding availability may change. Also, if you expect too much from your supporters, you risk burning them out. Be on a constant lookout for additional partners. Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden University of California Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources “ Our dream now is to complete our endowment fund for the garden. We are trying to ensure our garden’s future. Our goal is to raise $300,000 so interest and fund appreciation support our garden This would secure the ” that the can teacher. future 82 of the garden forever. Kay Rex, Teacher Redwood Elementary School Fort Bragg, CA
  • 84. What’s more, by promoting your garden, you may inspire other schools to begin gardening and increase the enthusiasm and support for school gardening throughout the community. To promote your garden effort in the community: • Write press releases and send them to local media outlets. • Invite the press and government officials to special garden events. • Use your students’ new horticultural expertise to help with a special community beautification project or service project. • Host annual garden tours open to the public (this can also become a fundraising event). • Network and share your story everywhere you go! Garden Program Expansion All the items mentioned so far will help to maintain excitement and momentum around the school garden program. However, nothing is as powerful as adding a new element to the program each year. People love to be involved on the ground floor of a project. It gives them a special opportunity to contribute ideas and join in without feeling like an outsider. As time goes by, envision a dynamic garden program that you can cultivate and grow to ensure sustainability. You may have established a sense of evolution by dividing the original design into stages for implementation over several years. As you add each new section, review the plan and let current garden team members be involved in revising it so that they will be invested in its implementation. If you did not begin with a multiyear plan, let each year’s garden team brainstorm a new project. Perhaps there is a new curricular requirement you would like to teach through the garden, and the team can work to provide the necessary resources. For instance, maybe you originally constructed a butterfly garden to teach about habitats, and now you want to expand to teach nutrition too. Depending on space, you can install new raised beds or containers to grow vegetables. Or maybe the initial garden focused on one grade level, but after seeing its success, additional grade levels would like to get involved. The new program element does not need to be large in size or scope to stir people’s excitement. A special stepping-stone workshop could be conducted to add art to an existing butterfly garden, or a new trellis could be built for a vegetable garden. The main thing is for new team members to know their efforts are adding to existing resources and feel that they are making valuable contributions to the garden. Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden Steven Hellon/Office of Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger 83
  • 85. Finding Funds and Supplies Many school gardens struggle with finding funds for garden maintenance. Two ways to bolster funding efforts have already been mentioned: actively promoting the garden in the community and adding a new element each year (it is often easier to find funds for new projects than for existing projects). A third way to secure funding is to establish an annual fundraising event. Establishing a consistent fundraising event can provide you with a secure source of money each year. Look for a garden product that can be created from your existing resources and will be valued by your community. For example, have children collect and package seeds, then sell them at a garden tour. Linking garden activities and moneymaking opportunities increases the educational value of the fundraiser and adds an element of enthusiasm and pride because students feel connected to their product. Also, if the event is something that can be repeated each year, it will gather a strong customer base. Fundraisers must be designed to meet the unique needs and audiences of each school. What works for one school garden may not work for another. There is great value in investigating existing fundraising ideas, but spend time accessing your own resources to find a good fit. Your school may try several different projects before finding the right one. Attracting Help to Sustain the Garden The need for a large support team to sustain a garden program cannot be overemphasized. A garden is not an individual endeavor. You will need lots of Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden Judy Huffaker Tips For Sustaining Garden Efforts From John McCombs, Principal, Emerson Elementary School, Riverside, CA 84 Because principals come and go, the garden should not become dependent on the administration for sustainability. When a school garden becomes too dependent on any one person, whether it is a teacher, a volunteer, or a principal, the garden is in jeopardy of failure. The best solution to this is to build community support for the garden. Different community members should commit to specific responsibilities in order for the garden organization to be sustainable. The garden cannot be an add-on activity not related to the instructional day. All gardening activities must be used to provide learning experiences that help students meet state proficiency standards in all curricular areas. Consider the integration of the garden into the school’s existing asset base. Teachers will need varied levels of support to become involved in the garden. At Emerson Elementary, several staff development sessions were presented about the infusion of garden-based activities to support a strong standards-based curriculum.
  • 86. help when planning, raising funds, planting, conducting activities, and maintaining the garden. Active volunteers are an important component of any school garden program, and as you work to sustain your garden you will need to find ways to keep current volunteers as well as attract new volunteers. Chapter 10, Working with Volunteers, covers this topic in more detail. In addition to volunteer support, many schools have discovered the benefits of a part-time or full-time paid garden coordinator position. A paid coordinator has more time to devote to planning and teaching in the garden. Often, volunteers are drawn in many different directions, but a paid employee is able to focus on specific job responsibilities. Along with the paycheck comes a stronger obligation and higher expectations. A paid coordinator can often provide more continuity and commitment than a volunteer. A garden coordinator should have both an education background and horticulture experience. The coordinator helps to alleviate some of the workload associated with the garden, such as communication with volunteers, planning of fundraising events, and purchasing of supplies. However, the hiring of a paid garden coordinator does not mean classroom teachers are not involved in the garden experience; instead, it allows them to focus their energies on the lessons. Some garden coordinators are based at one school. Others work with multiple schools in a school district. Talk to your principal and local administrators to explore possibilities and resources. Gardens for Learning: Sustaining Your Garden Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 85 TIPS FOR Sustaining Garden Efforts From Dorothy Peterson, School Garden Coordinator, Davis Joint Unified School District Create a garden logo. It is a way to identify the garden program with granting agencies and solicit funds from the local community and service organizations. As an example, the logo for Davis is the tagline “Sow It, Grow It, Reap It, Eat It, and Recycle Too…Connecting Youth with Their Environment,” and complementary graphic. Make sure your school gardens have a strong marker on the school’s Web site. It should be updated each month. The Web provides a way to post lessons, help gardening parents communicate, and cut down on paper and mailing costs. Write a “Garden Corner” piece in the school newsletter, printed in English and any other language common among the student population. Recruit gardening parents at Back-to-School Nights. Shortly thereafter, hold two training sessions to explain the workings of the garden. Make one right after school is dismissed and one in the evening for parents working outside the home. Send out a letter of request for donations to parents during the first quarter of each school year. Look for unique funding opportunities within your school and community. In Davis, the RISE (Recycling Is Simply Elementary) program conducted in eight elementary schools saves DJUSD tens of thousands of dollars in solid waste bills each year. The saved money is then reinvested in school garden projects.
  • 87. Working with Volunteers Volunteers contribute a wealth of experience and enthusiasm to a gardening program. They also bring abundant skills, fresh ideas, and extra hands to help with garden activities. There are a number of best management practices to adopt when working with volunteers, but communication is the key. If you effectively communicate your needs and expectations, provide volunteers with the information needed to complete their assignments, and follow up with clear words of appreciation, you will have strong volunteer relationships. Establishing Roles for Volunteers Before recruiting, define the role you want volunteers to play in your garden program. Create a list of specific jobs you need help with and also when these activities should take place. Do you want volunteers who can be there on a weekly basis or just for special events? Do you want them to help plan and prepare garden programs, or do you just want them to help with the activities? Keep in mind that people volunteer for different reasons, and any group of people will have a wide range of talents. If you communicate the jobs available for volunteers to complete, then they can determine whether your opportunities match their interests and skills. The time you spend preparing for volunteers and establishing clear responsibilities will help you create an effective and efficient volunteer team. All volunteers want to feel that they are contributing in a meaningful way. Involve them in as much of the planning and decision making as possible to create a sense of ownership and independence. Although you will certainly need help with some “grunt work,” as long as volunteers know their efforts are helping the program, they will feel like valuable team members. Recruiting Volunteers Once you know how you are going to use volunteers, begin the recruiting process. Look for volunteers who will encourage exploration and inquiry-based learning during garden activities and who will approach the garden with a fun and adventurous attitude. Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 86 Judy Huffaker
  • 88. Most schools find their strongest volunteers through parent groups. Reach out to parents in newsletters, on the school Web site, at parent meetings, and at open houses. Additionally, search for volunteers through local horticulture clubs (garden club members, college horticulture departments), “green industry” businesses (garden centers, landscape design firms), senior citizen organizations, and service organizations (Cooperative Extension Service Master Gardeners, Rotary, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, California Service Corps, California Garden Clubs members, California Women for Agriculture representatives, and local corporations’ volunteer service programs). The garden team members who helped plan the garden will often be transformed into a core of strong volunteers. Another possibility is to recruit older students to provide support for garden activities. Elementary school students love to interact with middle school and high school students. A mentoring relationship provides an excellent learning experience for the older students, too. Some volunteers will be available only for special events. For instance, a Boy Scout might develop an Eagle Scout project at your garden. Other volunteers may be available to help on a regular basis, for example, a stay-at-home parent with a horticulture degree. Garden programs benefit from a diverse set of volunteers. As you reach out to potential volunteers, schedule a special meeting to share information about the program and the opportunities available. If possible, hold this event during the same hours you typically need volunteer help. If people are available for the informational meeting at that time, they may well be available to volunteer in the future during the same time frame. In both written and oral requests, be sure to inform potential volunteers of your expectations, including time commitments and tasks. Be as specific as possible; give the dates and times their services will be needed. Also check your school’s policy on volunteer recruitment procedures. Most schools require volunteers to complete a background check with fingerprinting before service can begin. Individuals should be informed of this type of requirement during the recruitment stage. When people sign up or indicate an interest in volunteering, follow up with a phone call or in person to reiterate these expectations and give them a chance to ask questions. Not all individuals are a good fit with a school garden program, and it is best for both parties to figure this out during the recruiting stage rather than in the middle of the program. Although mass recruiting is less time consuming, keep in mind that people like to be asked in person. It is a first step in making them feel important; it conveys respect and builds confidence. Consider making phone calls or sending Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers Debbie Delatour “ For many children, a garden experience offers one of the few chances they have to work side by side with an adult and engage in relaxed, unintentional, rambling, and personal conversations. I heard this years ago at a conference and then I began to take note of it when I was in the garden with students, and what a revelation it was! These types of conversations and experiences help build a connection between students school – so necessary for our students focused and in the educational setting. Martha Deichler, Principal Vista Square Elementary ” and keeping successful School Chula Vista, CA 87
  • 89. personal invitations to individuals you have met who would be good volunteers or who have been recommended to you by others. The recruiting process may sound like a substantial undertaking, and it is. However, you will be rewarded by a supportive, dedicated, and informed volunteer group who will help sustain your garden efforts. Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers Orientation After recruiting volunteers, you need to continue strong communication skills through orientation followed by appropriate training. You will begin by orienting the volunteers to the program, the students, and the school. Start by once again reminding them of your expectations. Next, brief them on school policies. For example, let them know where to park, where to sign in, and what the procedures are for screening. Introduce volunteers to key school personnel like the principal and office secretaries. After this overview, provide the group with a tour of the garden and school. They need to know things like the locations of bathrooms, how the students will travel to the garden, where tools are stored, etc. In addition to an in-person orientation, provide this information in writing for later reference. Training You will also need to provide training to properly prepare the volunteers for their jobs, whatever they may be. The most important thing is to always provide clear instructions as to what you want them to do and give them a chance to ask questions. To be successful, volunteers must know what is expected of them. Provide background on any specific skills or knowledge needed to complete tasks by sending copies of your lessons a week ahead of time, or links to information on Web sites or recommended books. In addition to regular training and information related to activities and programs, it is a special treat for volunteers to attend “advanced training.” For instance, you can invite a guest speaker to introduce a new curriculum or teach volunteers about inquiry-based learning techniques. Depending on their level of involvement, certain volunteers might be invited to attend trainings conducted for educators by school districts and other organizations. Training is a powerful tool to motivate your volunteers and keep them excited about your program. Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 88
  • 90. Program Spotlight Americorps Volunteers Vital to Program Success Bayside Elementary School, Sausalito, CA For the past two years, array of partners, each serving a particular niche within the community. Marin Food Systems Project Coordinator Leah Smith cites many benefits in working with a large number of partners, including the fact that “each partner was only asked for one specific kind of donation, making it much easier to secure donations from local organizations.” Another benefit was that the collaborations turned into “very good advertising for our project and, more importantly, for the Bayside Elementary School community. By soliciting partnerships throughout the community, we were able to build on the school’s growing reputation and demonstrate the innovative range of projects being implemented.” In addition to community partnerships, the volunteers’ leadership was “fundamental to the completion of the project,” Leah says, noting that the turtle habitat “most The garden, with the support of volunteers, fostered teamwork, creative problem solving, and a sense of responsibility for taking care of other living things. likely would not have been completed without their initiation and commitment to the project. They provided the original motivation to begin the project, garnered support for the project at the school, gathered all of the resources, wrote the grant, created and taught the appropriate curriculum, and supervised the assembly of the fountain and pond habitat with the help of the students.” Through each step of the process, the volunteers taught students important educational concepts, including the basics of solar energy, recycling, Environmental Education Council of Marin habitat restoration, and light construction skills through hands-on activities. “Solar education is a science standard for sixth graders, so the project directly addressed state curriculum standards. Without the solar panel, the sixth grade class at Bayside would have learned about passive solar elements and design, but would not have been able to study the direct harvesting of the sun’s rays for the production of electricity.” After the habitat was installed, it became clear that “although the final, completed project will be a monument to the garden, the process was certainly just as important as the final product – if not more so,” Leah says. This project illustrates how the garden, with the support of volunteers, fostered teamwork, creative problem solving, and a sense of responsibility for taking care of other living things. the Marin Food Systems Project (a project of the Environmental Education Council of Marin) has partnered with Americorps volunteers working at the Marin Conservation Corps to run a gardening and nutrition education program at Bayside Elementary School in Sausalito. This collaborative program takes an integrated approach to reconnecting students with the environment and promoting healthy foods in schools. Americorps is a federally funded program for Americans of all ages and backgrounds providing full-and part-time opportunities for individuals to serve in communities across the country. One particularly innovative project facilitated by the Americorps volunteers was the design and installation of a turtle habitat, including a solar-powered water fountain connected to a small, bathtub-sized pond. The project was inspired by a teacher’s desire to free her three box turtles from the confines of a small terrarium inside her sixth grade classroom. After Americorps volunteers, the teacher, and the class developed a vision for the project, they began planning the turtle habitat. The students took part in the initial brainstorming and design. The volunteers then searched for donations and support to make the plan a reality. The project evolved into a collaboration among a vast Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 89
  • 91. Communicating with Volunteers As previously mentioned, clear communication with volunteers is essential. When communication is poor, volunteers feel uninformed, unimportant, and underappreciated. Disorganization and lack of communication will frustrate them, and they will quit. Here are a few communication tips for working with volunteers: Keep a good record of volunteers with up-to-date contact information. It would be unfortunate to accidentally miss someone. Establish a standard method of communication that is delivered consistently. This may be a weekly e-mail, a monthly newsletter, or a regular Web site posting. Choose a method that works well for you and your volunteers. By establishing a routine, you remind yourself to communicate with your volunteers, and in turn they have a place to go for the latest information. Create a written schedule of events that is accessible to all volunteers. It can be mailed out or posted on a Web site. Make sure you have an effective way to notify volunteers if any changes are made (via either e-mail or a phone tree). Hold a regular volunteer meeting either monthly or quarterly. Personal contact allows for more interactive discussions, and it is very important for volunteers to have a chance to provide you with feedback and suggestions for the program. This is also a great time for you to show your appreciation for their work. Provide members of the group with comments about their job performance. Although a formal evaluation may not be possible, volunteers need constructive feedback so they can learn and grow during this experience. With your busy schedule, it may seem overwhelming to find time for this level of communication. If you feel that you cannot maintain strong communication, seek out a volunteer willing to assume this role. Communication is not a task that can be neglected even briefly without negative consequences. It is the key to a successful volunteer experience (for the volunteers and for you)! Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers Retaining Volunteers All the suggestions mentioned thus far will contribute to the satisfaction of your volunteers and help you retain them. In a school setting, you will naturally lose volunteers as students graduate and families move, but by adopting good techniques, you can decrease the number of people who quit because of a negative volunteer experience. If you are concerned about volunteer retention, take time to find out why Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 90
  • 92. Program Spotlight Working with College Students Life Lab Garden Classroom Program, Santa Cruz, CA Successful garden programs Internship programs allow for more specialized involvement. Most colleges have some sort of internship program associated with their career center or academic departments; student interns participate in directed work experiences in their field in exchange for course credit. Interns arrive with a bit more background knowledge and usually are willing to take on independent projects with guidance from you. Examples of intern projects completed in the Life Lab gardens include construction of a wheelchair bed, creation of worm bins with interpretive signs, and creation and teaching of specific lessons in the garden. College students often participate in volunteer and internship positions without Left: John Fisher/Life Lab; inset: Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab “ ” Life Lab was a great opportunity for me to close my books for a while, leave the library, and spend interactive time with kids outside! Life Lab helped balance my time at UCSC. Vanessa Shaw UCSC Community Studies, 2006 financial compensation; however, if you have a little bit of money available to you, consider work-study programs. Work-study is a federally subsidized work program for college students eligible for financial aid. The employing agency pays half the salary and the college’s financial aid office pays the other half. John Fisher recommends using work-study positions to help with tasks that may or may not enhance the student’s career aspirations but are still needed for your garden, such as regular maintenance. John explains that “recruiting interns and work-study students is usually as simple as creating an internship/job description and sending it to the appropriate office,” but cautions that “both interns and work-study positions require a substantial amount of supervision and guidance.” He suggests using these resources only if your garden has the staffing to do so. Even though collaborating with higher education institutions comes with additional administrative duties, this arrangement can be a win-win situation for the college students and the garden program. rely on volunteer support, but finding good volunteers is not always easy. Life Lab Garden Classroom Program Director John Fisher recommends exploring your local college or university for potential garden help. College students, in order to diversify their resumes and gain real-life experience, often balance their academic studies with participation in meaningful projects accessed through volunteer experiences, internships, and work-study positions. If you find students with an interest in gardening and youth, you can offer them wonderful learning opportunities and at the same time benefit from their support for your program. Some classes and organizations (for example, service-learning courses, clubs, sororities, and fraternities) include a service-learning element in which students must participate in a certain amount of volunteer work to meet requirements. These students may not be able to dedicate a lot of time to the garden, but are a good target for helping with specific activity days when teachers need more hands and eyes to help manage students. They may also be available to help with fundraising and installation of large projects. Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers 91
  • 93. people sign up. Volunteers often pitch in because they care about the project and its participants. Some may have children in the program with whom they want to spend more quality time; others may want to be more involved in their communities, meet new people, or make a difference. To keep volunteers interested and motivated, it is important for you to understand and meet their needs as much as possible while still meeting yours. For instance, if someone volunteers because she wants to spend time with her child, but you never assign her to work with her child’s class, she will not stick with it for long. Or, if someone volunteers in order to meet new people, and you always ask him to assist with individual preparation, he will get discouraged and quit. Also remember that volunteers should support, not replace, educators. Although you may find volunteers who are willing to take on significant planning and educational delivery responsibilities, most volunteers will feel overwhelmed if left on their own to teach a full lesson, or will feel they lack proper guidance. Classroom teachers should be present during all garden activities. As discussed earlier, not all individuals have the personalities and skills to be strong garden volunteers, so if you find your needs and their needs do not match, you may suggest other volunteer opportunities that would be better suited for them. Volunteer Appreciation Volunteers need to feel appreciated. To be sure, contributing to the community is personally satisfying. Also, working with students and watching their curiosity and excitement bloom is motivational and inspiring. But in addition to these rewards, you should implement both informal and formal methods of thanking your volunteers. Informal ways to thank your volunteers include simple thank yous and smiles when they come to help or a quick e-mail after activities. More formal thanks include handwritten notes (from you and the students), small gifts from the garden (like pressed-flower bookmarks or herbal sachets), and recognition of volunteers in newsletter and newspaper articles. If possible, hold a special event each year focusing on volunteer appreciation, such as a ceremony in the garden or a luncheon. This event can be specifically hosted for garden volunteers, or you can work with other teachers to recognize volunteers in several programs. Involve your students as much as possible in appreciation efforts. This helps them learn the importance of being grateful and showing respect for those who help them. It is an important life lesson that is often overlooked in our fast-paced society. Gardens for Learning: Working with Volunteers Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 92
  • 94. Gardens for Learning: Resources • What’s Growin’ On? Highlights the many careers and agricultural products available in California. Activities, trivia, readings, and graphics provide a connection for every learner. Many activities are aligned to the Content Standards for California Public Schools. California School Garden Network www.csgn.org Click on “Curriculum” for lesson plans from many resources. Garden Mosaics www.gardenmosaics.cornell.edu Connects youth and elders to investigate the mosaic of plants, people, and cultures in gardens. Harvest of the Month www.harvestofthemonth.com Tools and resources to give students hands-on opportunities to explore, taste, and learn about the importance of eating fruits and vegetables. School Garden Wizard www.schoolgardenwizard.org An online guide for creating and support-ing school gardens developed for America’s K-12 school community through a partner-ship between the U.S. Botanic Garden and Chicago Botanic Garden. Print publications Children’s Gardens: A Field Guide for Teachers, Parents, and Volunteers. Elizabeth Bremner and John Pusey. 1999. UCCE, Common Ground Garden Program, Oakland, CA. Includes concepts and techniques important to successful gardening, activities that encourage creativity, and experiments that develop skills in scientific observation. Digging Deeper. Joseph Kiefer and Martin Kemple. 1998. Food Works and Common Roots Press, Montpelier, VT. A how-to guide for teachers, parents, and community workers who want to create children’s gardens linked to a community’s heritage. Discovering the Naturalist Intelligence: Science in the School Yard. Jenna Glock, Susan Wertz, and Maggie Meyer. 1999. Zephyr Press, Chicago. This teacher resource defines “naturalist intelligence,” and offers 30 outdoor lessons that meet national science standards, use multiple intelligence techniques, and strengthen students’ use of the naturalist intelligence. Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Photo Cards. A set of 142 beautiful color photographs suitable for framing. The front of each laminated 81/2”x 91/2” card displays a fruit or vegetable with its name in English and Resources California School Garden Network www.csgn.org – A comprehensive reference for online publications, training opportunities, and fundraising ideas. Online publications California Department of Education www.cde.ca.gov A Child’s Garden of Standards: Linking School Gardens to California Education Standards. This garden-based guide uses existing curricula in grades 2-6 and features effective learning strategies. Activities are linked to specific academic content standards at each grade level in science, history-social science, mathematics, and English-language arts. Download free at: www.cde.ca.gov/re/pn/fd/ or purchase a printed copy at: www.cde.ca.gov/re/pn/rc/ ap/pubcat.aspx. California Foundation for Agriculture in the Classroom www.cfaitc.org • Fruits and Vegetables for Health. This comprehensive unit teaches students about the production, distribution, and nutritional value of California’s fresh produce. Incorporates geography, language arts, mathematics, science, health, and nutrition concepts. Aligned to the Content Standards for California Public Schools. Downloadable pdf. • Farming is Food, Fiber, Flowers and Fun! Jan Sherbo. 2000. The Agricultural Network. This resource guide walks readers through the planning and implementation process of establishing or enhancing a garden project. Downloadable pdf. • Imagine This… Story Writing Contest. An award-winning contest for students that creates a positive learning experience, pro-motes reading and writing, and furthers students’ understanding of agriculture in our lives. • Teacher Resource Guide. A compilation of resources linking gardens and school curricula to agriculture. Jim Morris/California Farm Bureau Federation 93
  • 95. South Burlington, VT. Stories of actual classroom, schoolwide, and community plant- and garden-related business projects that engage students and meet curriculum goals. Grow Lab®: Activities for Growing Minds. Eve Pranis and Joy Cohen. 1997. National Gardening Association, South Burlington, VT. This complete curriculum uses fun, illustrated activities to explore plant life cycles, examine plant diversity, and investigate the interdependence of plants and humans. Healthy Foods from Healthy Soils: A Hands-On Resource for Teachers. Elizabeth Patten and Kathy Lyons. 2003. Tilbury House Publishers, Gardiner, ME. Learn where food comes from, how our bodies use food, and what happens to food waste. Includes a guide for integrating activities into the classroom. How to Teach Nutrition to Kids. 3rd. Ed. Connie Liakos Evers. 2006. 24 Carrot Press, Portland, OR. Promotes positive attitudes about food, fitness, and body image. Features hundreds of fun, hands-on nutrition education activities aimed at children ages 6-12. Investigations in Horticulture: A Middle School Horticulture Curriculum. Fifteen student-centered activities stressing higher-order thinking strategies that challenge students to be inquisitive, to observe and experiment, and to work individually and together to solve problems. Available from the California Association of Nurseries and Garden Centers: www.cangc.org/ educationAndCareer/curriculum.asp Junior Master Gardener (JMG) Program Books. 1999. Texas Cooperative Extension, College Station, TX. This national children’s gardening program enables youngsters in school or youth groups to become certified Junior Master Gardeners. Includes: JMG Handbook: Level 1 (Gr. 3-5), JMG Teacher/ Leader Guide: Level 1, JMG Level 2, Health and Nutrition from the Garden, Wildlife Gardener, and Literature in the Garden. Kids Cook Farm-Fresh Food Activity Guide. An activity guide that links academic content standards to the real world through gardens, nutrition, cooking, recycling, and the environment. Activities engage teachers and students in grades 2-7 in exploring fresh, seasonal, locally grown produce through direct experience. Available from the California Department of Education: www.cde.ca.gov/re/pn/rc/ ap/pubcat.aspx. Life Lab Science Curriculum. Life Lab Science Program, Santa Cruz, CA. This sequential K-5 program integrates earth science, life science, and physical science concepts within the context of a Living Laboratory school garden. Features inquiry-based lessons, blackline masters in Spanish and English, and a CA State Science Standards matrix. Math in the Garden. Jennifer M. White, Katharine Barret, and Jaine Kopp. 2006. National Gardening Association, South Burlington, VT. An engaging curriculum that uses a mathematical lens to take children on an education-filled exploration of the garden. Dozens of hands-on activities hone math skills and promote inquiry, language arts, and nutrition. Nutrition to Grow On. An innovative curriculum for grades 4-6 that offers teachers a direct link between the garden and nutrition education. Nine lessons use garden activities and integrate science, mathematics, language arts, history, environmental studies, nutrition, and Spanish. The reverse has an analysis of nutrients, suggested serving size, and other useful information. Available from the California Department of Education: www. cde.ca.gov/re/pn/rc/ap/pubcat.aspx. Fruits & Vegetables Galore: Helping Kids Eat More. Packed with tips on planning, purchasing, protecting, preparing, presenting, and promoting fruits and vegetables. A great tool for school food-service professionals who want to rejuvenate their cafeterias with colorful fruits and vegetables. Available from: www. fns.usda.gov/tn/ Resources/fv_galore.html GET IT! Global Education To Improve Tomorrow. A standards-based curriculum that teaches students about their roles as consumers and the effects their choices have in the global marketplace. The unit emphasizes reading comprehension, writing for a particular audience, high-level thinking, and research strategies. Available from: www.heifered.org/getit Getting Started: A Guide for Creating School Gardens as Outdoor Classrooms. 1997. Life Lab Science Program, Santa Cruz, CA. A concise guide that asks and answers most questions you need to consider for creating an outdoor classroom garden. Growing Ventures: Starting a School Garden Business. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 2003. National Gardening Association, John Fisher/Life Lab Debbie Delatour 94 Gardens for Learning: Resources
  • 96. Steps to a Bountiful Kids’ Garden. Amy Gifford. 2001. National Gardening Association, South Burlington, VT. A how-to guide containing all you need to know to launch and sustain a school or community kids’ gardening program. Success with School Gardens. Linda Guy, Cathy Cromwell, and Lucy K. Bradley. 1996. Arizona Master Gardeners, Inc., Phoenix, AZ. Helps teachers, administrators, and parents start school gardens and is especially useful for desert settings. Includes planting guides and funding, seed, and supply sources. Sunset Western Garden Book. Kathleen Norris Brenzel (Ed). 2001. Sunset Publish-ing, Menlo Park, CA. A great resource featuring thousands of plant descriptions and numerous gardening tips. 10 Terrific Vegetables and Everything You Need to Grow Them. Barbara Richardson, Amy Gifford, Charlie Nardozzi, and Eve Pranis. 2002. National Gardening Assoc-iation, South Burlington, VT. Basic gardening information and lively historical and cultural connections to deepen kids’ appreciation of 10 crops. The Growing Classroom. Roberta Jaffe and Gary Appel. 1990. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Menlo Park, CA. The Life Lab Science Program’s award-winning resource book containing step-by-step instructions for setting up a garden-based science program and dozens of outdoor classroom activities. Fundraising California School Garden Network www.csgn.org Click on “Grants and Fundraising” for school garden funding opportu-nities for California educators. National Gardening Association www.kidsgardening.com/grants NGA works with sponsoring companies and organizations to provide funding and in-kind grants to projects that actively engage kids in the garden and improve the quality of life for their communities. Supplies KidMAX for California’s Schools www.ciwmb.ca.gov/CalMAX/Kidmax.htm Free used materials for California schools. National Gardening Association www.kidsgardeningstore.com The most complete store for kids’ garden-ing supplies. RAFT, Resource Area for Teaching www.raft.net A low-cost resource for tools and materials (computers, office supplies, and manufacturing by-products donated by local businesses) to help teachers promote hands-on learning in science, math, technology, and art. Training opportunities California School Garden Network www.csgn.org Click on “Training” for a list of training centers across California or browse the calendar for upcoming training events. Life Lab Science Program www.lifelab.org Offers workshops for educators in garden-based science and nutrition, at schools and at the Life Lab garden. The Watershed Project www.thewatershedproject.org A listing of services, workshops, and grant programs for Bay Area school gardeners. health, while reinforcing some California academic content standards. Available from the California Department of Education: www.cde.ca.gov/ re/pn/rc/ap/pubcat.aspx. Planting Seeds, Growing Minds: A Horticultural K-6 Curriculum. Kathryn Donald. 1991. Teaches students about plants through observation, data gathering, and categorizing and sequencing. Students also acquire reasoning skills, learn to synthesize information, and examine the impact of their new knowledge. Available from the California Association of Nurseries and Garden Centers: www.cangc.org/ educationAndCareer/curriculum.asp Resources for Learning. 2nd ed, 2003. Project Food, Land, and People, Chandler, AZ. A pre-K-12 science- and social sciences-based curriculum consisting of 55 hands-on activities. Subjects range from environmental science and stewardship to human populations and land-use issues. Schoolyard Mosaics: Designing Gardens and Habitats. Eve Pranis and Amy Gifford. 2002. National Gardening Association, South Burlington, VT. How to involve students, build community support, and integrate your garden project with curriculum and learning goals. Sowing the Seeds of Success: How to Start and Sustain a Kids’ Gardening Project in Your Community. Marcia Eames-Sheavly. 1999. National Gardening Association, South Burlington, VT. Describes how to initiate a gardening project that involves kids and the community, and how to ensure long-term program success. Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab University of California Department of Agriculture & Natural Resources Gardens for Learning: Resources 95
  • 97. California Garden Clubs, Inc. www.CaliforniaGardenClubs.org Links to grants and opportunities for gardening with youth. California Healthy Kids Resource Center www.californiahealthykids.org Comprehensive health education materials for teachers, administrators, university faculty, LEA staff, and other professionals who work with pre-K-12 students in school settings and after-school programs. California Master Gardeners www.mastergardeners.org Volunteers trained by the Univer-sity of California Cooperative Extension. Includes links to Extension offices and gardening tips. California School Garden Network www.csgn.org Links to curriculum, grants and fundraising, events, research, regional contacts, and training opportunities. California School Waste Reduction www.ciwmb.ca.gov/Schools/ WasteReduce/default.htm Great information on how to set up or improve a school or district-wide waste reduction program. Includes stories of successful programs and partnerships that save money and benefit the environment, links to downloadable resource guides, and more. Dairy Council of California www.dairycouncilofca.org Many free and ready-to-use nutrition education programs for California teachers that meet state content standards. Get Growing from the Ground Up! www.fns.usda.gov/tn/ Educators/ Garden/index.html An online resource from the USDA’s Food and Nutrition Service on how to start a Team Nutrition garden. Junior Master Gardener Program www.jmgkids.us An international youth gardening program of the University Cooperative Extension network. Life Lab Science Program www.lifelab.org Promotes science- and garden-based learning through publications, training, and programs. MyPyramid.gov www.mypyramid.gov/kids/index.html Nutrition education tools targeted to children ages 6-11, including an interactive Web game and classroom materials to help children learn the MyPyramid food guidance system. National Farm to School Program www.farmtoschool.org/ca Learn about California programs that connect schools with local farms to enable schools to serve healthy meals in cafeterias, improve student nutrition, provide health and nutrition education opportunities, and support local farmers. National Gardening Association www.kidsgardening.com www.garden.org Features Kids Garden e-News (thematic articles and activities, information on grants and conferences, and links to educational resources), plant-based lesson plans, classroom gardening stories, a School Garden Registry, horticultural libraries, and more. Organic Gardening www.organicgardening.com Gardening tips and recommendations for organic gardeners nationwide. Web sites California Foundation for Agriculture in the Classroom www.cfaitc.org Educational resources using agricultural examples for K-12 teachers and students. Includes curriculum, lesson plans, a calendar of events, games, and more. California Association of Nurseries and Garden Centers www.cangc.org Click on “Education and Career” for information and materials for teachers, association members, and students in the horticulture industry. California Children’s 5 a Day—Power Play! Campaign www.ca5aday.com/powerplay A statewide campaign led by the Department of Health Services to motivate and empower low-income 9- to 11-year-olds to eat the recommended amount of fruits and vegetables, and get 60 minutes of physical activity every day. California Department of Food and Agriculture Fairs and Expositions www.cdfa.ca.gov/fe • cafairs.com Information on submitting garden artwork, products, or other entries at your county fair. California Department of Education www.cde.ca.gov A rich assortment of resources for educators gardening with their classrooms. Western Growers Charitable Foundation Western Growers Charitable Foundation 96 Gardens for Learning: Resources
  • 98. Gardens for Learning is a comprehensive guidebook that provides a strong foundation to support the growing school garden movement. It was developed by a team of experienced garden educators, nutritionists, state officials, and other garden experts. This guidebook is a must-have resource for anyone looking to enhance learning through the use of gardens in schools and other community settings. ­­­“ Gardens for Learning gets you started. This comprehensive guide brings together accumulated expertise to help you plan, develop, and make your garden an integral part of your school plan.” – Roberta Jaffe, Founder, Life Lab Science Program and author of The Growing Classroom “A garden in full view can become the heart of the school campus, a place of wonder, learning, trans-formation, and a place to observe the seasons and cycles of life.” – Marty Fujita, Food for Thought, Ojai Unified School District “Gardens can bring many miracles to children and schools. Planting those seeds helps ensure an abundance of growth in the future, and Gardens for Learning shows the way. California educators will be amazed at the bountiful crop of knowledge they can grow by using this amazing resource.” – Susan B. Foerster, MPH, RD, Chief Cancer Prevention and Nutrition Section, California Department of Health Services “What a wonderful goal it is to have a garden in every school ... for as we know there is a school in every garden.” – Secretary A.G. Kawamura, California Department of Food and Agriculture “This teacher-friendly resource provides practical strategies to develop exciting learning laboratories at any school. Research shows that school gardens have the potential to improve academic performance, increase ecological literacy and, when vegetables are planted, influence students’ dietary habits. Gardens for Learning can assist educators in creating competent and capable students while addressing health education goals of the school wellness plan.” – Dan Desmond, UCCE Advisor Emeritus, Food & Society Policy Fellow Judy Huffaker Western Growers Charitable Foundation 17620 Fitch Street, Irvine, CA 92614 • www.csgn.org The California School Garden Network is a 501c(3) organization whose members represent a variety of state agencies, private companies, educational institutions, and nonprofit organiza-tions, all dedicated to the mission of creating and sustaining gardens in every willing school in California. The Network serves as a central organization to distribute school garden resources and support throughout the state. For more information about the Network and its resources for educators, visit www.csgn.org. Alicia Dickerson/Life Lab 17620 Fitch Street, Irvine, CA 92614 • www.csgn.org The California School Garden Network – a program of Western Growers Foundation and a 501c(3) — is an organization whose members represent a variety of state agencies, private companies, educational institutions, and nonprofit organizations, all dedicated to the mission of creating and sustaining gardens in every willing school in California. The Network serves as a central organization to distribute school garden resources and support throughout the state. For more information about the Network and its resources for educators, visit www.csgn.org.